Researchers site with compelling information

Previous Topic Next Topic
 
classic Classic list List threaded Threaded
22 messages Options
12
Reply | Threaded
Open this post in threaded view
|

Researchers site with compelling information

Gavilan
http://www.internallydisplacedpeople.org/joomla30/index.php/temp-unlearn

http://www.internallydisplacedpeople.org/joomla30/index.php/articles/37-the-bar-treaty-of-1947
The "Bar" Treaty of 1947

    The "Bar" Treaty of 1947
    Effectively Tying the Bar Associations of the Respective Pan-American States Together and subverting our Constitution to United Nations International Law

    Reproduced c/o http://www.barefootsworld.net/ 

    Today an attorney is a sworn officer of the court, and by his own admission, as that officer, his duty is to impose the will of the state against the citizen.

    AMERICAN BAR ASSOCIATION
    (Organized at Saratoga Springs New York, August 21, 1878)

    It's object shall be to advance the science of jurisprudence, promote the administration of justice and uniformity of legislation and of judicial decision throughout the Nation, uphold the honor of the profession of the law, encourage cordial intercourse among the members of the American Bar and to correlate the activities of the Bar organizations of the respective States on a representative basis, in the interest of the legal profession and of the public throughout the United States. (ABA Constitution, Article 1)

     

    REPORT OF THE SPECIAL COMMITTEE FOR PEACE AND LAW THROUGH UNITED NATIONS (relative to the Bar Treaty of 1947)

    RECOMMENDATIONS*

    Resolved, That the American Bar Association notes with approval the further progress made, within the structure and Charter of the United Nations, at the recent Inter-American Conference for the Maintenance of Continental Peace and Security, held at Quitindinia in Brazil, in implementing the Act of Chapultepec and strengthening further the spirit of friendly consultations and of submission to law-governed procedures, as well as the means of united self-defense, throughout the Americas, against aggressions from outside and for the prevention of the causes of disputes and misunderstandings among the nations of this hemisphere. The Association hails with particular satisfaction the Inter-American Treaty of Reciprocal Assistance, signed at Rio de Janeiro on September 2 by the representatives of nineteen American republics, as a concrete demonstration of what can be accomplished within the framework of the United Nations, by nations which are willing to submit themselves to the rule of law and to agree to act together for mutual assistance and defense against aggression clearly defined.

    The Association commends this Treaty to the consideration of the Delegation of the United States in the General Assembly of the United Nations and to like-minded peoples because of its clear and specific statement and limitation of its scope and purposes and especially its acceptance of the principles of decision by a vote of two~thirds of the member nations on major questions (a majority vote on some others), with a party to a dispute between members excluded from voting on it, no nation required to use armed force without its consent, and no right or power on the part of any nation to "veto or block the defined procedures for pacific settlement of controversies within the Americas and for united action in the exercise of the inherent right of individual or collective self-defense recognized by Article 51 of the Charter, against aggression from any source, anywhere within a Continental American zone defined in the treaty.

    Resolved Further, That the American Bar Association hails with especial satisfaction the progress made at Quitindinia and Rio de Janeiro because it has been fostered actively and substantially by lawyers of the Americas, through their respective bar associations and learned academies of the law; and that this Association pledges its continued support, through its own activities and its participation in the Inter-American Bar Association, in behalf of the objectives of the treaty and in behalf of peace, understanding, mutual assistance and self-defense, and the prevalence of the rule of law, throughout the Americas.

    Resolved Further, That the American Bar Association favors and urges the earliest practicable ratification of the Inter-American Treaty of Reciprocal Assistance by the Senate of the United States.

    * These recommendations were adopted by the House of Delegates

    II

    Resolved, That the American Bar Association expresses its gratification that the General Assembly of the United Nations has before it for consideration and action a notable report by its distinguished committee, which submits definitive plans for the progressive development and the eventual statement or codification of the rules and principles of international law.

    Resolved Further, That if the International Law Commission proposed by the report is authorized by the General Assembly and elected by the United Nations, this Association as an accredited organization long at work in the field shall tender and render to the Commission and the Secretariat such assistance as they desire that this Association shall undertake, through its constituted committees and sections as hitherto voted by the House of Delegates and in close cooperation with The Canadian Bar Association, to the continuance of which this Association pledges its best efforts.

    III

    Resolved, That the American Bar Association expresses again its considered opinion to be that the interests of peace, justice and law throughout the world will best be advanced through the continuance of united, outspoken support of the United Nations by the American people, and that efforts to strengthen and extend international organization, cooperation and control of matters which are international in their scope should be undertaken within the framework of the United Nations and on the basis of undivided support of that organization.

    Resolved Further, That the American Bar Association urges that lawyers and other citizens shall do all they can in their home communities to maintain an informed public opinion in favor of working through the United Nations for accomplishing the great objectives of the Charter and the Statute of the International Court of Justice.

    IV

    Resolved, That while the American Bar Association has recognized and urged, at the time of the adoption and ratification of the Charter in 1945 and since, that strengthening amendments in several respects will be needed and should be considered in the light of experience, the Association respectfully submits to the Delegation of the United States in the General Assembly of the United Nations the Association's opinion that at the present juncture there is an especial need that, through agreed-on interpretations of the Charter in the procedural rules or through the formulation and adoption of specific amendments of the Charter if need be, it shall be assured that two-thirds or other substantial majority of the nations which wish to submit themselves to the rule of law and accomplish the pacific settlement of international disputes can take effective action against aggression and do so within the procedures of the United Nations, beyond the power of a minority to "veto" and prevent the action of such a majority in these respects.

    Resolved Further, That although the American Bar Association hopes that all members of the United Nations will accede to the principles of effective action by substantial majorities, such as have lately been accepted by nineteen republics of this hemisphere, all of which are members of the United Nations, the Association respectfully submits to the Delegation of the United States in the General Assembly the Association's considered opinion that any such amendments, if proceeded with, should be specific and sufficient to accomplish the above-stated purpose, and that consideration should be given to so conditioning their submission for ratification as to make clear the intention of the ratifying members to put them into effect between themselves if and when they are ratified by at least two-thirds of the member States.

    V

    Resolved, That the American Bar Association expresses the keen interest of its members in the proposed International Trade Organization and its proposed Charter, to be given final form and approval at a conference to convene in Havana, Cuba, on November 21; and the Association recommends that when copies of the proposed Organization and Charter become available, the same should be studied carefully and thoroughly by the Congress and the people of the United States, and also reported on to the House of Delegates by the Section of International and Comparative Law, the committee on Commerce, and the Committee for Peace and Law Through United Nations, as hitherto directed by the House.

    Resolved Further, That the American Bar Association is of the opinion that if the final form of the Organization and Charter would place binding obligations on its members, the membership of the United States in the Organization and Charter should become effective only when the same are submitted by the President and ratified by the Senate as a treaty; and in view of the effect of prospective provisions upon American tariffs, reciprocal arrangements, and financial obligations, only when approved also by the House of Representatives of the United States.

    VI

    Resolved, That the American Bar Association is of the opinion that the foreign policy of the United States should continue to be in all respects developed, decided and unitedly supported, without division on party lines or regard for differences on other issues; and that the members of the Association should to that end cooperate in bringing about in their respective communities informative public discussions of all questions entering into the foreign policy of our country, and should take the lead in behalf of an informed and united support of that policy.

    Resolved Further, That the American Bar Association endorses and supports the action of the Government of the United States in giving assistance to the Government of Greece, in the exercise of the right of the United States under Article 51 of the Charter to take individual and collective action in defending against an armed attack upon a member of the united Nations.

    Resolved Further, That the American Bar Association endorses and supports in principle the proposal of the Government of the United States that the nations of Europe which need financial and other assistance from the United States in the restoration of their economy and the maintenance of their governments against aggressions and infiltrations shall first mobilize their own resources in helping themselves and each other and shall establish their own organized means of cooperating with each other for the removal of trade barriers and for the maintenance of united action by themselves against aggression and propaganda from outside their border; and that the extent of the financial needs of such nations and the extent of their cooperation in such a policy shall be ascertained and made known, before the United States undertakes commitments.

    VII

    Resolved, That officers of the American Bar Association are authorized to transmit copies of the above resolutions when adopted or of such of them as may be appropriate, to officials and committees of the United Nations, to officers of the Government of the United States, to members of the Senate and House of Representatives, and to other associations and organizations with which this Association is cooperating, including all organizations represented in the House of Delegates.

     

    REPORT

    The matters covered by our recommendations have been so closely followed by American lawyers that this report will be brief. Their background has been from time to time reported to the members of our Association through its Journal.

    The matters dealt with are of the utmost importance to all the people of our country and of the world. The General Assembly of the United Nations re-convened in New York City on September 16, for sessions which seem likely to be decisive as to the future of the existing international organization. The present prospect is that the Congress of the United States will be called in special session in November or December to make decisions on new and urgent phases of the foreign policy of our country and authorize action to effectuate that policy.

    Under the conditions existing in the world today, your committee is of the opinion that its recommendations, and the action of our Association through the House of Delegates should be only such as will support and assist those who, in our Government and in the United Nations, are working earnestly for peace and law, and will help to unite, not divide, American public opinion.

    Against the background of a troubled and troubling world, two heartening events of the present month are first noted:

        1. At Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, on September 2, the representatives of the Governments of all the American republics, who constitute more than one-third of all of the members of the United Nations, agreed upon, and nineteen of them signed and the two others will sign, the Inter-American Treaty of Reciprocal Assistance, significant provisions of which are referred to in our recommendations Nos. 1 and 4 and are hereinafter briefly discussed.

        2. The General Assembly of the United Nations has on its calendar for action during its current sessions, the comprehensive report and recommendations of the distinguished committee which it created last December to formulate and submit definitive plans for the progressive development, and the eventual codification, of the rules and principles of international law, in a form and content adapted to the needs of the post war world. For members of our Association who long have worked earnestly for such an objective, this further progress toward the definitive formulation of international law under the authority of the United Nations is an encouraging step at a time when many other advances seem to be stalled.

    Law Abiding Nations and Submission to the Rule of Law

    Your committee has felt the need for a phrase of characterization that can be used in place of "peace-loving Nations," to denote those governments and peoples which are willing to submit themselves to the rule of law in international affairs and conform to it. Secretary Hull's "peace loving nations" of the 1943 Moscow Conference and Declaration will not do. All nations claim to be "peace loving," and all or most of them are- some of them only on their own terms. "Law-abiding nations" may be the best phrase. Its appropriation from internal, community life is apt. What is meant by a law-abiding citizen of a city or town is well known. The individual who breaks the peace or considers himself above the law is readily found out. To "abide" the law and legal procedures and not to take the law and one's claimed rights into one's own hands is a good English phrase and a recognized test.. In world affairs, the law-abiding nations are:

        1. Those which believe that peace, freedom and security can be secured best (and probably only) through the rule of law.

        2. Those which wish and intend, in a cooperative spirit and through their chosen representatives, to formulate, establish and support the supremacy of rules and principles of law, orderly adjudication, and impartial enforcement.

        3. Those that by their agreements and their acts stand pledged to abide by and conform to the laws which majorities have duly established after the views of majorities and minorities have been democratically expressed and duly considered.

        The law-abiding citizen of a community does not insist or expect that his disputes or rights shall be settled by "negotiations" or by political support from the powerful or by discussions at the political level. He instinctively and by habit obeys the law as he understands it to be : if disagreement or dispute as to it arises, he goes to court and abides the decision.

        The policeman who finds a bully beating up a little man does not ask for debate: "Is his aggression justified?" He asks only: "Is there a law against it?" If he thinks there is, he stops the attack, hales the aggressor or both parties to court, and lets the law and the judge decide.

        So it should be with nations. The international community should become law-abiding. The chairman of your committee has made some check as to whether "law-abiding" has similar connotation in the community life of Canada and Great Britain. Like understanding seems to prevail.

        The Charter of the nations entrusts the development and codification of international law to the General Assembly. That body is at work on that task. Progress in the Assembly cannot be blocked by any "veto." For an authoritative body of jurisconsults to state and declare international and world law will give it great weight and force, will make it a standard to which law-abiding nations will repair. To give it binding force in the sense that domestic legislation is law will be a second step, but hardly difficult on the part of nations that are minded to pledge themselves to abide the rule of law.

    Your committee submits the following brief comment on its principal recommendations:

    RECOMMENDATION No. 1:
    AS TO THE INTER-AMERICAN TREATY OF RECIPROCAL ASSISTANCE

    Nineteen American republics, (1) constituting more than one-third of the status in the British Commonwealth of Nations, the Dominion of Canada did not take part in the Conference or sign the Treaty, but provision was made for its accession or cooperation, if Canada so desires and decides. In any event, Canada and the United States have for many months been taking practical steps for the defense of North America against attack, and have long resorted to friendly and peaceful means of settling whatever disputes or problems arise between them.

    Of far reaching importance is the fact that the Treaty of Rio de Janeiro contains a clear definition of elementary acts of aggression which are outlawed in advance and are not left to ex post facto debate and political action subject to the "veto," as is the case in the Charter of the United Nations. A further gain is the recognition and specific and basic averment that "the American regional community affirms as manifest truth that juridical organization is a necessary prerequisite of security and peace and is founded on justice and moral order" (Preamble).

    In this and other respects, the significance of what has been accomplished by the nations of the Americas may well be commended at this time to the American Delegation in the United Nations and to the world. The principles, purposes, and practical effectiveness of the Charter have been assured as to the Western Hemisphere. What has been amicably agreed on and done here to outlaw war of aggression, assure the settlement of disputes by juridical or other peaceful means, and provide for the common defense against attack, exemplifies what can be done under the Charter. That more than one-third of the members of the United Nations bind themselves to accept decisions by a two-thirds vote on actions within that specific and limited field, with out a "veto" power on the part of any nation, 'may be also a hopeful augury as well as example. The sole limitation on collective action so determined is that no nation "shall be required to use armed force without its consent" (Treaty, Article 20), by its vote or otherwise.

    The Treaty may thus offer an opportunity, in that it denotes the support of the United States and other members of the United Nations, in this hemisphere, for principles which might solve some of the major difficulties under the Charter. No nation will be obligated to participate in sanctions of a military character unless it has voted for that or otherwise consented. One of the reasons urged for granting and retaining the "veto," for the five principal powers, has been that the United States should not put itself in a position where it might be called on to furnish and use, without its own consent, its armed forces to enforce non-unanimous decisions.

    Your committee recommends that the Association favor the speedy ratification of the Treaty. (3)

    RECOMMENDATION No. 2:
    AS TO THE INTERNATIONAL LAW COMMISSION AND THE PROGRESSIVE DEVELOPMENT OF INTERNATIONAL LAW

    The report of the General Assembly's committee, as submitted to the members of the United Nations and now pending before the General Assembly at Flushing Meadows, as summarized in the July JOURNAL (33 A.B.A.J. 727-730 (1947) and published in full in the August JOURNAL (33 A.B.A. J. 831-835 (1947)

    The recommended task is to be entrusted in the first instance, as our Association recommended in 1945, before the San Francisco Conference (31 A.B.A.J. 227-228; May, 1945) and again to the State Department in May of 1947 (33 A.B.A.J. 728; July, 1947), to an International Law Commission of fifteen specially qualified jurists and jurisconsults who will be nominated by the member nations on a basis which will tend to assure that none will name only its own nationals. (4) They will be elected by the General Assembly and the Security Council, in the same manner as judges of the International Court of Justice are elected (4) this also as recommended by our Association (31A.B.A.J. 227-228; May, 1945).

    A statement or codification of the principles and rules of present-day international law, prepared and issued under the auspices of a body elected in a manner similar to that in which the members of the World Court are elected, would have great authority and influence among states which were willing to submit themselves to the rule of law in the international sphere, irrespective of its adoption and promulgation as a unilateral agreement having a binding legal force.

    Your committees' recommendation extends an assurance of our Association's cooperation with the International Law Commission and the Secretariat, if the International Law Commission is created. In assistance to that work and in order that submissions by our Association in cooperation with The Canadian Bar Association shall reflect the considered opinion of lawyers in all parts of the two countries, it is expected that the regional group conferences under the auspices of the two bar associations will be resumed before the year ends. Eight such conferences in the series were held in March through May (33 A.B.A.J. 562(1947).

    RECOMMENDATION No.3:
    AS TO UNITED AMERICAN SUPPORT FOR THE UNITED NATIONS AND FOR WORKING THROUGH THE UNITED NATIONS TO STRENGTHEN IT

    Our Association has repeatedly declared for united, undivided support of the United Nations and its Charter by the American people. Such a declaration is opportune and well justified at this juncture. "Fidelity to the United Nations" was declared by President Truman at Rio de Janeiro to be the cornerstone of American policy. It has profoundly affected and changed that policy, in that organized cooperation with other nations has become a primary objective.

    Up to the present time, the United Nations has been in more than a few respects less effective that had been fondly hoped when the Charter was signed. Perhaps too much was expected of it too soon, by some; the machinery and procedures for consultations and organized cooperation cannot of themselves make all nations law-abiding or instill immediately a purpose to get along together amicably despite conflicting ideologies.

    Memories may be short-lived. Probably good-will and a spirit of understanding and cooperation are more manifest today among more nations than was the case during the first ten or more years after World War I. Even in the conspicuous and highly provocative controversies in which the United Nations has appeared to make little or no headway in the absence of its General Assembly, many observers have felt that the aggravations were less acute because the disputants were face to face and around a table, and had to state and argue their claims in as friendly an atmosphere as could be created.

    Beyond a doubt, the rift between the East and the West has thus far created serious obstructions, which existing procedures and powers have not overcome, But the United Nations provides the only forum in which the spokesmen for the two "spheres" are continually brought together; for discussion which is amicable in spirit although animated and at times divisive. Especially in view of what has recently been accomplished under the Charter and within the framework of the United Nations, your committee is of the opinion that efforts to strengthen the Charter and extend the effectiveness of international organization and cooperation should in any event go forward on the basis of supporting the United Nations rather than of abandoning or rejecting the existing international organization.

    RECOMMENDATION NO. 4:
    AS TO AMENDMENTS OF THE CHARTER OF THE UNITED NATIONS

    The General Assembly is in session in New York City. Before its present convocation ends, the proposal of amendments of the Charter seems certain to receive the consideration of leaders and delegates in that "town meeting of the world."

    Ever since the signing and ratification of the Charter in 1945, our Association has been of the opinion that strengthening amendments will be needed and should be sought as experience made it advisable. At the appropriate time, if the United States Delegation in the Assembly indicates that the judgment and recommendations of our Association are desired or will be considered, your committee will be prepared to submit specific suggestions.

    At the present time, your committee is of the opinion that action by our Association will not advisably go beyond the recommendations which accompany this report. The Treaty between the American republics which comprise more than one-third of the members may open or point way to interpretations or amendments which will enable prompt and effective action by a two-thirds vote or other substantial majority. The Charter's requirement of unanimity of action among the five nations having permanent representation in the Security Council has given to serious problems. (5) More than a third of the members of the United Nations, including the United States have agreed that no such "veto" is needed among any of the nations of this hemisphere, in fulfilling the paramount purposes of the Charter.

    It should of course be recognized that the "vetoes" interposed have been within the rights of the principal powers under the Charter. No claim that they violated the provisions of the Charter could be made. On the other hand, many of them are regarded as violating both the spirit and the letter of the assurances which the five principal powers gave at the San Francisco Conference, as to the extent and purposes for which they would use the veto. (6)

    Certainly the San Francisco Conference determined and declared that if a "veto" was interposed as an amendment of the Charter desired by the great majority of the member nations, that majority was not to be without remedy. (7)

    The expressed attitude of the United States, before, and during the first days of the meeting of the General Assembly, is that (8) "We are not unalterably opposed to every proposal for a revision of the Charter although we believe that there is at the present time no need for major revisions of the Charter or for a change in the general character of the United Nations.

    "Many articles of the Charter have not yet been brought into play and given life and meaning by practical application. None of the principal organs have as yet fully exerted the authority and influence which are possible under the existing Charter. The members themselves as represented in the General Assembly have by no means exhausted the potentialities of the Charter in finding ways and means of overcoming obstruction and of meeting their common problems While we might be willing to accept certain amendments to the Charter, we believe that rapid progress can be made in the immediate future within the general framework which we now have and we shall ourselves make proposals for utilizing more fully existing machinery."

    The nature and scope of the proposals by the United States to fulfill "the potentialities of the Charter," to find "ways and means of overcoming obstruction," and to accomplish "rapid progress". . . in the immediate future within the general framework which we now have," have not been made public at this writing. (9) Basically, they seek the strengthening of the General Assembly to an extent that its present session "may begin a new phase in the life of the United Nations." Said Secretary Marshall:

    "The General Assembly is the forum in which this skepticism must be forestalled and the forum in which our disagreements must be resolved. The great moral and political forces of the world must somehow be brought to bear with full effect through the General Assembly."

    The American proposals will doubtless include all or most of those which Delegate Herschel V. Johnson informally submitted to the Security Council on August 27, to show the extent to which agreed-on clarifications and amendments of the Council's procedural rules could remove obstacles to effective action, without amendment of the Charter. (10) If these changes had been in effect, they would not have barred the "vetoes" which have been interposed.

    Another proposal favored by some nations is that, through agreement or through amendment of the Charter if need be, the "veto" shall apply only to sanctions and enforcement measures by the Security Council and shall not apply to steps for fact-finding and the peaceful settlement of disputes. This change would have barred all or most of the "vetoes" which have been blocking action for investigations and efforts to settle disputes.

    If amendments of the Charter are not proceeded with and the law-abiding nations have to consider and decide as to what individual and collective action they can agree on and take, within the framework of the Charter and pursuant to its Article 51, a considered suggestion has been made for a supplementary agreement or protocol for mutual defense against defined aggression, to be effective among the ratifying nations when two-thirds of them have ratified. (11)

    All but one of the members of your committee are of the present opinion that such amendments as may be developed and decided on by the General Assembly shall be submitted under Article 108 of the Charter for ratification and that a General Conference under Article 109 should not be called at this time, for the drafting of amendments. A possible alternative or compromise, in the event that the General Assembly is of the opinion that the formulation of amendments should be considered but that its calendar for its present regular session is too heavy and congested, has been suggested, to the effect that the General Assembly vote to meet in special session early in 1948 to consider amendments, any proposals for amendment to be filed with the Secretary-General in advance and by him circulated among the member nations. This would be in lieu of the calling of a Conference under Article 109, which would as a practical matter be made up of substantially the same persons as are delegates to the General Assembly.

    Your committee does not at this time pass upon any of these proposals as such. The amendments previously recommended by the House of Delegates are along lines which appear to be worthy of consideration now. There is every prospect that the whole subject will be spiritedly and thoroughly considered in conferences of the delegations and on the floor of the General Assembly. An important objective is that the power of the great majority of the member nations to act together to outlaw war, prevent and punish aggression, and provide for the peaceful settlement of pro-vocative disputes, shall be assured beyond doubt. In the opinion of many observers, the present critical issues among the nations go much deeper than anything that could at present be coped with through amendments of the Charter.

    RECOMMENDATION No. 5:
    AS TO THE PROPOSED INTERNATIONAL TRADE ORGANIZATION AND ITS CHARTER

    Because rehabilitation of the world's shattered economy and the relief of peoples from hunger, want, unemployment and despair are essential to the restoration of lasting peace and the rule of law, American lawyers are naturally interested in proposals to deal with international economic problems and those of international trade and commerce through cooperative action under the auspices of an agency of the United Nations. The provisions of a Charter creating and implementing such an international Trade Organization may also have important effects on industry and commerce, in respects which are of interest and concern to lawyers. (12)

    Considerable preparatory work as to the Charter of the proposed International Trade Organization has been done at a conference in session in Geneva, Switzerland, since April; but the Charter will be given its final form in a Conference to be convened in Havana, Cuba, on November 21. The form in which the draft Charter will emanate from the Geneva Conference is not yet available for study by your committee, It is known that the document has been largely changed from the form in which it was taken to Geneva, after a few hearings in this country.

    The House of Delegates asked your committee, along with the Committee on Commerce and the Section of International and Comparative Law, to study and report to the House concerning the International Trade Organization and its proposed Charter.

    Under these circumstances, your committee is of the opinion that it would plainly be premature for the committee or the House at this time to pass upon any phases of the International Trade Organization or its proposed Charter. Present action by the House of Delegates may appropriately, in the opinion of your committee, call the attention of the profession and the public to the importance of the subject, recommend a careful study of the Charter when copies of it are available, and declare in favor of its being submitted for ratification by the Senate as a treaty, and for action upon it also by the House of Representatives, for reasons indicated in our submitted resolution.

    Because of their large relationships to tariffs, revenues, and other fiscal matters, as well as their probable legislative consequences, the projected provisions of the Charter appear to be such as to come within the intent and practice under the Constitution that the House of Representatives shall act as to such matters.

    RECOMMENDATION No. 6:
    AS TO THE FOREIGN POLICY OF THE UNITED STATES

    Our first resolution is for a re-affirmance of our Association's stand that the foreign policy of the United States should be developed, decided on, supported and carried forward, by a United country, without division on party lines. (13)

    Our second resolution proposes support of the action of our Government in giving assistance to the Government and people of Greece, under Article 51 of the Charter; Your committee believes that this basic feature of our country's policy should have the endorsement of our Association and the support of the American people. (14)

    Our final resolution as to foreign policy proposes to declare support for stated basic principles which are believed to be fundamental for a soundly-conceived plan for the economic rehabilitation of the shattered economy of Europe, for our own protection against aggressions and infiltrations which might otherwise come so near our shores and "region" as to menace all nations of the America. The basic principle underlying American assistance in money, food, farm equipment, fertilizer, and other essentials of a free economy, shall be that the free nations of Europe shall first organize and cooperate to help themselves and each other, on the hard road back to stability, independence, solvency and peace.

    In the opinion of a majority of your committee, the "Marshall Plan" has not yet at this writing been given sufficiently definite and particularized form to enable or warrant a declaration approving it as such and by name. But it seems to be highly essential that the organized bar, and individual lawyers throughout our country, shall do all they can to bring it about that the principles and reasons underlying the American policy toward Europe shall be understood and approved by the people. Resolutions which declare and endorse the vital principles may serve this purpose better than an endorsement by name of a plan which has not yet been published in a definitive form.

     

    THE SECOND REPORT BY THE COMMISSION AS TO INTERNATIONAL CONTROL OF ATOMIC ENERGY

    Action by the United Nations for effective international control of the production and use of atomic energy for war purposes is still "stalled" by the attitude of the Soviet Union. The second report of the United Nations Atomic Energy Commission, created by the General Assembly at its organizational session in London in February of 1946, was filed this month. A definitive plan supported by the Nations, including the United Kingdom, France, China and the United States, was approved by the votes of ten members of the Commission and transmitted to the Security Council.

    Russia voted against it and gave notice on September 6 that it would not waive the "veto" when the report comes before the Security Council.

    Poland protested the report but "abstained" from voting against it in the Commission. The "sticking-point" is that the Soviet Union insists that only the Security Council shall decide all questions of sanctions, enforcement, etc., as to violators of the proposed convention for prohibition or control of atomic weapons in war, and insists further that there be no waiver or modification of its "veto" power in the council as to action against violators. (15)

    This all-important issue will thus be blocked in the Security Council, but will receive spirited consideration at some stage of the crucial session of the Assembly.

    Proposals have been made that the nations which are willing to submit themselves to international control and to international and world law on the subject shall proceed with their convention and give all ratifying nations its benefit and protection.

    Your committee reports that in view of the pressure of urgent business before the Senate of the United States at the short session of the Congress which adjourned on July 26, no efforts were made by your committee to obtain the introduction and passage of a Senate resolution for an amended or superseding American Declaration. to eliminate the Connally reservation as to American acceptance of the "optional" jurisdiction of the World Court. Such action by the Senate was recommended by the House of Delegates at its February session on the recommendation of your committee. (see 33 A.B.A.J. 249, 4O0-4O1, 430 (1947).

    Several members of the Senate expressed their interest in the subject and their attention to initiate corrective action at an opportune time.

    In conclusion, your committee calls special attention to the declarations in several of its resolutions, as to the need that lawyers everywhere shall do all they can to aid the development of public understanding of the issues involved and an informed public opinion in support of our country's policy in foreign affairs.

    Respectfully Submitted
    WILLIAM L. RANSOM
    Chairman

    FREDERIC M. MILLER
    Vice-Chairman

    REGINALD HEBER SMITH
    Secretary

    GEORGE A. FINCH
    TAPPAN GREGORY
    FRANK E. HOLMAN
    WILLIAM LOGAN MARTIN
    ORIE L. PHILLIPS
    M.C.SLOSS
    CHARLES W. TILLETT
    PHILIP J. WICKSER

     

    APPENDIX

    THE INTER-AMERICAN TREATY OF RECIPROCAL ASSISTANCE

    PREAMBLE

    In the name of their peoples, the Governments represented at the Inter-American Conference for the Maintenance of Continental Peace and Security, inspired by the desire for consolidating and strengthening their relations of friendship and good neighborliness and

    Considering:

    That Resolution 8 of the Inter-American Conference on the Problems of War and Peace, which met at Mexico City, recommended the conclusion of a treaty to prevent and repel threats and acts of aggression against any of the countries of America;

    That the high contracting parties reiterate their will to remain united in the inter-American system, consistent with the purposes and principles of the United Nations, and reaffirm the existence of the agreement which they concluded concerning matters relating to maintenance of international peace and security which are appropriate for regional action;

    That the high contracting parties reaffirm adherence to the principles of inter-American solidarity and cooperation and especially to those set forth in the preamble and declarations of the Act of Chapultepec, all of which should be understood to be accepted as standards of their mutual relations and as the juridical basis of the inter-American system; That American states propose in order to improve the procedures for pacific settlement of their controversies to conclude the treaty concerning the "inter-American peace system" envisaged in Resolution 39 of the Inter-American Conference on Problems of War and Peace;

    That the obligation of mutual assistance and common defense of the American republics is essentially related to their democratic ideals and their will to cooperate permanently in fulfillment of the principle and of a policy of peace;

    That the American regional community affirms as manifest truth that juridical organization is a necessary prerequisite of security and peace and is founded on justice and moral order on international recognition and protection of human rights and freedoms, on the indispensable well being of the people and on the effectiveness of democracy for international realization of justice and security;

    In conformity with the objectives stated above and in order to assure peace through adequate means, to provide for effective reciprocal assistance to meet armed attacks against any American state and in order to deal with threats of aggression against any of them, have resolved to conclude the following treaty:

    ARTICLE 1

    The high contracting parties formally condemn war and undertake in their international relations not to resort to threat or use force in any manner inconsistent with the provisions of the Charter of the United Nations or of this treaty.

    ARTICLE 2

    As a consequence of the principle set forth in the preceding article, the high contracting parties undertake to submit every controversy which may arise between them to methods of peaceful settlement and endeavor to settle such controversies among themselves by means of procedures in force in the inter-American system before referring them to the General Assembly or the Security Council of the United Nations.

    ARTICLE 3

    1.The high contracting parties agree that an armed attack by any states against an American state shall be considered as an attack against all the American states and consequently each one of the said contracting parties undertakes to assist in meeting the attack in exercise of the inherent right of individual or collective self-defense recognized by Article 51 of the Charter of the United Nations.

    2. On the request of the state or states directly attacked and until the "decision of the organ of consultation of the inter-American system, each one of the contracting parties may determine immediate measures which it may individually adopt in fulfillment of the obligation contained in the preceding paragraph and in accordance with the principle on continental solidarity. The organ of consultation shall meet without delay for the purpose of examining these measures and agreeing upon measures of a collective character that should be adopted.

    3. The provisions of this article shall be applied in case of any armed attack which takes place within the region described in Article 4 or within the territory of an American state. When an attack takes place outside the said areas the provisions of Article 6 shall be applied.

    4. The measures of self-defense provided under this article may be taken until the Security Council of the United Nations has taken measures necessary to maintain international peace and security.

    ARTICLE 4

    The region to which this treaty refers is bounded as follows: Beginning at the North Pole; Thence due south to a point 74 degrees north latitude 10 degrees west longitude; Thence by a rhumb line to a point 47 degrees 30 minutes north latitude 50 degrees west longitude; Thence by a rhumb line to a point 35 degrees north latitude 60 degrees west longitude; Thence due south to a point in 20 degrees north latitude; Thence by a rhumb line to a point 5 degrees north latitude 24 degrees west longitude; Thence due south to the South Pole; Thence due north to a point 30 degrees south latitude 90 degrees longitude; Thence by a rhumb line to a point on the Equator at 97 degrees west longitude; Thence by a rhumb line to a point 15 degrees north latitude 120 degrees west longitude; Thence by a rhumb line to a point 50 degrees north latitude 170 degrees east longitude; Thence due north to a point 54 degrees north latitude; Thence by a rhumb line to a point 65 degrees 30 minutes north latitude 168 degrees 58 minutes 5 seconds west longitude; Thence due north to the North Pole.

    ARTICLE 5

    The high contracting parties shall immediately send to the Security Council of the United Nations in conformity with Article 51 and 54 of the Charter of the United Nations complete information concerning the activities undertaken or in contemplation in the exercise of the of right of self-defense or for the purpose of maintaining inter-American peace and security.

    ARTICLE 6

    If the inviolability or the integrity of the territory or the sovereignty or political independence of any American state should be affected by an aggression which is not an armed attack or by an intra-continental or extra-continental conflict, or by any other fact or situation that might endanger the peace of America, the organ of consultation shall meet immediately in order to agree on the measures which must be taken in case of aggression to assist the victim of the aggression or, in any case, the measures which should be taken for the common defense and for the maintenance of the peace and security of the continent.

    ARTICLE 7

    In the case of a conflict between two or more American states, without prejudice to the right of self defense in conformity with Article 51 of the Charter of the United Nations, the high contracting parties, meeting in consultation, shall call upon the contending states to suspend hostilities and restore matters to the status quo ante bellum, and shall take in addition all other necessary measures to reestablish or maintain. inter-American peace and security and for the solution of the conflict by peaceful means. The rejection of the pacifying action will be considered in the determination of the aggressor and in the application of the measures which the consultative meeting may agree upon.

    ARTICLE 8

    For the purposes of this treaty, the measures on which the organ of consultation may agree will comprise one or more of the following:
    Recall of chiefs of diplomatic missions, breaking of diplomatic relations, breaking of consular relations, complete or partial interruption of economic relations or of rail, sea, air, postal, telegraphic, telephonic and radio-telephonic or radio-telegraphic communications and the use of armed force.

    ARTICLE 9

    In addition to other acts which the organ of consultation may characterize as aggression, the following shall be considered as such:

        (A) Unprovoked armed attack by a state against the territory, the people or the land, sea or air forces of another state;
        (B) Invasion by the armed forces of a state or the territory of an American state through the trespassing of boundaries demarcated in accordance with a treaty, judicial decision or arbitral award or, in the absence of frontiers thus demarcated, an invasion affecting a region which is under the effective jurisdiction of another state.

    ARTICLE 10

    None of the provisions of this treaty shall be construed as impairing the rights and obligations of the high contracting parties under the Charter of the United Nations.

    ARTICLE 11

    The organ of consultation referred to in this treaty shall be, until a different decision is taken, the meeting of the Ministers of Foreign Affairs of the signatory states which have ratified the treaty.

    ARTICLE 12

    The Governing Board of the Pan American Union may act provisionally as an organ of consultation until the meeting of the organ of consultation referred to in the preceding article takes place.

    ARTICLE 13

    The consultations shall be initiated on the request addressed to the Governing Board of the Pan American Union by any of the signatory states which has ratified the treaty.

    ARTICLE 14

    In the voting referred to in this treaty only the representatives of the signatory states which have ratified the treaty may take part.

    ARTICLE 15

    The Governing Board of the Pan American Union shall act in all matters concerning this treaty as an organ of liaison among the signatory states which have ratified this treaty and between these states and the United Nations.

    ARTICLE 16

    The decisions of the Governing Board of the Pan American Union referred to in Articles 13 and 15 above shall be taken by an absolute majority of the members entitled to vote.

    ARTICLE 17

    The organ of consultation shall take its decisions by a vote of two-thirds of the signatory states, which have ratified the treaty.

    ARTICLE 18 In the case of a situation or dispute between American states the parties directly interested shall be excluded from the voting referred to in the two preceding articles.

    ARTICLE 19

    To constitute a quorum in all the meetings referred to in the previous articles it shall be necessary that the number of states represented, shall be at least equal to the number of votes necessary for the adoption of the decision.

    ARTICLE 20

    Decisions which require the application of the measures specified in Article 8 shall be binding upon all the signatory states which have ratified this treaty except that no state shall be required to use armed force without its consent.

    ARTICLE 21

    The measures agreed upon by the organ of consultation shall be executed through the procedures and agencies now existing or those which may in future be established.

    ARTICLE 22

    This treaty shall enter into effect between the states which ratify it us soon as the ratifications of two-thirds of the signatory states have been deposited.

    ARTICLE 23

    This treaty is open for signature by the American states at the City of Rio de Janeiro and shall be ratified by the signatory states as soon as possible in accordance with their respective constitutional processes. The ratifications shall be deposited with the Pan American Union, which shall notify the signatory states of each deposit. Such notification shall be considered as an exchange of ratifications.

    ARTICLE 24

    The present treaty shall be registered with the secretariat of the United Nations through the Pan American Union when two-thirds of the signatory states have deposited their ratification.

    ARTICLE 25

    This treaty shall remain in force indefinitely but may be denounced by any high contracting party by a notification in writing to the Pan American Union, which shall inform all the other high contracting parties of each notification of denunciation received. After the expiration of two years from the date of the receipt by the Pan American Union of a notification of denunciation by any high contracting party, the present treaty shall cease to be in force with respect to such state but shall remain in full force and effect with respect to all the other high contracting parties.

    ARTICLE 26

    The principles and fundamental provisions of this treaty shall be incorporated in the organic pact of the inter-American system. In witness whereof, the undersigned plenipotentiaries, having deposited their full powers found to be in due and proper form, sign this treaty on behalf of their respective governments on the dates appearing opposite their signatures.

    RESERVATION OF HONDURAS

    The delegation of Honduras, in signing the present treaty and in connection with Article 9, Section (b) does so with the reservation that the boundary between Honduras and Nicaragua is definitely demarcated by the Joint Boundary Commission of 1900 and 1901, starting from a point in the Gulf of Fonsca, in the Pacific Ocean, to Portillo de Teotecacinte and from this point to the Atlantic, by the line that His Majesty, the King of Spain's arbitral award established on December 23, 1906.

    Footnotes

    (1): Ecuador and Nicaragua, by reason of events within their Governments during the Conference at Quitindinia, did not sign on September 2. Provision was made for their adherence to the Treaty later, which is expected. They also are Members of The United Nations. Because of its membership of the United Nations, signed at Rio de Janeiro on September 2 the treaty which is an outstanding demonstration of what law-abiding nations of good-will can do, within the framework of the United Nations Charter and to effectuate its purposes. (2)

    (2): In his joint broadcast with Senator Vandenberg on September 4, Secretary of State Marshall said, in part:

        "The results of the conference demonstrate I think beyond doubt that where nations are sincerely desirous of promoting the peace and well-being of the world it can be done, and it can be done without frustrating delays and without much of confusing and disturbing propaganda that has attended our efforts of the past two years."

    Chairman Vandenberg of the Senate Committee on Foreign Relations, in his broadcast with Secretary Marshall on September 4, said, significantly, as to the agreed-on omission of "a paralyzing veto" from this Treaty under the Charter:

        "We have re-knit the effective solidarity of North, Central and South America against all aggressors, foreign or domestic. We have sealed a pact of peace which possesses teeth. We have not deserted or impaired one syllable of our over riding obligations to the United Nations.

        "This pact is not a substitute for the United Nations. It is a supplement to the United Nations and part of its machinery. The signers of this treaty have fulfilled the United Nations Charter by creating what is officially called "a regional arrangement" which adds new and effective obligations and protections for peace and security within the area of our Western Hemisphere.

        "In all but the latter-namely, the use of armed forces-all treaty states will be bound by a two-thirds vote. And, my friends, this 'is a tremendous statement: There is no paralyzing veto upon any of these peaceful sanctions. One recalcitrant nation-one non-cooperator- cannot nullify the loyalties of the others. It cannot even stop the others from using collective force."

    (3): In conformance to the rules of the House and in order that members of the House may have before them a specific demonstration of what has been pursuant to the Charter of the United Nations, the Inter-American Treaty of Reciprocal Assistance is appended to this report, in the form published in the New York Times for August 31. It was also printed in full at page 1058 of the October (1947) issue of the AMERICAN BAR JOURNAL.

    (4): See A.B.A.J. 831, 832 (August 19470 for the recommended provision, held in March through May. 33 A.B.A.J. 562 (1947)

    (5): To date nineteen "vetoes" have been interposed by the Soviet Union singly; one by the Soviet and France together; and one by France alone.

    (6): Hamilton Fish Armstrong, Editor of Foreign Affairs and Adviser to the U.S. Delegation in San Francisco, wrote in the New York Times Magazine on September 14 that:

        It was seen at Yalta that the Soviet Union already wished to restrict the positive functions of U. N. In maintaining peace. But the real evidence can came at San Francisco the evening of June 1, 1945, when there fell a Soviet bombshell in the form of a demand that the veto be applicable at the very start of the Security Council procedure for settling disputes. On instructions from Moscow, Andri Gromyko demanded that the Security Council should be deprived of the right even to discuss and consider a complaint from an aggrieved or threatened state without the unanimous agreement of all five permanent members. This radical modification of the Yalta understanding was rejected by Secretary of State Stettinius. He won his point, however, only after making a blunt statement to Marshal Stalin. (through Harry Hopkins, who happened to be in Moscow at the moment) that continued insistence by the Soviet on its interpretation would disrupt the conference.

        The American delegation tried further to turn the tide against broadening the use of the veto by inserting into a joint interpretative statement issued by the "Big Five" on June 8 a sentence to the effect that they were not expected to use their veto power willfully to obstruct the operation of the Council.

        Like their British and French colleagues, the Americans (including Senators of both parties) felt that the Great Powers which were to bear the major responsibility for giving effect to any Security Council decision, especia11y one involving military operations, must have the veto as protection against possible irresponsible action by the smaller states.

        But the American conception of the veto was that it would be used for major purposes alone; and the American delegation hoped that the sentence quoted above, accepted by the Soviet Union a1ong with the other Great Powers, would lessen the likelihood of the veto's being used to obtain tactical advantages or block ordinary decisions of the Council majority.

        In practice, however, the veto has not been used in accordance with that interpretation. The result has been that, whether by "willful" design or not, the operation of the Security Council has certainly been "obstructed."

    (7): See "If Two Worlds What Can United Nations Do for Majority Action?" AUGUST JOURNAL, A.B.A.J. 756-759. See, also, the Report of Commission I, adopted by the San Francisco Conference; quoted in 33 AJB.A.J. 758.,

    (8): Radio Statement by Secretary of State Marshall on September 14.

    (9): Secretary Marshall said on September 14 that "Within a few days time the United States Delegation will be making a number of proposals to the General Assembly which we believe will help to resolve some of the issues which are now disturbing good relations among nations. You will appreciate that presentation of these proposals must await the meeting of the Assembly."

    (10): On August 27, the Security Council took up a request by the General Assembly last December that something be done about the "veto" power. After stormy debate, a seven-nation vote referred the matter to the Council's Committee of Experts. The United States representative. Herschel V. Johnson, submitted a 1200 word memorandum-which he repeatedly characterized as in no sense a "proposal"-outlining the substance of three possible rules of "procedure" for the Council, to detail questions agreed on as not subject to "veto" and to confirm the understanding already accepted without written sanction that abstention from voting, by one of the five principal powers, does not constitute a "veto." The American Delegate's proposals thus related to matters on which he urged that the way could be cleared for majority action without amending the Charter; they did not propose amendments to cover actions such as those which, under the Treaty of Rio de Janeiro, could be carried by a two-thirds vote. In summary, the American Delegate's proposals of August 27 were:

        1. "Procedural" matters- therefore not subject to "veto"-would be listed as those dealing with meetings, the call for a Conference to amend the Charter under Article 109, determination of the agenda, credentials, Council presidency, filings and order of vote, invitations to states to participate in discussions, requests to individuals for information, procedures on membership applications, relations with other organs of the United Nations, elections to the international Court of Justice, opening of the Court to non-members of the United Nations, Council requests for advisory opinions by the court and the creation of subsidiary organs. At the end was an omnibus item to deem procedural "all other decisions of the Security Council not involving its taking direct measures in connection with settlement of disputes, adjustments of situations likely to lead to disputes, determination of threats to peace, removal of threats to the peace; and suppression of breaches of the peace."

        2. Parties to a dispute would be barred from vote on peaceful settlements, and so would "a party involved in a situation." Any division on defining such a party would be decided by any seven votes.

        3. Any member may abstain from any decision. If a permanent member abstains from a substantive vote, the decision "shall be made by an affirmative vote of seven members including the affirmative votes of the permanent member not abstaining."

    (11): Mr. Gromyko of the Soviet Union declared that the American proposals " at a glance appear directed toward a revision of important provisions of the Charter." Any such attempt to revise the Charter, particularly as to the voting rights, he said was "doomed to failure." "Let us not remain in the clouds; let us come back to earth," he was quoted as declaring (New York Times, August 28, 1947). On last December 13, when only eight vetoes had been interposed (four of them as to the Spanish case) thirty-six Member Nations voted an appeal to the five principal powers to consult with each other as to the "veto." This consultation has not taken place. An examination has indicated that Mr. Johnson's suggestions, if adopted in full, would not have barred any veto that has been interposed to date.

    Hamilton Fish Armstrong, Editor of Foreign Affairs and adviser to the U. S. delegation in San Francisco, has written (New York Times Magazine for September 14, 1947):

        "But there is nothing in either the letter or spirit of the Charter to forbid members of the United Nations from agreeing, among themselves, in more explicit terms than those used in the Charter, to carry out the organization's principles and purposes, by more efficient methods than those that the Charter itself provides. Indeed, Article 51 of the Charter expressly reserves to members the inherent right of individual or collective self-defense in the event of armed attack against a member."

        "In making preparations to do this they would not be planning anything which they said they would not do; they would be planning only what they had said they might have to do, and arranging to do it in spite of difficulties and dangers which they had hoped would not arise."

        "The United States Government has announced its willingness to relinquish the right to veto collective action against a nation violating the projected atomic energy controls. Is it now willing to modify its right to veto collective action against a member of the United Nations that makes an armed attack against another member?"

        "If so, it might propose that a group of United Nations members enter into a brief supplementary agreement ---a sort of protocol, or "optional clause," open to all---- binding themselves to carry out the Charter obligation to resist armed attack."

        'This agreement would come into operation if two-thirds of the signatories decided that collective action had become necessary under the Charter and if the Security Council failed to act. The two-thirds majority is the same as that required under the Rio treaty for hemispheric action."

        "Incidentally, we have a sort of precedent for the suggested procedure in what happened in February, 1946, when seven members of the Security Council voted to permit direct negotiations on the part of Britain and France with Syria and Lebanon for the withdrawal of Anglo-French troops. Russia vetoed the proposal. But Britain and France nevertheless complied with the will of the majority of their colleagues."

    (12): See: "International Trade Organization: Does Its Charter Offer Hope, Illusion or Menace?" By Benjamin Wham, Chairman of the Association's Committee on Commerce (June Journal; 33 A.B.A.J. 599).

    (13): Senator Vandenberg said, on September 4, in his joint broadcast with Secretary of State Marshall:

        "I am glad to cooperate again with Secretary of State Marshall on this radio program as I did at the recent historic Inter-American Conference at Rio de Janeiro, which has just terminated its labor. Without thought of partisan politics, Republicans and Democrats upon the delegation of the United States worked in unison, under Secretary Marshall's wise leadership, for the indispensable cause of international peace and security. We practiced the unity we preached. As a result, we got the unity we sought. I pay my warmest respects to all of my colleagues on our delegation."

    (14): Senator Vandenberg said, in part, on September 4:

        "But that is not all. The framers of this treaty were not satisfied to rest content with mutual and cooperative protection against armed attack at our "regional" gates. They took the broader view, consistent with bitter history and repeated experience, that an aggression far beyond our "region" even on other continents ---may potentially threaten our own "regional" peace."

        "They lifted their sights to the horizons of the earth. They meant what they said in that fundamental obligation which I quoted---namely, that any armed attack against an American state shall be considered as an attack against all of them; and they proceeded to spell it out."

        "They said that---and I am quoting from the new treaty-they said that 'if the inviolability or the integrity or the sovereignty or the independence of any American state should be affected by an aggression, even though it not be an armed attack, or if it should be affected by an intra-continental or extra-continental conflict, or by any other fact or situation that might endanger the peace of America, they will consult immediately in respect to common action."

        "This is all-inclusive. There could not be more complete comprehension."

        "I may say, in passing, that the delegation of the United States was particularly earnest in urging this idea, that crimes against peace and justices cannot be confined within latitudes and longitudes. We were anxious that the creation of our "region" should imply no lack of interest in world peace outside the "region," or condone war-crimes against humanity wherever they occur."

    (15): See the letter of Andrei A. Gromyko, representative of the Soviet Union, to Sir Alexander Cadogan, British delegate, on September 5 (New York Times, September 5,1947).

Reply | Threaded
Open this post in threaded view
|

Re: Researchers site with compelling information

Gavilan
http://www.internallydisplacedpeople.org/joomla30/index.php/articles/35-the-1776-agenda-of-the-new-world-order-ordered-by-a-rothschild-designed-by-a-jesuit


THE 1776 AGENDA of the New World Order – ordered by a Rothschild – designed by a Jesuit

This history of the New World Order is beautifully made and laid out – besides being very comprehensible and getting to the salient points. It’s been compiled by Michael’s Journal of ‘Catholic patriots – for the Social Credit monetary reform – through the education of the population and not through political parties’.

It lists seven objectives:

1) Abolition of all ordered governments

2) Abolition of private property

3) Abolition of inheritance

4) Abolition of patriotism

5) Abolition of the family

6) Abolition of religion

7) Creation of a world government.

Strategy:

1) Men are inclined to evil rather than good.

2) Preach Liberalism.

3) Use ideals of freedom to bring about class wars.

4) Any and all means necessary should be used to reach their goals as they are justified.

5) Believe their rights lie in force.

6) The power of their resources must remain invisible until the very moment that they have gained the strength so that no group or force can undermine it.

7) Advocates a mob psychology to obtain control of the masses.

8) Promotes the use of alcohol, drugs, moral corruption, and all forms of vice to systematically corrupt the youth of the nation.

9) Seize citizens’ private property by any means necessary.

10) The use of slogans such as equity, liberty, and fraternity are used on the masses as psychological warfare.

11) War should be directed so that the nations on both sides are placed further in debt and peace conferences are designed so that neither combatant retain territory rights.

12) Members must use their wealth to have candidates chosen to public office who would be obedient to their demands, and would be used as pawns in the game by the men behind the scenes. The advisors will have been bred, reared, and trained from childhood to rule the affairs of the world.

13) Control the press, and hence most of the information the public receives.

14) Agents and provocateurs will come forward after creating traumatic situations, and appear to be the saviors of the masses, when they are actually interested in just the opposite, the reduction of the population.

15) Create industrial depression and financial panic, unemployment, hunger, shortage of food, use these events to control the masses and mobs. and use them to wipe out those who stand in the way.

16) Infiltrate Freemasonry which is to be used to conceal and further objectives.

17) Expound the value of systematic deception, use high sounding slogans and phrases, advocate lavish sounding promises to the masses even though they can’t be kept.

18) The art of street fighting is necessary to bring the population into subjection.

19) Use agents as provocateurs and advisers behind the scenes, and after wars use secret diplomacy talks to gain control.

20) Establish huge monopolies towards world government control.

21) Use high taxes and unfair competition to bring about economic ruin by controlling raw materials, organized agitation among the workers, and subsidizing competitors.

22) Build up armaments with police and soldiers who can protect and further Illuminati interests.

23) Members and leaders of the one world government will be appointed by the director of the Illuminati.

24) Infiltrate into all classes and levels of society and government for the purpose of teaching the youth in the schools theories and principles known to be false.

25) Create and use national and international laws to destroy civilization.

And here is an idiot’s guide with key events.

Related articles

    What Is the Illuminati? (livescience.com)
    WHICH SIDE are You On: Rothschild (City) or Treasury (Westminster)? (forumnews.wordpress.com)
    George Carlin Illuminati New World Order Exposed (disclose.tv)
    Official Interview with Adam Weishaupt (jasmincunningham.wordpress.com)
    Criminal Rothschilds Control the World! 25 Illuminati Goals of the New World Order (truelabour.wordpress.com)
    Rumor Check: Biden Endorses ‘New World Order’ (theblaze.com)
    Top 10 Things YOU SHOULDN’T KNOW About the ILLUMINATI (secretsofthefed.com)
    Re: New World Order – Color by Numbers – Charts to connect the dots (forum.prisonplanet.com)
    Cracking the illuminati Number Code & Agenda (anonymoustruthblog.com)
    Who really runs the FED? (annterrero.wordpress.com)

Video on Depopulation Agenda: http://www.seawapa.co/2014/06/depopulation-21-started-in-netherlands.html 
Published on Aug 9, 2010

This video exposes 25 goals that the cult of Illuminati used to turn the world into a current state that it is, paving the way for the Antichrist (mentioned as 'the director' in this presentation). Speaker: Ted Gunderson, a former FBI Agent in charge, born November 7, 1928.

These objectives are derived from the original 25 agenda points – set out in 1776 – when Mayer Amschel Rothschild invited Adam Weishaupt to set up an organisation to obtain world government. The agenda is copied from this remarkable video:

Illuminati Agenda Fully Explained

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ER68ywwAmz4
Info of the card game is below. Illuminati goals are:

Speaker: Ted Gunderson, a former FBI Agent in charge, born November 7, 1928.

The Illuminati Card Game:
The card game shown in this video is "Steve Jackson's Illuminati Deluxe card game". It started as an online RPG in around 1990, and then got so popular that someone printed it. Secret service then tried to locate and confiscate these cards, as they were not suppose to be released so widely. Despite the effort, it made it's way into a mass print in about 1995, then was stopped in 1997. You can listen more about this card game here: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FdPGXO...

Ex Illuminati Banker Exposes all: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cRuKmxQSPSw

Reply | Threaded
Open this post in threaded view
|

Re: Researchers site with compelling information

Gavilan
http://www.internallydisplacedpeople.org/joomla30/index.php/articles/34-extortion-legally-defined


Extortion “Legally” Defined

 

The following definitions for “extortion” are taken from Ballantine’s Law Dictionary (3rdedition), Bouvier’s Law Dictionary (6th edition), Black’s Law Dictionary (2nd edition), and “Webster’s 1828 Dictionary:”

 


 

(Ballantine’s)

Oppression under color or right; the criminal offense of obtaining money or other valuable thing by compulsion, actual force, or force of motives to the will; more technically defined as the unlawful taking by an officer of the law, by color of his office, of any money or thing of value that is not due to him, or the taking of more than is due, or the taking of money before it is due [Bush v. State, 19 Ariz 195, 168 P 508; 31 Am J2d Extort § 1]. A method of abuse of process [1 Am J2d Abuse P § 12].
 

(Bouvier’s)

In a large sense, it signifies any oppression, under color of right: but in a more strict sense it means the unlawful taking by any officer, by color of his office, of any money or thing of value that is not due to him, or more than is due, or before it is due [4 Bl. Com. 141; 1 Hawk. P. C. c. 68, s. 1; 1 Russ. Cr. *144]. To constitute extortion, there must be the receipt of money or something of value; the taking a promissory note, which is void, is not sufficient to make an extortion [2 Mass. R. 523; see Bac. Ab. h. t.; Co. Litt. 168]. It is extortion and oppression for an officer to take money for the performance of his duty, even though it be in the exercise of a discretionary power [2 Burr. 927]. It differs from exaction [(q. v.) See 6 Cowen, R. 661; 1 Caines, R. 130; 13 S. & R. 426 1 Yeates, 71; 1 South. 324; 3 Penna. R. 183; 7 Pick. 279; 1 Pick. 171].
 

(Black’s)

Any oppression by color or pretense of right, and particularly the exaction by an officer of money, by color of his office, either when none at all is due, or not so much is due, or when it is not yet due [Preston v. Bacon, 4 Conn. 480].

Extortion consists in any public officer unlawfully taking, by color of his office, from any person any money or thing of value that is not due to him, or more than his due [Code Ga. 1882, § 4507].

Extortion is the obtaining of property from another, with his consent, induced by wrongful use of force or fear, or under color of official right [Pen. Code Cal § 518; Pen code Dak. § 608; and see Cohen v. State, 37 Tex. Cr. R. 118, 38 S. W. 1005; U. S. v. Deaver (D. C.), 14 Fed. 597; People v. Hoffman, 126 Cal. 366, 58 Pac. 856; State v. Logan, 104 La. 760, 29 South. 336; People v. Barondess, 61 Hun. 571, 16 N. Y. Supp. 436].

    Extortion is an abuse of public justice, which consists in any officer unlawfully taking, by color of his office, form any man, any money, or thing of value that is not due to him, or before it is due [4 Bl. Comm. 141].
    Extortion is any oppression under color of right. In a stricter sense, the taking of money by any officer, by color of his office, when none, or not so much is due, or it is not yet due [1 Hawk. P. C. (Curw. Ed.) 418].
    It is the corrupt demanding or receiving by a person in office of a free for services which should be performed gratuitously; or where compensation is permissible, of a larger fee than the law justifies, or a fee not due [2 Bish. Crim. Law § 390].
    The distinction between “bribery” and “extortion” seems to be this: the former offense consists in the offering a present, or receiving one, if offered; the latter, in demanding a fee or present, by color of office.

(Webster’s)

The act of extorting; the act or practice of wresting any thing from a person by force,duress, menaces, authority,or by any undue exercise of power; illegal exaction; illegal compulsion to pay money, or to do some other act. Extortion is an offense punishable at common law.

1. Force or illegal compulsion by which any thing is taken from a person.
Reply | Threaded
Open this post in threaded view
|

Re: Researchers site with compelling information

Gavilan
http://www.internallydisplacedpeople.org/joomla30/index.php/articles/33-history-of-trusts


History of Trusts
The 1st Trust of the world

c/o http://stopthepirates.blogspot.com/

Unam Sanctam is one of the most frightening documents of history and the one most quoted as the primary document of the popes claiming their global power. It is an express trust deed. The last line reads:  “Furthermore, we declare, we proclaim, we define that it is absolutely necessary for salvation that every human creature be subject to the Roman Pontiff.” It is not only the first trust deed in history but also the largest trust ever conceived, as it claims the whole planet and everything on it, conveyed in trust.

Triple Crown of Ba’al, aka the Papal Tiara and Triregnum
In 1302 Pope Boniface issued his infamous Papal Bull Unam Sanctam––the first Express Trust. He claimed control over the whole planet which made him “King of the world”. In celebration, he commissioned a gold-plated headdress in the shape of a pinecone, with an elaborate crown at its base. The pinecone is an ancient symbol of fertility and one traditionally associated with Ba’al as well as the Cult of Cybele.  It also represents the pineal gland in the centre of our brains––crystalline in nature–– which allows us access to Source, hence, the 13-foot tall pinecone in Vatican Square. Think about why the Pontiffs would idolize a pinecone.

The 1st Crown of Crown Land
Pope Boniface VIII was the first leader in history to create the concept of a Trust, but the first Testamentary Trust, through a deed and will creating a Deceased Estate, was created by Pope Nicholas V in 1455, through the Papal Bull Romanus Pontifex. This is only one of three (3) papal bulls to include the line with the incipit “For a perpetual remembrance.” This Bull had the effect of conveying the right of use of the land as Real Property, from the Express Trust Unam Sanctam, to the control of the Pontiff and his successors in perpetuity. Hence, all land is claimed as “crown land”.  This 1st Crown is represented by the 1st Cestui Que Vie Trust, created when a child is born. It deprives us of all beneficial entitlements and rights on the land.

The 2nd Crown of the Commonwealth
The second Crown was created in 1481 with the papal bull Aeterni Regis, meaning “Eternal Crown”, by Sixtus IV, being only the 2nd of three papal bulls as deeds of testamentary trusts.
This Papal Bull created the “Crown of Aragon”, later known as the Crown of Spain, and is the highest sovereign and highest steward of all Roman Slaves subject to the rule of the Roman Pontiff. Spain lost the crown in 1604 when it was granted to King James I of England by Pope Paul V after the successful passage of the “Union of Crowns”, or Commonwealth, in 1605 after the false flag operation of the Gunpowder Plot. The Crown was finally lost by England in 1975, when it was returned to Spain and King Carlos I, where it remains to this day.  This 2nd Crown is represented by the 2nd cestui Que Vie Trust, created when a child is born and, by the sale of the birth certificate as a Bond to the private central bank of the nation, depriving us of ownership of our flesh and condemning us to perpetual servitude, as a Roman person, or slave.

The 3rd Crown of the Ecclesiastical See
The third Crown was created in 1537 by Paul III, through the papal bull Convocation, also meant to open the Council of Trent. It is the third and final testamentary deed and will of a testamentary trust, set up for the claiming of all “lost souls”, lost to the See.  The Venetians assisted in the creation of the 1st Cestui Que Vie Act of 1540, to use this papal bull as the basis of Ecclesiastical authority of Henry VIII. This Crown was secretly granted to England in the collection and “reaping” of lost souls. The Crown was lost in 1816, due to the deliberate bankruptcy of England, and granted to the Temple Bar which became known as the Crown Bar, or simply the Crown. The Bar Associations have since been responsible for administering the “reaping” of the souls of the lost and damned, including the registration and collection of Baptismal certificates representing the souls collected by the Vatican and stored in its vaults.
This 3rd Crown is represented by the 3rd Cestui Que Vie Trust, created when a child is baptized. It is the parents’ grant of the Baptismal certificate––title to the soul––to the church or Registrar. Thus, without legal title over one’s own soul, we will be denied legal standing and will be treated as things––cargo without souls––upon which the BAR is now legally able to enforce Maritime law.

The Cestui Que Vie Trust
A Cestui Que Vie Trust is a fictional concept. It is a Temporary Testamentary Trust, first created during the reign of Henry VIII of England through the Cestui Que Vie Act of 1540 and updated by Charles II, through the CQV Act of 1666, wherein an Estate may be effected for the Benefit of a Person presumed lost or abandoned at “sea” and therefore assumed “dead” after seven (7) years. Additional presumptions, by which such a Trust may be formed, were added in later statutes to include bankrupts, minors, incompetents, mortgages, and private companies. The original purpose of a CQV Trust was to form a temporary Estate for the benefit of another because some event, state of affairs, or condition prevented them from claiming their status as living, competent, and present, before a competent authority. Therefore, any claims, history, statutes, or arguments that deviate in terms of the origin and function of a CQV Trust, as pronounced by these canons, is false and automatically null and void.

A Beneficiary under Estate may be either a Beneficiary or a CQV Trust. When a Beneficiary loses direct benefit of any Property of the higher Estate placed in a CQV Trust on his behalf, he do not “own” the CQV Trust; he is only the beneficiary of what the Trustees of the CQV Trust choose to provide.  As all CQV Trusts are created on presumption, based upon original purpose and function, such a Trust cannot be created if these presumptions can be proven not to exist.

Since 1933, when a child is borne in a State (Estate) under inferior Roman law, three (3) Cestui Que (Vie) Trusts are created upon certain presumptions specifically designed to deny, forever, the child any rights of Real Property, any Rights to be free, and any Rights to be known as man or woman, rather than a creature or animal, by claiming and possessing their Soul or Spirit.

The Executors or Administrators of the higher Estate willingly and knowingly:
1.  convey the beneficial entitlements of the child, as Beneficiary, into the 1st Cestui Que (Vie) Trust in the form of a Registry Number by registering the Name, thereby also creating the Corporate Person and denying the child any rights to Real Property; and,
2.  claim the baby as chattel to the Estate. The slave baby contract is then created by honoring the ancient tradition of either having the ink impression of the baby’s feet onto the live birth record, or a drop of its blood, as well as tricking the parents to signing the baby away through the deceitful legal meanings on the live birth record which is a promissory note, converted into a slave bond, sold to the private reserve bank of the estate, and then conveyed into a 2nd and separate CQV Trust, per child, owned by the bank. When the promissory note reaches maturity and the bank is unable to “seize” the slave child, a maritime lien is lawfully issued to “salvage” the lost property and is monetized as currency issued in series against the CQV Trust.
3.  claim the child’s soul via the Baptismal Certificate. Since 1540 and the creation of the 1st CQV Act, deriving its power from the Papal Bull of Roman Cult leader Pope Paul III, 1540, when a child is baptized and a Baptismal Certificate is issued, the parents have gifted, granted, and conveyed the soul of the baby to a “3rd” CQV Trust owned by Roman Cult, which has held this valuable property in its vaults ever since. Since 1815, this 3rd Crown of the Roman Cult and 3rd CQV Trust representing Ecclesiastical Property has been managed by the BAR as the reconstituted “Galla” responsible, as Grim Reapers, for reaping the souls.

Each Cestui Que Vie Trust, created since 1933, represents one of the 3 Crowns representing the three claims of property of the Roman Cult: Real Property (on Earth), Personal Property (body), and Ecclesiastical Property (soul). Each corresponds exactly to the three forms of law available to the Galla of the BAR Courts: corporate commercial law (judge is the ‘landlord’), maritime and canon law (judge is the banker), and Talmudic law (judge is the priest).

What is the real power of a court ‘judge’?
Given what has been revealed about the foundations of Roman Law, what is the real hidden power of a judge when we face court?  Is it their superior knowledge of process and procedure or of magic? Or is it something simpler and far more obvious?

It is unfortunate that much of the excitement about Estates and Executors has deliberately not revealed that an Estate, by definition, has to belong to a Trust––to be specific, a Testamentary Trust or CQV Trust. When we receive legal paper or have to appear in court, it is these same CQV Trusts which have our rights converted into the property contained within them. Instead of being the Trustee, or the Executor, or Administrator, we are merely the Beneficiary of each CQV Trust, granted only beneficial and equitable use of certain property, never legal title. So if the Roman Legal System assumes we are merely the beneficiary of these CQV Trusts, when we go to court, who represents the Trustee and Office of Executor? We all know that all cases are based upon the judge’s discretion which often defies procedures, statutes, and maxims of law. Well, they are doing what any Trustee or Executor, administering a trust in the presence of the beneficiary, can do under Roman Law and all the statutes, maxims, and procedures are really for show because under the principles of Trust Law, as first formed by the Roman Cult, a Trustee has a wide latitude, including the ability to correct any procedural mistakes, by obtaining the implied or tacit consent of the beneficiary, to obviate any mistakes. The judge is the real and legal Name. The judge is the trust, itself. We are the mirror image to them––the ghost––the dead. It is high sorcery, trickery, and subterfuge that has remained “legal” for far too long. Spread the word.
Reply | Threaded
Open this post in threaded view
|

Re: Researchers site with compelling information

Gavilan
http://www.internallydisplacedpeople.org/joomla30/index.php/articles/32-report-from-iron-mountain

Report from Iron Mountain
Picture
 
Iron Mountain - A Hoax or a Betrayal
Iron Mountain A Hoax or Betrayal?
Source: http://www.theforbiddenknowledge.com/hardtruth/iron_mountain.htm 
By: Paula Demers http://www.worldnewsstand.net/today/articles/ironmountain.htm

In 1961, the Kennedy administration ordered a "Top Secret" study to determine what problems the United States would face if the world moved from an era of war to a golden age of peace. In other words, how to bring America into the New World Order. By 1963 the selection of the specialist had been made. This study group consisted of 15 experts in various academic disciplines who were selected for their expertise in their various fields. The first and last meetings were in an underground nuclear survival retreat called Iron Mountain.

In the same year that this "Top Secret" study was called, 1961, The Department of State put out a publication (#7277) called "Freedom From War, The United States Program for a General and Complete Disarmament in a Peaceful World". This publication describes a three step program to disarm the American military, shut down bases and have one military under the United Nations. This "military" would be the world wide police force to be used as "peace keepers" throughout the world. The plan would include that "all weapons of mass destruction" be eliminated with the exception of "those required for a United Nations Peace Force" (page 12 paragraph one). In order to "keep the peace, all states will reaffirm their obligations under the UN Charter to refrain from the threat of use of any type armed force" (page 16, Paragraph eight) To support the UN Charter, the average citizen will need to be disarmed; so they cannot defend themselves against these "peace keepers". You don't have to watch much news to see that today, the UN forces are used as "peace keepers" throughout the world, disarming people so they can't defend themselves against oppressive governments. To quote Sarah Brady, Chair of Handguncontrol, Inc. "Our Task of creating a socialist America can only succeed when those who would resist us have been totally disarmed."

I also want to point out the interesting things that happened in the mid 1960's: The protests against the war in Vietnam. The protests against Nuclear Arms. The protests for arms reduction......Much of these protests were done by college students. Many who graduated and became the doctors, lawyers, people in politics, and even the President for today.

In 1963, the same year as the selection of specialists for this "Top Secret" study, President John F. Kennedy made an astounding statement. On November 13, while speaking at Columbus University, Pres. Kennedy stated, "The high office of the President of the United States of America has been used to foment a plot to destroy America's freedom, and before I leave office, I must inform the citizens of their plight! Ten days later, President John F. Kennedy was shot and killed.

The study was completed in 1966. President Johnson gave the order that the report was never to be released, due to the nature of the conclusions reached. The purpose of this Report was to see what it would take to bring the United States into a New World Order. The "experts" decided that the American people were not intelligent enough to understand what "big brother" had decided for them; and what "big brother" would need to do to accomplish what was decided for them. If the truth came out too soon, the American people would be able to stop it.

To quote directly from the cover letter of this report: (paragraph three) "Because of the unusual circumstances surrounding the establishment of this Group, and in view of the nature of its finding, we do not recommend that this Report be released for publication...such actions would not be in the PUBLIC INTEREST (emphasis mine)..a lay reader, unexposed to the exigencies of higher political or military responsibility, will misconstrue the purpose of this project, and the intent... We urge that the circulation of the Report be closely restricted to those who's responsibilities require that they be apprised of its contents..." Those who responsibilities require they know? Would this be the people who will be working to bring us into a New world Order?

One man involved in the study elected to release it to the general public. He did it at great risk to himself using the name John Doe. Mr. Do must have believed the American people were smart enough to decide for themselves if they wanted to loose their freedom to a "golden age of peace". After John Doe released the information, the Establishment renounced it saying it was a hoax. There are not many copies of this Report left. Some large libraries have copies and it would be worth the effort to check it out. This in itself would be proof it is not a hoax.

There are very interesting terms used and repeated throughout the report. Some of these include "general condition of peace", "functions of war", "change social structure", "problems of peace", "transition of world peace", replacing the "function of war", "saving the species" (man), "disarmament transition", "social control", "selective population control", "gross population control" and "loss of national sovereignty".

The stated purpose of this Report (taken from the first paragraph of the cover letter) is:

to consider the problems involved in the contingency of a transition to a general condition of peace, and

To recommend procedures for dealing with this contingency. " We will do our best to capture the basic message in this report.
This 34 page report basically deals with the "functions of War" and how to replace those "functions" with other options. So there can be peace and the "species" (man) can survive.

THE IRON MOUNTAIN REPORT

The introduction of this Report shows some interesting observations this group came up with during their 2 1/2 year study. If there came a "condition of world peace" (paragraph three) it would change the social structures of all the nations of the world. There is nothing that has happened to compare with the change that would occur in such an instance. They point out that there would be consequences to peace. Not just the economy, but every other aspect of life would be touched also. It would touch the "political, sociological, cultural, and ecological" aspects. The reason they included these aspects in their study is that the world (at that time) was totally unprepared to cover all the demands that would come in these areas in such a situation of peace. They conclude that at the end of the report they give their recommendations for what they believe to be a "practical and necessary course of action." (paragraph six)

These 15 experts set you straight in the first section that they are doing to be totally objective in their study. (Section one, paragraph five) They made a "continuously self-conscious effort" to keep the values of "good" and "bad". They admit that it wasn't easy, but as far as they could tell, it had never been done before. The previous studies for peace had taken certain things into consideration:"...the importance of human life, the superiority of democratic institutions, the greatest 'good' for the greatest number, the 'dignity' of the individual, the desirability of maximum healthier and longevity,...." These experts did not. Instead they attempted to "....apply the standards of physical science...." and go on to quote Whitehead who said, "...ignores all judgments of value; for instance, all esthetics and moral judgments."

In other words, people the idea of human rights, and the value of human life are not at all taken into consideration in the putting together of the Report. They took their assignment, and decided how they could take care of all the problems without considering the people involved. In this report, as you will see, human beings are being brought down to the level of herds of animals.

Section four is interesting. (War and Peace as Social Systems). They point out that wars are not "caused" because of international conflicts of interest. (paragraph seven). They further comment that "...war-making, active or contemplated, is a matter of life and death on the greatest scale subject to social control..." In paragraph six of this same section, they comment that the "threats" against the "national interest" are created or accelerated to "meet the changing needs of the war system". This will be in more detail in the next section, where they discuss the "Functions of War". (Section five) for each section, along with their "Substitutes for the Functions of War (Section six). We will include booth the "functions" and the "substitutes" under each heading.

FUNCTION OF WAR / SUBSTITUTES FOR THE FUNCTIONS OF WAR

They go into great detail on the "Functions of War" (Section five) and the "Substitutes for the Functions of War" (Section six). The areas covered are: economic, political, sociological, ecological, cultural and scientific. These areas are all affected by the "functions of war" so they will have to find "substitutes for the functions of war" in order to have peace. see: Silent Weapons For a Quiet War

ECONOMIC

One "function of war" is that it uses organized violence to defend or advance "national interest". They believe it is necessary for a military establishment to "create a need for it's unique powers" (Section five, paragraph two)

Another major "function of war" is that it produces waste. This waste is a means to control surpluses. It also produces jobs and industrial advancement. War, basically, stimulates the economy. Paragraph eight states, "It is, and has been the essential economic stabilizer of modern societies."

In section six, they come up with options that can replace war. They have two criteria: they must be wasteful, and must operate outside the normal supply and demand system. They make a list of social welfare programs, such as heath and housing. But they comment that there is a weakness in changing the money form the military spending to social-welfare. Unless it was run like the military , "subject to arbitrary control". (paragraph 12) This control would com in the form of building (public housing--medical centers) that can be accelerated or stopped, depending on what it would take to create a stable economy. Another option would be a series of "giant space research programs". (paragraph 13)

POLITICAL

One "function of war" in the political sense, is that war is "virtually synonymous with nationhood" (paragraph two) War has been essential for nations to exist independently. So, with "peace", nations lose their national sovereignty.

So a "substitute for the function of war" politically would have to come up with something that would be compatible with no national sovereignty. Nations can still exist in the "administrative sense" (paragraph two). But there would have to be institutions, such as a "World Court or a United Nations" that had the real authority.

One of the things considered was generating a type of space enemy. They acknowledge that, "...most ambitious and unrealistic space project cannot of itself generate a believable eternal menace...."(paragraph seven) Even the "flying saucer instances" were not encouraging enough to be used to unite "....mankind against the danger of destruction by 'creatures' from other planets...."

An effective substitute for war, would require "alternate enemies". (paragraph seven) They go on to say that a "gross pollution of the environment" could eventually replace the mass destruction by nuclear weapons, as a "threat to the survival of the species", (meaning humans). In paragraph eight, they go on to say that "...Poisoning of the air, and the principles sources of food and water supply, is already well advanced,". This, at first glance, would seem to be promising. But they go on to say, "...by present indications it will be a generation to a generation and a half before environmental pollution, however severe, will be sufficiently menacing, on a global scale....." In other words, pollution can offer a solution to get rid of the population that nuclear war does; and it's already being done, but it would take a generation to a generation and a half to accomplish the desired goal. They go on to explain that the rate of population could be "increased selectively". (paragraph nine) If there was a "modifying of existing programs" that deter the pollution, it could speed up the process to make this solution credible sooner.

Paragraph ten stresses the fact that even though some of the alternate enemies mentioned may seem unlikely, they are sure that one must be found. It must be of "...credible quality and magnitude, if a transition to peace is ever to come without social disintegration. Plain English? There must be some type of "disaster" found that will unite the nations to come under one roof.

SOCIOLOGICAL

The "function of war" in this section is, in the author of this report's opinion, an insult to human intelligence. In the third paragraph, they discuss the fact that military service has a "patriotic" priority in society. This as an idea needs to be "maintained for its own sake". It can be used as a "...control device over the hostile, nihilistic, and potential unsettling elements of society in transition, (meaning, though they don't use the term, people) the draft can again be defended, and quite convincingly, as a 'military' necessity." They go on in the fourth paragraph that the "...armed forces in every civilization have provided....state-supported haven .....for the 'unemployable'..." They go on to comment that a replacement for this "function of war" must "involve a real risk of personal destruction..." If the substitute doesn't provide a believable life and death threat, it will not serve the "...socially organizing function of war." (paragraph 12)

In the "substitution for the function of war" there were two critical classifications. In order for there to be a stable society in a world of peace, the following tow criteria would be needed:

an effective substitute for military institutions that neutralize destabilizing social elements" (which means neutralize anti-social people) This would be essential for "social control", and

a credible motivational surrogate for war that can insure social cohesiveness", which would be the basic way to adapt human drives to what the society needs. (paragraph one)
One possible solution to control "potential enemies of society" (paragraph six) would be to reintroduce slavery. They asserted that the "traditional association of slavery" should not blind us to "..its adaptability to advanced forms of social organization..." They acknowledge that the "Western moral and economic values" do not line up with slavery. But it is possible to develop a "....sophisticated form of slavery..." that may "..be an absolute prerequisite for social control in a world of peace..." They maintain that the first "logical" step would be the "adoption of some form of 'universal' military service."

In paragraph seven, they comment that the "'alternate enemy' must imply a more immediate, tangible, and indirectly felt threat of destruction." This enemy must justify taking and paying a "blood price" in the wide area of human concern. They go on into paragraph eight to say, "...inconsiderable actual sacrifice of life; the construction of an up-to-date mythological or religious structure for this purpose would present difficulties in our era,...certainly be considered." They go on to discuss the development of "blood games" (paragraph nine) to effectively control individual aggressive impulses. To be realistic, a ritual of this type might be "socialized" like the Spanish Inquisition and the "witch trials of other periods". The purposes would be for "social purification", and "State security". Though this type of thing is doubtful, it is "...considerable less fanciful than the wishful notion of many peace planners that a lasting condition of peace can be brought about without the most painstaking examination of every possible surrogate for the essential functions of war." They considered this, "in a sense" the quest for "William Jame's 'moral equivalent of war'."

ECOLOGICAL

This "function of war" is put in a way very degrading to man. It starts out in paragraph one with, "Man, like all other animals". Man is brought down to the level of beasts. They go on to comment that, "To forestall the inevitable historical cycles of inadequate food supply, post- Neolithic man destroys surplus members of his own species by organized warfare." It gets better in paragraph two, where man is compared "in a limited degree" with rats. This is because they kill their own kind.

One of the "functions of war" they state, has "...served to help assure the (survival) of the human species." (paragraph three) They go on to say that in nature, it is survival of the fittest; the "inferior" disappear. With war, this function is reversed, because those who fight and die during wars, are "in general its (its meaning man) biologically stronger members." In paragraph six, they state: "Conventional methods of warfare would almost surely prove inadequate, in this event, to reduce the consuming population to a level consistent with survival of the species." Species, of course meaning man. So conventional warfare may not be able to kill enough people. They go on to say (paragraph seven) that, "The second relevant factor is the efficiency of modern methods of mass destruction. Even if their use is not required to meet a world population crisis, they offer, perhaps paradoxically, the first opportunity in the history of man to halt the regressive genetic effects of natural selection by war."

They have some interesting ideas for "substitutes for the functions of war". Since war has shortcomings as a way for "selective population control", they believe that coming up with substitutes for this function " should be comparatively simple". (paragraph one) They believe that even though war has not "been genetically progressive", it cannot be fairly faulted as a "system of gross population control to preserve the species".

They believe to have a "universal requirement" for procreation be limited to "artificial insemination "would be fully adequate substitute control for population levels". Conception and embryonic growth would take place under laboratory conditions. This type of "reproductive system" would have the advantage of "being susceptible of direct eugenic management". (Sounds like a "Brave New World" to me.) When this report was written, steps to have "total control of conception with a variant of the ubiquitous 'pill', via water supplies or certain essential foodstuffs, off set by a controlled 'antidote'" was already being developed: by teams of experimental biologists in Massachusetts, Michigan, and California, Mexico and the U.S.S.R. (paragraph four)

This solution, they realize, cannot come about a substitute for war while there is still war. The reason? "...excess population is war material." (paragraph five) As long as there is even "a remote possibility of war" societies "must maintain a supportable population" even if it effects the economy.

CULTURAL AND SCIENTIFIC

The "function of war" wouldn't make too much difference in the area of art. They do believe that it has a role "..as the fundamental determinant of culture values." (paragraph two) Right now art shows "...The exaltation of bravery, the willingness to kill and risk death in tribal warfare".

The "function of war" concerning science is a different story. What motivates the development of science on all levels.

A "substitution for the function of war" for art would simply be for art to change. It could be used as previously "in a few primitive peace-oriented system". (paragraph three) Art would be "reassigned" to "...decoration, entertainment, or ply...". it would be "entirely free of the burden of expressing the socio-moral values and conflicts of a war-oriented society..."

In science a "substitution for the function of war" could be to go into a "giant space research program" (paragraph four) They have found, if all war threats were to end tomorrow, the quest for scientific knowledge could go forward, without slowing down for "perhaps two decades". (paragraph five) There are many "unresolved" social issues that can be researched and dealt with.

OTHER

We have combined section's five and six to show you that what the "experts" said the "functions of war" are in our society along with some of their "substitutions for the functions of war". Section five ended with some extra comments that we will summarize here.

They consider war a "general social release" (paragraph two) It provides "the release and redistribution of undifferentiated tensions". In other words, a type of therapy. It is a "generational stabilizer" (paragraph three) that enables the "deteriorating older generation" to "maintain control of the younger, destroying it if necessary". It clears ideology. It is a basis for international understanding.

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS

Since war is not a "political issue" but used as a means of control, if an "era of peace" were to come, there would have to be drastic changes. Section Seven gives the "bottom line".

War has provided a dependable system to maintain economies. Any substitute would have to be able to take the place of what war does to maintain economies. There would have to be a way to take care of the "waste" war does that will permit it to be independent of the normal supply and demand economy. It must be subject to "arbitrary political control". (paragraph three-Substitutes for Functions of War: Criteria)

In the political aspect, war has been the foundation for a stable government. Political authority is accepted. War has made it able "to maintain necessary class distinctions". It also ensures the "subordination of the citizen to the state" though the concept of nationhood. (paragraph three, functions of war) The substitute for war must make it so an external menace would require people to accept the political authority.

The sociological function has been able to control dangerous social dissidence and destructive tendencies. It has been able to motivate human behavior with social allegiance. To replace this, a credible omnipresent and understood fear of personal destruction must be generated. This fear must be big enough to transcend the value of an individual human to the greater good of the whole.

The ecological function has been used to maintain a balance between gross human population and the supplies available for its survival. The substitute must insure the survival of the species. (man)

SUBSTITUTES FOR THE FUNCTIONS OF WAR: MODELS

Here are a few examples these "experts" came up with in order to replace some of the functions of war. The economic function can be replaced with an in depth social-welfare program. This program can be directed towards the improvement of the conditions of human live. An unreachable space research program is another option. Disarmament inspection system with variants of such a system.

The political function can be a omnipresent (virtually omnipotent) international police force. There should be an established and recognized extraterrestrial menace. They recommend massive global and environmental pollution. They even suggest fictitious alternate enemies.

The sociological function (they call the Control function) can be programs derived from using the Peace Corps as a model. Slavery in a modern, sophisticated form is another option. A motivational function to get control can be intensified environmental pollution. Also, making new religious or other mythologies. Socially oriented blood games is another option.

Since war isn't choosey on who dies, the ecological function can be a comprehensive program of applied eugenics. (Plain English: breeding superior races)

I am going to end the summary of this report here. Yes, there is much more in the report, but I believe you get the jest of it. I am going on to bring this report into what is happening today.

ARE THE RECOMMENDATIONS BEING FOLLOWED?

This report was concluded in 1966. President Kennedy was shot before he could explain what he was talking about at Columbia University. Johnson ordered this Report to be sealed. The "experts" recommended that no one, except those who needed to know, be exposed to the contents of this report. One man, to whom the American people owe a debt of gratitude, thought we had a right to know. Let's take a look at what has been going on in America in the past 30 years. Are we being manipulated and conditioned to accept a New World Order from an outline of 15 experts? (Because of lack of space, I will be summarizing. I encourage people to further investigate any examples given to verify).

THE HERD

I found it very interesting that these "experts" took all moral issues out of their evaluations. Man was brought down to the level of animals, like a herd of cattle that needed to have decided what was best for the greater good of the herd. Who would have to be slaughtered and who could be used to increase the herd? What could be done to get rid of the excess members of the herd? What about the potentially "criminal" cattle who would not go with what the owners decided would be best?

This Report made us to be pawns that have been used to benefit the elite. Great study and care was taken as what to do to re-condition these pawns to a whole different type of thinking. These pawns who have been conditioned so long to think one way. Though the types of things I will be discussing are happening all over the world, I will be mainly talking about America. There couldn't be a New World Order if America didn't fall first.

POPULATION CONTROL

Since the legalizing of abortion, over twenty years ago, there have been over 36 million Americans murdered before they could be born. That is more Americans than have died in all the conflicts America has been involved with all put together. American's have been conditioned to believe that this is not "murder" but is "choice".

For Desert Storm, our soldiers had to have shots to "protect them against chemical warfare". These shots were the germs of botchulism and amthrax. Since then over 7000 of our best service men have died. see: The Resnick Interview with Peter Kawaja

Euthanasia and the "right to die with dignity" are being pushed so the "quality of life" can be improved.

Extermination camps are being built to do away with "undesirables".

Aids is a government made disease that the spread of it is encouraged by our government.

GLOBAL PEACE KEEPERS

The United Nations (UN) has a military that goes around the world as "peace keepers". The members of the UN forces come from all countries. These "peace keepers" are also stationed in the United States in the closed bases throughout the country. They are also in some of the bases that are opened. Foreign tanks and vehicles are coming to America and secretly being painted white (UN color) in various military installations around the country.

The US is disarming their military and closing down military bases all over the country. Our president can sign an executive order that will put the military under the command of the UN. US soldiers are already having to put aside their oath and take the oath of the UN forces.

Racism is being pushed over the media and though the government. Should riots develop, as in other countries, we will need a "peace keeping" force in the US. They are ready.

NEW RELIGIONS? BLOOD SACRIFICES?

The New Age will be the only acceptable religion of the NWO. It is everything against Christianity and has infiltrated every area of our lives.

Satanism and other Occult religions are already having ritual human sacrifices.

EXTRATERRESTRIAL ENEMY?

When this was written, over 30 years ago they acknowledged that this would be hard to convince the people of. Even with the UFO sightings that had already been put out. What has happened in the past 30 years?

Well, there have been "alien abductions", and many more UFO sightings. To top it off, there are UFO clubs where people who have "seen aliens" or "been abducted" can get together for conventions.

To top that off, we have had over 25 years of Star Trek, which has enforced a one world government. Throughout both series and the movies they have the "New Age" philosophy. (New Age will be the only philosophy accepted by the NWO) These folks have all kinds of experience with various races on other planets. see: Dirty Watchtower Secrets. //Like Father Like Son: George W. Bush and the Fake Alien Invasion

Star Wars has also conditioned people to believe in a "galaxy far far away". These reinforce extra terrestrial life on other planets. The two movies, "V" and "V the Final Battle" and then the series shows and invasion from another planet. The movie "Alien" shows this also. The world would have to unite, should the "movies and television programs" come to life with a "real" enemy. see: "War of the Worlds" Mind Control Experiment - New World Order Test Run

ENVIRONMENT

There is not scientific evidence available to prove all the environmental problems our government it trying to push on us. There is no such problem as "global warming" for example. But, people such as Vice President Gore and "NWO Lieutenant" Rockefeller are coming out with books that if we don't unite as a world, to work on the environmental problems, we will not survive. (Fictitious Enemy?) see: Global Warming's Dirty New Secret // Global Warming Claims Based on False Data

MORE FICTITIOUS ENEMIES

It is interesting that the media, with the help of the government, is coming up with all these "potentially dangerous" groups of people? These extremist groups, such as Christians, Militia members, talk show hosts, right wing radicals, conservatives etc., are being mentioned regularly as "potential terrorists". Between this and the racism the government is pushing, it will make it easy for them to call a police state, and round up all the people who disagree with them. Those considered to be "enemies of the state". see: "Project Megiddo"

SLAVE LABOR

Anyone on welfare is already a slave to the government. They are working on legislation where these people will have to work for their benefits. After 1996, (around May) these benefits will not come in the form of cash or food stamps. There will be a debit card. This will stop "welfare fraud" and give the government more control over it's welfare slaves.

There are also several labor camps built, ready to activated. These labor camps will be for strong prisoners who are considered "dissidents".

GENETIC EXPERIMENTS

These experiments are already done on aborted babies. Thanks to a bill signed into law by Pres. Clinton to support fetal experiments.

What many folks don't know about are the bio-spheres being built in the mountains. (The two I know about are, in Washington state and North Carolina.) No one can have access to these places now as they are surrounded by guards. Bio-sphere is the UN term for Colony. It is rumored that these "colonies" are being used for breeding of the "superior race".

There are also concentration camps built that have "storage facilities" for human organs. These camps will be used for genetic experiments.

IN CLOSING

I would like to comment that in all the reports this author has done, and all the information I have read, Iron Mountain has had the biggest impact on me. The fact that a few men can come up with a plan to bring a "once free nation" into fascism upsets me. The fact that many of their suggestions are being followed makes me angry. The fact the majority of the American people don't know, and don't want to know is very unbelievable to me.

I'm sure our founding fathers are "spinning in their graves" as they watch us give up with out a fight what they fought and died for without a fight.

NOW IS THE TIME FOR ALL GOOD MEN TO COME TO THE AID OF THEIR COUNTRY!

Copyright 1998 PropheZine - Bob Lally

From the editor of Wisdom and Freedom:

The Iron Mountain report was originally published by Dell. It is extremely hard to find now. In the early 90s a sequel was published. The author of this book took full credit for the first book and claimed that it was a hoax. The only problem with this "hoax" is that everything in the original book has worked out to be true. So whether the original title is a hoax or not is irrelevant. The original book is a blueprint for the present and the future. Click here to find more about this controversial book from Simon & Schuster.

Wisdom And Freedom produced by WORLD NEWSSTAND
Copyright © 1999. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. For the full text of Iron Mountain: REPORT FROM IRON MOUNTAIN: ON THE POSSIBILITY AND DESIRABILITY OF PEACE
Reply | Threaded
Open this post in threaded view
|

Re: Researchers site with compelling information

Gavilan
http://www.internallydisplacedpeople.org/joomla30/index.php/articles/31-nwo-plans-exposed-by-insider-in-1969


NWO Plans Exposed By Insider In 1969

The 1776 Agenda of the New World Order was ordered by a Rothschild and designed by Jesuits. [cf.

This history of the New World Order  [cf. http://www.michaeljournal.org/nwo1.htm  ] presenting salient points found in Michael’s Journal of ‘Catholic patriots ].

It lists seven objectives:
1) Abolition of all ordered governments
2) Abolition of private property
3) Abolition of inheritance
4) Abolition of patriotism
5) Abolition of the family
6) Abolition of religion
7) Creation of a world government.

These objectives are derived from the original 25 agenda points – set out in 1776 – when Mayer Amschel Rothschild invited Adam Weishaupt to set up an organization to obtain world government.

The agenda is copied from this remarkable video: [cf, http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ER68ywwAmz4 ].

1)     Men are inclined to evil rather than good.
2) Preach Liberalism.
3) Use ideals of freedom to bring about class wars.
4) Any and all means necessary should be used to reach their goals as they are justified.
5) Believe their rights lie in force.
6) The power of their resources must remain invisible until the very moment that they have gained the strength so that no group or force can undermine it.
7) Advocates a mob psychology to obtain control of the masses.
8) Promotes the use of alcohol, drugs, moral corruption, and all forms of vice to systematically corrupt the youth of the nation.
9) Seize citizens’ private property by any means necessary.
10) The use of slogans such as equity, liberty, and fraternity are used on the masses as psychological warfare.
11) War should be directed so that the nations on both sides are placed further in debt and peace conferences are designed so that neither combatant retain territory rights.
12) Members must use their wealth to have candidates chosen to public office who would be obedient to their demands, and would be used as pawns in the game by the men behind the scenes. The advisors will have been bred, reared, and trained from childhood to rule the affairs of the world.
13) Control the press, and hence most of the information the public receives.
14) Agents and provocateurs will come forward after creating traumatic situations, and appear to be the saviors of the masses, when they are actually interested in just the opposite, the reduction of the population.
15) Create industrial depression and financial panic, unemployment, hunger, shortage of food, use these events to control the masses and mobs. and use them to wipe out those who stand in the way.
16) Infiltrate Freemasonry which is to be used to conceal and further objectives.
17) Expound the value of systematic deception, use high sounding slogans and phrases, advocate lavish sounding promises to the masses even though they can’t be kept.
18) The art of street fighting is necessary to bring the population into subjection.
19) Use agents as provocateurs and advisers behind the scenes, and after wars use secret diplomacy talks to gain control.
20) Establish huge monopolies towards world government control.
21) Use high taxes and unfair competition to bring about economic ruin by controlling raw materials, organized agitation among the workers, and subsidizing competitors.
22) Build up armaments with police and soldiers who can protect and further Illuminati interests.
23) Members and leaders of the one world government will be appointed by the director of the Illuminati.
24) Infiltrate into all classes and levels of society and government for the purpose of teaching the youth in the schools theories and principles known to be false.
25) Create and use national and international laws to destroy civilization.

 

NWO Plans Exposed By Insider In 1969 c/o RENSE.com
8-26-11

'This is a transcript of two out of three tapes on the "New World System." Tapes one and two were recorded in 1988 and are the recollections of Dr. Lawrence Dunegan regarding a lecture he attended on March 20, 1969 at a meeting of the Pittsburgh Paediatric Society. The lecturer at that gathering of paediatricians (identified in tape three recorded in 1991) was a Dr. Richard Day (who died in 1989). At the time, Dr. Day was Professor of Paediatrics at Mount Sinai Medical School in New York. Previously he had served as Medical Director of Planned Parenthood Federation of America.


Dr. Dunegan was formerly a student of Dr. Day at the University of Pittsburgh and was well acquainted with him, though not intimately. He describes Dr. Day as an insider of the "Order" and although Dr. Dunegan's memory was somewhat dimmed by the intervening years, he is able to provide enough details of the lecture to enable any enlightened person to discern the real purposes behind the trends of our time. This is a transcript of a loose, conversational monologue that makes for better listening than reading.'


New World System

This is a transcript of two out of three tapes on the "New World System." Tapes one and two were recorded in 1988 and are the recollections of Dr. Lawrence Dunegan regarding a lecture he attended on March 20, 1969 at a meeting of the Pittsburgh Paediatric Society. The lecturer at that gathering of paediatricians (identified in tape three recorded in 1991) was a Dr. Richard Day (who died in 1989). At the time, Dr. Day was Professor of Paediatrics at Mount Sinai Medical School in New York. Previously he had served as Medical Director of Planned Parenthood Federation of America. Dr. Dunegan was formerly a student of Dr. Day at the University of Pittsburgh and was well acquainted with him, though not intimately. He describes Dr. Day as an insider of the "Order" and although Dr. Dunegan's memory was somewhat dimmed by the intervening years, he is able to provide enough details of the lecture to enable any enlightened person to discern the real purposes behind the trends of our time. This is a transcript of a loose, conversational monologue that makes for better listening than reading.

The transcripts of Tape 1 and Tape 2 have been very slightly edited to remove verbal mannerisms and to improve readability.
The original unedited transcript may be found using the following link <http://100777.com/node/19>http://100777.com/node/19
Tape 3 is an interview by Randy Engel, Director of the U.S. Coalition for Life, with Dr. Larry Dunegan and was recorded on Oct. 10, 1991 in Pittsburgh, Penn.
This set of three audio tapes may be ordered from the Florida Pro-family Forum, P.O. Box 1059, Highland City, FL 33846-1059 ($20.00).

CONTENTS

IS THERE A POWER, A FORCE OR A GROUP OF MEN ORGANIZING AND REDIRECTING CHANGE?

EVERYTHING IS IN PLACE AND NOBODY CAN STOP US NOW

PEOPLE WILL HAVE TO GET USED TO CHANGE

THE REAL AND THE STATED GOALS

POPULATION CONTROL

PERMISSION TO HAVE BABIES

REDIRECTING THE PURPOSE OF SEX

CONTRACEPTION UNIVERSALLY AVAILABLE TO ALL

SEX EDUCATION AS A TOOL OF WORLD GOVERNMENT

TAX FUNDED ABORTION AS POPULATION CONTROL

ENCOURAGING HOMOSEXUALITY

TECHNOLOGY

FAMILIES TO DIMINISH IN IMPORTANCE

EUTHANASIA AND THE 'DEMISE PILL'

LIMITING ACCESS TO AFFORDABLE MEDICAL

PLANNING THE CONTROL OVER MEDICINE

ELIMINATION OF PRIVATE DOCTORS

NEW DIFFICULT TO DIAGNOSE AND UNTREATABLE DISEASES

SUPPRESSING CANCER CURES AS A MEANS OF POPULATION CONTROL

INDUCING HEART ATTACKS AS A FORM OF ASSASSINATION

EDUCATION AS A TOOL FOR ACCELERATING ONSET OF PUBERTY AND EVOLUTION

BLENDING ALL RELIGIONS, THE OLD RELIGIONS WILL HAVE TO GO

CHANGING THE BIBLE THROUGH REVISIONS OF KEY WORDS

THE CHURCHES WILL HELP US

RESTRUCTURING EDUCATION AS A TOOL OF INDOCTRINATION

MORE TIME IN SCHOOLS, BUT THEY WOULDN'T LEARN ANYTHING

CONTROLLING WHO HAS ACCESS TO INFORMATION

SCHOOLS AS THE HUB OF THE COMMUNITY

BOOKS WOULD JUST DISAPPEAR FROM THE LIBRARIES

CHANGING LAWS

THE ENCOURAGEMENT OF DRUG ABUSE TO CREATE A JUNGLE ATMOSPHERE

ALCOHOL ABUSE

RESTRICTIONS ON TRAVEL

THE NEED FOR MORE JAILS, AND USING HOSPITALS AS JAILS

NO MORE SECURITY

CRIME USED TO MANAGE SOCIETY

CURTAILMENT OF AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL PRE-EMINENCE

SHIFTING POPULATIONS AND ECONOMIES - TEARING THE SOCIAL ROOTS

SPORTS AS A TOOL OF SOCIAL CHANGE

SEX AND VIOLENCE INCULCATED THROUGH ENTERTAINMENT

TRAVEL RESTRICTIONS AND IMPLANTED ID

FOOD CONTROL

WEATHER CONTROL

KNOW HOW PEOPLE RESPOND - MAKING THEM DO WHAT YOU WANT

FALSIFIED SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH

TERRORISM

FINANCIAL CONTROL

SURVEILLANCE, IMPLANTS, AND TELEVISIONS THAT WATCH YOU

HOME OWNERSHIP A THING OF THE PAST

THE ARRIVAL OF THE TOTALITARIAN GLOBAL SYSTEM


IS THERE A POWER, A FORCE OR A GROUP OF MEN ORGANIZING AND REDIRECTING CHANGE?

There has been much written, and much said, by some people who have looked at all the changes that have occurred in American society in the past 20 years or so, and who have looked retrospectively to earlier history of the United States, and indeed, of the world, and come to the conclusion that there is a conspiracy of sorts which influences, indeed controls. major historical events, not only in the United States, but also around the world. This conspiratorial interpretation of history is based on people making observations from the outside, gathering evidence and concluding that from the outside they see a conspiracy. Their evidence and conclusions are based on evidence gathered in retrospect. I want to now describe what I heard from a speaker in 1969, which in several weeks will now be 20 years ago. The speaker did not speak in terms of retrospect, but rather predicting changes that would be brought about in the future. The speaker was not looking from the outside in, thinking that he saw conspiracy, rather, he was on the inside, admitting that, indeed, there was an organised power, force, group of men, who wielded enough influence to determine major events involving countries around the world. In addition, he predicted, or rather expounded on, changes that were planned for the remainder of this century. As you listen, if you can recall the situation, at least in the United States in 1969 and the few years there after, and then recall the kinds of changes which have occurred between then and now, almost 20 years later, I believe you will be impressed with the degree to which the things that were planned to be brought about have already been accomplished. Some of the things that were discussed were not intended to be accomplished yet by 1988. [Note: the year of this recording] but are intended to be accomplished before the end of this century. There is a timetable; and it was during this session that some of the elements of the timetable were brought out. Anyone who recalls early in the days of the Kennedy campaign when he spoke of progress in the decade of the 60's": That was kind of a cliché in those days - "the decade of the 60's." Well, by 1969 our speaker was talking about the decade of the 70's, the decade of the 80's, and the decade of the 90's. Prior to that time, I don't remember anybody saying "the decade of the 40's and the decade of the 50's. So I think this overall plan and timetable had taken important shape with more predictability to those who control it, sometime in the late 50's. That's speculation on my part. In any event, the speaker said that his purpose was to tell us about changes which would be brought about in the next 30 years or so, so that an entirely new world-wide system would be in operation before the turn of the century. As he put it, "We plan to enter the 21st Century with a running start." [emphasis supplied]

EVERYTHING IS IN PLACE AND NOBODY CAN STOP US NOW

He said, as we listened to what he was about to present, "Some of you will think I'm talking about Communism. Well, what I'm talking about is much bigger than Communism!" At that time he indicated that there is much more co-operation between East and West than most people realise. In his introductory remarks, he commented that he was free to speak at this time. He would not have been able to say what he was about to say, even a few years earlier. But he was free to speak at this time because now, and I'm quoting here, "everything is in place and nobody can stop us now." He went on to say that most people don't understand how governments operate and even people in high positions in governments, including our own, don't really understand how and where decisions are made. He went on to say that people who really influence decisions are names that for the most part would be familiar to most of us, but he would not use individuals' names or names of any specific organisation. But that, if he did, most of the people would be names that were recognised by most of his audience. He went on to say that they were not primarily people in public office, but people of prominence who were primarily known in their private occupations or private positions. The speaker was Dr. Richard Day, a doctor of medicine and a former professor at a large Eastern university, and he was addressing a group of doctors of medicine, about 80 in number. His name would not be widely recognised by anybody likely to hear this. The only purpose in recording this is that it may give a perspective to those who hear it regarding the changes which have already been accomplished in the past 20 years or so, and a bit of a preview to what at least some people are planning for the remainder of this century, so that they would enter the 21st Century with a flying start. Some of us may not enter that Century. His purpose in telling our group about these changes that were to be brought about was to make it easier for us to adapt to these changes. Indeed, as he quite accurately said, "they would be changes that would be very surprising, and in some ways difficult for people to accept," and he hoped that we, as sort of his friends, would make the adaptation more easily if we knew somewhat beforehand what to expect.

PEOPLE WILL HAVE TO GET USED TO CHANGE

Somewhere in the introductory remarks he insisted that nobody have a tape recorder and that nobody take notes, which for a professor was a very remarkable kind of thing to expect from an audience. Something in his remarks suggested that there could be negative repercussions against him if it became widely known that indeed he had spilled the beans, so to speak. When I first heard that, I thought maybe that was sort of an ego trip, somebody enhancing his own importance. But as the revelations unfolded, I began to understand why he might have had some concern about not having it widely known what was said although this was a fairly public forum where he was speaking. Nonetheless, he asked that no notes be taken, no tape recording be used. This was suggesting there might be some personal danger to himself if these revelations were widely publicised. Again, as the remarks began to unfold, and heard the rather outrageous things that were said, I made it a point to try to remember as much of what he said as I could and to connect my recollections to simple events around me to aid my memory for the future, in case I wanted to do what I'm doing now - recording this. I also wanted to try to maintain a perspective on what would be developing, if indeed, it followed the predicted pattern - which it has! At this point, so that I don't forget to include it later, I'll just include some statements that were made from time to time throughout the presentation. One of the statements was having to do with change. The statement was, "People will have to get used to the idea of change, so used to change, that they'll be expecting change. Nothing will be permanent." This often came out in the context of a society where people seemed to have no roots or moorings, but would be passively willing to accept change simply because it was all they had ever known. This was sort of in contrast to generations of people up until this time where certain things you expected to be, and remain in place as reference points for your life. So change was to be brought about, change was to be anticipated and expected, and accepted, no questions asked. Another comment that was made from time to time during the presentation was. "People are too trusting, people don't ask the right questions." Sometimes, being too trusting was equated with being too dumb. But sometimes when he would say that "People don't ask the right questions," it was almost with a sense of regret as if he were uneasy with what he was part of, and wished that people would challenge it and maybe not be so trusting.

THE REAL AND THE STATED GOALS

Another comment that was repeated from time to time, particularly in relation to changing laws and customs was, "Everything has two purposes. One is the ostensible purpose which will make it acceptable to people and second is the real purpose which would further the goals of establishing the new system. Frequently he would say, "There is just no other way, there's just no other way!" This seemed to come as a sort of an apology, particularly at the conclusion of describing some particularly offensive changes. For example, the promotion of drug addiction which we'll get into later.

POPULATION CONTROL

He was very active with population control groups, the population control movement, and population control was really the entry point into specifics following the introduction. He said the population is growing too fast. Numbers of people living at any one time on the planet must be limited or we will run out of space to live. We will outgrow our food supply and will pollute the world with our waste.

PERMISSION TO HAVE BABIES

People won't be allowed to have babies just because they want to or because they are careless. Most families would be limited to two. Some people would be allowed only one, however outstanding people might be selected and allowed to have three. But most people would be allowed to have only two babies. That's because the zero population growth rate is 2.1 children per completed family. So something like every 10th family might be allowed the privilege of the third baby. To me, up to this point, the words 'population control' primarily connoted limiting the number of babies to be born. But this remark about what people would be 'allowed' and then what followed, made it quite clear that when you hear 'population control' that means more than just controlling births. It means control of every endeavour of an entire world population; a much broader meaning to that term than I had ever attached to it before hearing this. As you listen and reflect back on some of the things you hear, you will begin to recognise how one aspect dovetails with other aspects in terms of controlling human endeavours.

REDIRECTING THE PURPOSE OF SEX

Well, from population control, the natural next step then was sex. He said sex must be separated from reproduction. Sex is too pleasurable, and the urges are too strong, to expect people to give it up. Chemicals in food and in the water supply to reduce the sex drive are not practical. The strategy then would be not to diminish sex activity, but to increase sex activity, but in such a way, that people won't be having babies.

CONTRACEPTION UNIVERSALLY AVAILABLE TO ALL

The first consideration here was contraception. Contraception would be very strongly encouraged, and it would be connected closely in people's minds with sex. They would automatically think contraception when they were thinking or preparing for sex, and contraception would be made universally available. Contraceptives would be displayed much more prominently in drug stores, right up with the cigarettes and chewing gum. Out in the open rather than hidden under the counter where people would have to ask for them and maybe be embarrassed. This kind of openness was a way of suggesting that contraceptives are just as much a part of life as any other items sold in the store. Contraceptives would be advertised and also dispensed in the schools in association with sex education!

SEX EDUCATION AS A TOOL OF WORLD GOVERNMENT

The sex education was to get kids interested early, making the connection between sex and the need for contraception early in their lives, even before they became very active. At this point I was recalling some of my teachers, particularly in high school and found it totally unbelievable to think of them agreeing, much less participating in, and distributing of contraceptives to students. But, that only reflected my lack of understanding of how these people operate. That was before the school-based clinic programs got started. Many cities in the United States by this time have already set up school-based clinics, which are primarily contraception, birth control, population control clinics. The idea then is that the connection between sex and contraception introduced and reinforced in school would carry over into marriage. Indeed, if young people when they matured decided to get married, marriage itself would be diminished in importance. He indicated some recognition that most people probably would want to be married, but this certainly would not be any longer considered necessary for sexual activity.

TAX FUNDED ABORTION AS POPULATION CONTROL

No surprise then that the next item was abortion. And this, now back in 1969, four years before Roe vs. Wade, he said, "Abortion will no longer be a crime." Abortion will be accepted as normal, and would be paid for by taxes for people who could not pay for their own abortions. Contraceptives would be made available by tax money so that nobody would have to do without contraceptives. If school sex programs would lead to more pregnancies in children, that was really seen as no problem. Parents who think they are opposed to abortion on moral or religious grounds will change their minds when it is their own child who is pregnant. So this will help overcome opposition to abortion. Before long, only a few die-hards will still refuse to see abortion as acceptable, and they won't matter anymore.


ENCOURAGING HOMOSEXUALITY

"People will be given permission to be homosexual," that's the way it was stated. They won't have to hide it. In addition, elderly people will be encouraged to continue to have active sex lives into the very old ages, just as long as they can. Everyone will be given permission to have sex, to enjoy however they want. Anything goes. This is the way it was put. In addition, I remember thinking, "How arrogant for this individual, or whoever he represents, to feel that they can give or withhold permission for people to do things!" But that was the terminology that was used. In this regard, clothing was mentioned. Clothing styles would be made more stimulating and provocative. Back in 1969 was the time of the mini skirt, when those mini-skirts were very, very high and very revealing. He said, "It is not just the amount of skin that is exposed that makes clothing sexually seductive, but other, more subtle things are often suggestive." Things like movement, and the cut of clothing, and the kind of fabric, the positioning of accessories on the clothing. "If a woman has an attractive body, why should she not show it?" was one of the statements. There was no detail on what was meant by 'provocative clothing', but since that time if you watched the change in clothing styles, blue jeans are cut in a way that they're more tight-fitting in the crotch. They form wrinkles. Wrinkles are essentially arrows. Lines which direct one's vision to certain anatomic areas. This was around the time of the 'burn your bra' activity. He indicated that a lot of women should not go without a bra. They need a bra to be attractive, so instead of banning bras and burning them, bras would come back. But they would be thinner and softer allowing more natural movement. It was not specifically stated, but certainly, a very thin bra is much more revealing of the nipple and what else is underneath, than the heavier bras that were in style up to that time.

TECHNOLOGY

Earlier he said that sex and reproduction would be separated. You would have sex without reproduction and then technology was reproduction without sex. This would be done in the laboratory. He indicated that already much, much research was underway about making babies in the laboratory. There was some elaboration on that, but I don't remember the details. How much of that technology has come to my attention since that time. I don't remember in a way that I can distinguish what was said from what I subsequently have learned as general medical information.

FAMILIES TO DIMINISH IN IMPORTANCE

Families would be limited in size. We already alluded to not being allowed more than two children. Divorce would be made easier and more prevalent. Most people who marry will marry more than once. More people will not marry. Unmarried people would stay in hotels and even live together. That would be very common - nobody would even ask questions about it. It would be widely accepted as no different from married people being together. More women will work outside the home. More men will be transferred to other cities and in their jobs, more men would travel. Therefore, it would be harder for families to stay together. This would tend to make the marriage relationship less stable and, therefore, tend to make people less willing to have babies. The extended families would be smaller, and more remote. Travel would be easier, less expensive, for a while, so that people who did have to travel would feel they could get back to their families, not that they were abruptly being made remote from their families. But one of the net effects of easier divorce laws combined with the promotion of travel, and transferring families from one city to another, was to create instability in the families. If both husband and wife are working and one partner is transferred, the other one may not be easily transferred. Soon, either gives up his or her job and stays behind while the other leaves, or else gives up the job and risks not finding employment in the new location. Rather a diabolical approach to this whole thing!

EUTHANASIA AND THE 'DEMISE PILL'

Everybody has a right to live only so long. The old are no longer useful. They become a burden. You should be ready to accept death. Most people are. An arbitrary age limit could be established. After all, you have a right to only so many steak dinners, so many orgasms, and so many good pleasures in life. After you have had enough of them and you're no longer productive, working, and contributing, then you should be ready to step aside for the next generation. Some things that would help people realise that they had lived long enough, he mentioned several of these. I don't remember them all but here are a few, the use of very pale printing ink on forms that people are necessary to fill out. Older people wouldn't be able to read the pale ink as easily and would need to go to younger people for help. Automobile traffic patterns, there would be more high-speed traffic lanes that older people with their slower reflexes would have trouble dealing with and thus, loses some of their independence.

LIMITING ACCESS TO AFFORDABLE MEDICAL

A big item that was elaborated on at some length was the cost of medical care would be made burdensomely high. Medical care would be connected very closely with one's work but also would be made very, very high in cost so that it would simply be unavailable to people beyond a certain time. Unless they had a remarkably rich, supporting family, they would just have to do without care. And the idea was that if everybody says, "Enough! What a burden it is on the young to try to maintain the old people," then the young would become agreeable to helping Mom and Dad along the way, provided this was done humanely and with dignity. Then the example was - there could be a nice, farewell party, a real celebration. Mom and Dad had done a good job. Then after the party's over they take the 'demise pill'.

PLANNING THE CONTROL OVER MEDICINE

The next topic is Medicine. There would be profound changes in the practice of medicine. Overall, medicine would be much more tightly controlled. The observation that was made in 1969 that, "Congress is not going to go along with national health insurance, is now, abundantly evident. But it's not necessary, we have other ways to control health care". These would come about more gradually, but all health care delivery would come under tight control. Medical care would be closely connected to work. If you don't work or can't work, you won't have access to medical care. The days of hospitals giving away free care would gradually wind down, to where it was virtually non-existent. Costs would be forced up so that people won't be able to afford to go without insurance. People pay for it, you're entitled to it. It was only subsequently that I began to realise the extent to which you would not be paying for it. Your medical care would be paid for by others. Therefore, you would gratefully accept, on bended knee, what was offered to you as a privilege. Your role being responsible for your own care would be diminished. As an aside here, this is not something that was developed at that time; I didn't understand it at the time that it was an aside.

The way this works, everybody has made dependent on insurance and if you don't have insurance then you pay directly; the cost of your care is enormous. The insurance company, however, paying for your care, does not pay that same amount. If you are charged, say, $600 for the use of an operating room, the insurance company does not pay $600; they only pay $300 or $400. That differential in billing has the desired effect: It enables the insurance company to pay for that which you could never pay for. They get a discount that's unavailable to you. When you see your bill you're grateful that the insurance company could do that. And in this way you are dependent, and virtually required to have insurance. The whole billing is fraudulent. Access to hospitals would be tightly controlled and identification would be needed to get into the building. The security in and around hospitals would be established and gradually increased so that nobody without identification could get in or move around inside the building. Theft of hospital equipment, things like typewriters and microscopes and so forth would be 'allowed' and exaggerated; reports of it would be exaggerated so that this would be the excuse needed to establish the need for strict security until people got used to it. Anybody moving about the hospital would be required to wear an identification badge with a photograph and telling why he was there, employee or lab technician or visitor or whatever. This is to be brought in gradually, getting everybody used to the idea of identifying themselves - until it was just accepted. This need for ID to move about would start in small ways: hospitals, some businesses, but gradually expand to include everybody in all places! It was observed that hospitals can be used to confine people and for the treatment of criminals. This did not mean, necessarily, medical treatment. At that time I did not know the term 'Psycho-Prison' ­ they are in the Soviet Union, but, without trying to recall all the details, basically, he was describing the use of hospitals both for treating the sick, and for confinement of criminals for reasons other than the medical well-being of the criminal. The definition of criminal was not given.

ELIMINATION OF PRIVATE DOCTORS

The image of the doctor would change. No longer would he be seen as an individual professional in service to individual patients. But the doctor would be gradually recognized as a highly skilled technician - and his job would change. The job is to include things like executions by lethal injection. The image of the doctor being a powerful, independent person would have to be changed. He went on to say, "Doctors are making entirely too much money. They should advertise like any other product." Lawyers would be advertising too. Keep in mind, this was an audience of doctors; being addressed by a doctor. And it was interesting that he would make some rather insulting statements to his audience without fear of antagonizing us. The solo practitioner would become a thing of the past. A few die-hards might try to hold out, but most doctors would be employed by an institution of one kind or another. Group practice would be encouraged, corporations would be encouraged, and then once the corporate image of medical care gradually became more and more acceptable, doctors would more and more become employees rather than independent contractors. Along with that, of course, unstated but necessary, is the employee serves his employer, not his patient. So we've already seen quite a lot of that in the last 20 years. And apparently more on the horizon. The term HMO was not used at that time, but as you look at HMO's you see this is the way that medical care is being taken over since the National Health Insurance approach did not get through the Congress. A few die-hard doctors may try to make a go of it, remaining in solo practice, remaining independent, which, parenthetically, is me but they would suffer a great loss of income. They'd be able to scrape by, maybe, but never really live comfortably as would those who were willing to become employees of the system. Ultimately, there would be no room at all for the solo practitioner after the system is entrenched.

NEW DIFFICULT TO DIAGNOSE AND UNTREATABLE DISEASES

The next heading to talk about is Health and Disease. He said there would be new diseases to appear which had not ever been seen before. Would be very difficult to diagnose and be untreatable - at least for along time. No elaboration was made on this, but I remember, not long after hearing this presentation, when I had a puzzling diagnosis to make, I would be wondering, "Is this a case of what he was talking about?" Some years later AIDS developed. I think AIDS was at least one example of what he was talking about. I now think that AIDS probably was a manufactured disease.

SUPPRESSING CANCER CURES AS A MEANS OF POPULATION CONTROL

Cancer. He said. "We can cure almost every cancer right now. Information is on file in the Rockefeller Institute, if it's ever decided that it should be released. But consider - if people stop dying of cancer, how rapidly we would become overpopulated. You may as well die of cancer as of something else." Efforts at cancer treatment would be geared more toward comfort than toward cure. There was some statement that ultimately the cancer cures which were being hidden in the Rockefeller Institute would come to light because independent researchers might bring them out, despite these efforts to suppress them. But at least for the time being, letting people die of cancer was a good thing to do because it would slow down the problem of overpopulation.

INDUCING HEART ATTACKS AS A FORM OF ASSASSINATION

Another very interesting thing was heart attacks. He said, "There is now a way to simulate a real heart attack. It can be used as a means of assassination." Only a very skilled pathologist who knew exactly what to look for at an autopsy, could distinguish this from the real thing. I thought that was a very surprising and shocking thing to hear from this particular man at that particular time. This, and the business of the cancer cure, really still stand out sharply in my memory, because they were so shocking and, at that time, seemed to me out of character. He then went on to talk about nutrition and exercise sort of in the same framework. People would have to eat right and exercise right to live as long as before. Most won't. This in the connection of nutrition, there was no specific statement that I can recall as to particular nutrients that would be either inadequate or in excess. In retrospect, I tend to think he meant high salt diets and high fat diets would predispose toward high blood pressure and premature arteriosclerotic heart disease. And that if people who were too dumb or too lazy to exercise as they should then their circulating fats go up and predispose to disease. He also said something about diet information would be widely available, but most people, particularly stupid people, who had no right to continue living anyway, would ignore the advice and just go on and eat what was convenient and tasted good. There were some other unpleasant things said about food. I just can't recall what they were. But I do remember having reflections about wanting to plant a garden in the backyard to get around whatever these contaminated foods would be. I regret I don't remember the details about nutrition and hazardous nutrition.

With regard to exercise, he went on to say that more people would be exercising more, especially running, because everybody can run. You don't need any special equipment or place. You can run wherever you are. As he put it. "people will be running all over the place." And in this vein, he pointed out how supply produces demand. And this was in reference to athletic clothing and equipment. As this would be made more widely available and glamorised, particularly as regards running shoes, this would stimulate people to develop an interest in running as part of a whole sort of public propaganda campaign. People would be encouraged then to buy the attractive sports equipment and to get into exercise. In connection with nutrition he also mentioned that public eating places would rapidly increase. That this had a connection with the family too. As more and more people eat out, eating at home would become less important. People would be less dependent on their kitchens at home. And then this also connected to convenience foods being made widely available - things like you could pop into the microwave. Whole meals would be available pre-fixed. And of course we've now seen this. But this whole different approach to eating out and to previously prepared meals being eaten in the home was predicted at that time to be brought about. The convenience foods would be part of the hazards. Anybody who was lazy enough to want the convenience foods rather than fixing his own also had better be energetic enough to exercise. Because if he was too lazy to exercise and too lazy to fix his own food, then he didn't deserve to live very long. This was all presented as sort of a moral judgement about people and what they should do with their energies. People who are smart, who would learn about nutrition, and who are disciplined enough to eat right and exercise right are better people - and the kind you want to live longer.

EDUCATION AS A TOOL FOR ACCELERATING ONSET OF PUBERTY AND EVOLUTION

Somewhere along in here there was also something about accelerating the onset of puberty. And this was said in connection with health, and later in connection with education, and connecting to accelerating the process of evolutionary change. There was a statement that "we think that we can push evolution faster and in the direction we want it to go." I remember this only as a general statement. I don't recall if any details were given beyond that.

BLENDING ALL RELIGIONS

Another area of discussion was Religion. This is an avowed atheist speaking. He said, "Religion is not necessarily bad. A lot of people seem to need religion, with it's mysteries and rituals - so they will have religion. But the major religions of today have to be changed because they are not compatible with the changes to come. The old religions will have to go especially Christianity. Once the Roman Catholic Church is brought down, the rest of Christianity will follow easily. Then a new religion can be accepted for use all over the world. It will incorporate something from all of the old ones to make it more easy for people to accept , and feel at home. Most people won't be too concerned with religion. They will realise that they don't need it."

CHANGING THE BIBLE THROUGH REVISIONS OF KEY WORDS

In order to do this, the Bible will be changed. It will be rewritten to fit the new religion. Gradually, key words will be replaced with new words having various shades of meaning. Then the meaning attached to the new word can be close to the old word - and as time goes on, other shades of meaning of that word can be emphasised. and then gradually that word replaced with another word." I don't know if I'm making that clear, but the idea is that everything in Scripture need not be rewritten, just key words replaced by other words. The variability in meaning attached to any word can be used as a tool to change the entire meaning of Scripture, and therefore make it acceptable to this new religion. Most people won't know the difference; and this was another one of the times where he said, "the few who do notice the difference won't be enough to matter."

THE CHURCHES WILL HELP US

Then followed one of the most surprising statements of the whole presentation: He said, "Some of you probably think the Churches won't stand for this," and he went on to say, "the churches will help us!" There was no elaboration on this, it was unclear just what he had in mind when he said, "the churches will help us!" In retrospect I think some of us now can understand what he might have meant at that time. I recall then only of thinking, "no they won't!" and remembering our Lord's words where he said to Peter, "Thou art Peter and upon this rock I will build my Church, and gates of Hell will not prevail against it." So yes, some people in the Churches might help and in the subsequent 20 years we've seen how some people in Churches have helped. But we also know that our Lord's Words will stand, and the gates of Hell will not prevail.

RESTRUCTURING EDUCATION AS A TOOL OF INDOCTRINATION

Another area of discussion was Education. In connection with education and remembering what he said about religion, was in addition to changing the Bible he said that the classics in Literature would be changed. I seem to recall Mark Twain's writings was given as one example. But he said that the casual reader reading a revised version of a classic would never even suspect that there was any change. Somebody would have to go through word by word to even recognise that any change was made in these classics, the changes would be so subtle. But the changes would be such as to promote the acceptability of the new system.

MORE TIME IN SCHOOLS, BUT THEY WOULDN'T LEARN ANYTHING

As regards education, he indicated that kids would spend more time in schools, but in many schools they wouldn't learn anything. They'll learn some things, but not as much as formerly. Better schools in better areas with better people, their kids will learn more. In the better schools Iearning would be accelerated. This is another time where he said, "We think we can push evolution." By pushing kids to learn more he seemed to be suggesting that their brains would evolve, that their offspring would evolve; sort of pushing evolution where kids would learn and be more intelligent at a younger age. As if this pushing would alter their physiology. Overall, schooling would be prolonged. This meant prolonged through the school year. I'm not sure what he said about a long school day, I do remember he said that school was planned to go all summer, that the summer school vacation would become a thing of the past. Not only for schools, but for other reasons. People would begin to think of vacation times year round, not just in the summer. For most people it would take longer to complete their education. To get what originally had been in a bachelor's program would now require advanced degrees and more schooling. So that a lot of school time would be just wasted time. Good schools would become more competitive. I inferred when he said that, that he was including all schools - elementary up through college - but I don't recall if he actually said that. Students would have to decide at a younger age what they would want to study and get onto their track early. It would be harder to change to another field of study once you get started. Studies would be concentrated in much greater depth, but narrowed. You wouldn't have access to material in other fields, outside your own area of study, without approval. This seem to be more where he talked about limited access to other fields. I seem to recall this as being more at the college level perhaps. People would be very specialised in their own area of expertise. But they won't be able to get a broad education and won't be able to understand what is going on overall.

CONTROLLING WHO HAS ACCESS TO INFORMATION

He was already talking about computers in education, and at that time he said anybody who
wanted computer access, or access to books that were not directly related to their field of study would have to have a very good reason for so doing. Otherwise, access would be denied.

SCHOOLS AS THE HUB OF THE COMMUNITY

Another angle was that the schools would become more important in people's overall life. Kids in addition to their academics would have to get into school activities unless they wanted to feel completely out of it. But spontaneous activities among kids; the thing that came to my mind when I heard this was - sand lot football and sand lot baseball teams that we worked up as kids growing up. I said the kids wanting any activities outside of school would be almost forced to get them through the school. There would be few opportunities outside. Now the pressures of the accelerated academic program, the accelerated demands where kids would feel they had to be part of something - one or another athletic club or some school activity - these pressures he recognized would cause some students to burn out. He said. "The smartest ones will learn how to cope with pressures and to survive. There will be some help available to students in handling stress, but the unfit won't be able to make it. They will then move on to other things." In this connection and later on with drug abuse and alcohol abuse he indicated that psychiatric services to help would be increased dramatically. In all the pushing for achievement, it was recognized that many people would need help, and the people worth keeping around would be able to accept and benefit from that help, and still be super achievers. Those who could not would fall by the wayside and therefore were sort of dispensable ­ 'expendable' I guess is the word I want. Education would be lifelong and adults would be going to school. There'll always be new information that adults must have to keep up. When you can't keep up anymore, you're too old. This was another way of letting older people know that the time had come for them to move on and take the demise pill. If you got too tired to keep up with your education, or you got too old to learn new information, then this was a signal - you begin to prepare to get ready to step aside.

SOME BOOKS WOULD JUST DISAPPEAR FROM THE LIBRARIES

In addition to revising the classics, which I alluded to awhile ago and with revising the Bible, he said, "Some books would just disappear from the libraries." This was in the vein that some books contain information or contain ideas that should not be kept around. Therefore, those books would disappear. I don't remember exactly if he said how this was to be accomplished. But I seem to recall carrying away this idea that this would include thefts. That certain people would be designated to go to certain libraries and pick up certain books and just get rid of them. Not necessarily as a matter of policy - just simply steal it. Further down the line, not everybody will be allowed to own books. And some books nobody will be allowed to own.

CHANGING LAWS

Another area of discussion was laws that would be changed. At that time a lot of States had blue laws about Sunday sales, certain Sunday activities. He said the blue laws [Sunday laws] would all be repealed. Gambling laws would be repeated or relaxed, so that gambling would be increased. He indicated then that governments would get into gambling. We've had a lot of state lotteries pop up around the country since then. And, at the time, we were already being told that would be the case. "Why should all that gambling money be kept in private hands when the State would benefit from it?" was the rational behind it. But people should be able to gamble if they want to. So it would become a civil activity, rather than a private, or illegal activity. Bankruptcy laws would be changed. I don't remember the details, but just that they would be. And I know subsequent to that time they have been. Antitrust laws would be changed, or be interpreted differently, or both. In connection with the changing anti-trust laws, there was some statement that in a sense competition would be increased. But this would be increased competition within otherwise controlled circumstances. So it's not a free competition. I recall of having the impression that it was like competition but within members of a club. There would be nobody outside the club who would be able to compete. Like teams competing within a professional sports league; if you're the NFL or the American or National Baseball Leagues - you compete within the league but the league is all in agreement on what the rules of competition are - not a really free competition.

THE ENCOURAGEMENT OF DRUG ABUSE TO CREATE A JUNGLE ATMOSPHERE

Drug use would he increased. Alcohol use would be increased. Law enforcement efforts against drugs would be increased. On first hearing that it sounded like a contradiction. Why increase drug abuse and simultaneously increase law enforcement against drug abuse? But the idea is that, in part, the increased availability of drugs would provide a sort of law of the jungle whereby the weak and the unfit would be selected out. There was a statement made at the time: "Before the earth was overpopulated, there was a law of the jungle where only the fittest survived. You had to be able to protect yourself against the elements and wild animals and disease, but if you were fit you survived. But now we've become so civilised - we're over civilised - and the unfit are enabled to survive only at the expense of those who are more fit." The abuse of drugs would restore, in a certain sense, the law of the jungle and selection of the fittest for survival. News about drug abuse and law enforcement efforts would tend to keep drugs in the public consciousness. And would also tend to reduce this unwarranted American complacency that the world is a safe place, and a nice place.

ALCOHOL ABUSE

The same thing would happen with alcohol. Alcohol abuse would be both promoted and demoted at the same time. The vulnerable and the weak would respond to the promotions and therefore use and abuse more alcohol. Drunk driving would become more of a problem; and stricter rules about driving under the influence would be established so that more and more people would lose their privilege to drive. Again, much more in the way of psychological services would be made available to help those who got hooked on drugs and alcohol. The idea being, that in order to promote this - drug and alcohol are used to screen out some of the unfit - people who otherwise are pretty good would also be subject to getting hooked. And if they were really worth their salt they would have enough sense to seek psychological counselling and to benefit from it. So this was presented as sort of a redeeming value on the part of the planners. It was as if he was saying, "You think we're bad in promoting these evil things - but look how nice we are - we're also providing a way out!"

RESTRICTIONS ON TRAVEL

This also had connection with something we'll get to later about overall restrictions on travel. Not everybody should be free to travel the way they do now in the United States. People don't have a need to travel that way. It's a privilege! It was kind of the high-handed the way it was put.

THE NEED FOR MORE JAILS, AND USING HOSPITALS AS JAILS
More jails would be needed. Hospitals could serve as jails. Some new hospital construction would be designed so as to make them adaptable to jail-like use.

End of Tape 1

TAPE 2

NO MORE SECURITY

Nothing is permanent. Streets would be re-routed and renamed. Areas you had not seen in a while would become unfamiliar. Among other things, this would contribute to older people feeling that it was time to move on, they feel they couldn't even keep up with the changes in areas that were once familiar. Buildings would be allowed to stand empty and deteriorate, and streets would be allowed to deteriorate in certain localities. The purpose of this was to provide the jungle, the depressed atmosphere for the unfit. Somewhere in this same connection he mentioned that buildings and bridges would be made so that they would collapse after a while, there would be more accidents involving aeroplanes and railroads and automobiles. All of this to contribute to the feeling of insecurity, that nothing was safe. Not too long after this presentation, and I think one or two even before in the area where I live, we had a newly constructed bridge break. Another newly constructed bridge defect was discovered before it too broke. I remember reading just scattered incidents around the country where shopping malls would fall in right where they were filled with shoppers. I also remember that one of the shopping malls in our area, the first building I'd ever been in where you could feel this vibration throughout the entire building when there were a lot of people in there. I remember wondering at that time whether this shopping mall was one of the buildings he was talking about. Talking to construction people and architects about it they would say, "Oh no, that's good when the building vibrates like that, that means it's flexible not rigid." Well, maybe so, we'll wait and see. Other areas there would be well maintained. Not every part of the city would be slums.

CRIME USED TO MANAGE SOCIETY

There would be the created slums and other areas well maintained. Those people able to leave the slums for better areas then would learn to better appreciate the importance of human accomplishment. This meant that if they left the jungle and came to civilisation, so to speak, they could be proud of their own accomplishments that they made it. There was no related sympathy for those who were left behind in the jungle of drugs and deteriorating neighbourhoods. Then a statement that was kind of surprising, "We think we can effectively limit crime to the slum areas, so it won't be spread heavily into better areas". I should maybe point out here that these are obviously not word for word quotations after 20 years, but where I say that I am quoting, I am giving the general drift of what was said close to word for word, perhaps not precisely so. I remember wondering, how can he be so confident that the criminal element is going to stay where he wants it to stay? But he went on to say that increased security would be needed in the better areas. That would mean more police, better co-ordinated police efforts. He did not say so, but I wondered at that time about the moves that were afoot to consolidate all the police departments of suburbs around the major cities. I think the John Birch Society was one that was saying "Support your local police, don't let them be consolidated." I remember wondering if that was one of the things he had in mind about security. It was not explicitly stated. Anyhow he went on to say there would be a whole new industry of residential security systems to develop with alarms and locks and alarms going into the police department so that people could protect their wealth and their well being. Because some of the criminal activity would spill out of the slums into better, more affluent looking areas that looked like they would be worth burglarizing. And again it was stated like it was a redeeming quality: See we're generating all this more crime but look how good we are - we're also generating the means for you to protect yourself against the crime. A sort of repeated thing throughout this presentation was the recognised evil and then the self forgiveness thing, "See we've given you a way out."

CURTAILMENT OF AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL PRE-EMINENCE

American industry came under discussion - it was the first that I'd heard the term global interdependence or that notion. The stated plan was that different parts of the world would be assigned different roles of industry and commerce in a unified global system. The continued pre-eminence of the United States and the relative independence and self-sufficiency of the United States would have to be changed. This was one of the several times that he said in order to create a new structure, you first have to tear down the old, and American industry was one example of that. Our system would have to be curtailed in order to give other countries a chance to build their industries, because otherwise they would not be able to compete against the United States. This was especially true of our heavy industries that would be cut back while the same industries were being developed in other countries, notably Japan. At this point there was some discussion of steel and particularly automobiles - I remember saying that automobiles would be imported from Japan on an equal footing with our own domestically produced automobiles, but the Japanese product would be better. Things would be made so they would break and fall apart, that is in the United States. so that people would tend to prefer the imported variety and this would give a bit of a boost to foreign competitors.

One example was the Japanese. In 1969 Japanese automobiles, if they were sold here at all I don't remember, but they certainly weren't very popular. But the idea was you could get a little bit disgusted with your Ford, GM or Chrysler product or whatever because little things like window handles would fall off more and plastic parts would break which had they been made of metal would hold up. Your patriotism about buying American would soon give way to practicality that if you bought Japanese, German or imported that it would last longer and you would be better off. Patriotism would go down the drain. It was mentioned elsewhere things being made to fall apart too. I don't remember specific items or if they were even stated other than automobiles, but I do recall of having the impression, sort of in my imagination, of a surgeon having something fall apart in his hands in the operating room at a critical time. Was he including this sort of thing in his discussion? But somewhere in this discussion about things being made deliberately defective and unreliable not only was to tear down patriotism but to be just a little source of irritation to people who would use such things. Again the idea that you not feel terribly secure, promoting the notion that the world isn't a terribly reliable place. The United States was to be kept strong in information, communications, high technology, education and agriculture. The United States was seen as continuing to be sort of the keystone of this global system. But heavy industry would be transported out. One of the comments made about heavy industry was that we had had enough environmental damage from smoke stacks and industrial waste. Other people could put up with that for a while. This again was supposed to be a redeeming quality for Americans to accept. You took away our industry but you saved our environment. So we really didn't lose on it.

SHIFTING POPULATIONS AND ECONOMIES - TEARING THE SOCIAL ROOTS

And along this line there were talks about people losing their jobs as a result of industry and opportunities for retraining, and particularly population shifts would be brought about. This is sort of an aside. I think I'll explore the aside before I forget it. Population shifts were to be brought about so that people would be tending to move into the Sun Belt. They would be the sort of people without roots in their new locations, and traditions are easier to change in a place where there are a lot of transplanted people, as compared to trying to change traditions in a place where people grew up and had an extended family, and had roots. Things like new medical care systems, if you pick up from a Northeast industrial city and you transplant yourself to the South Sunbelt or Southwest, you'll be more accepting of whatever kind of, for example, controlled medical care you find there than you would accept a change in the medical care system where you had roots and the support of your family. Also in this vein was mentioned (he used the plural personal pronoun we) we take control first of the port cities - New York, San Francisco, Seattle - the idea being that this is a piece of strategy, the idea being that if you control the port cities with your philosophy and your way of life, the heartland in between has to yield. I can't elaborate more on that but it is interesting. The heartland, the Midwest, does seem to have maintained its conservatism. But as you take away industry and jobs and relocate people then this is a strategy to break down conservatism. When you take away industry and people are unemployed and poor they will accept whatever change seems, to offer them survival, and their morals and their commitment to things will all give way to survival. That's not my philosophy, that's the speaker's philosophy. Anyhow, going back to industry, some heavy industry would remain, just enough to maintain a sort of a seed bed of industrial skills which could be expanded if the plan didn't work out as it was intended. So the country would not be devoid of assets and skills. But this was just sort of a contingency plan. It was hoped and expected that the world-wide specialisation would be carried on. But, perhaps repeating myself, one of the upshots of all of this is that with this 'global interdependence' the national identities would tend to be de-emphasised. Each area depended on every other area for one or another elements of its life. We would all become citizens of the world rather than citizens of any one country.

SPORTS AS A TOOL OF SOCIAL CHANGE

And along these lines then we can talk about sports. Sports in the United States was to be changed, in part as a way of de-emphasising nationalism. Soccer, a world-wide sport, was to be emphasised and pushed in the United States. This was of interest because in this area the game of soccer was virtually unknown at that time. I had a few friends who attended an elementary school other than the one I attended where they played soccer and they were a real novelty. This was back in the 50's. So to hear this man speak of soccer in this area was kind of surprising. Anyhow, soccer is seen as an international sport and would be promoted and the traditional sport of American baseball would be de-emphasised and possibly eliminated because it might be seen as too American. And he discussed eliminating this. One's first reaction would be - well, they pay the players poorly and they don't want to play for poor pay so they give up baseball and go into some other sport or some other activity. But he said that's really not how it works. Actually, the way to break down baseball would be to make the salaries go very high. The idea behind this was that as the salaries got ridiculously high there would be a certain amount of discontent and antagonism as people resented the athletes being paid so much, and the athletes would begin more and more to resent among themselves what other players were paid and would tend to abandon the sport. And these high salaries also could break the owners and alienate the fans. And then the fans would support soccer and the baseball fields could be used as soccer fields. It wasn't said definitely this would have to happen, but if the international flavour didn't come around rapidly enough this could be done.

There was some comment along the same lines about football, although I seem to recall he said football would be harder to dismantle because it was so widely played in colleges as well as in the professional leagues and would be harder to tear down. There was something else also about the violence in football that met a psychological need that was perceived, and people have a need for this vicarious violence. So football, for that reason, might be left around to meet that need. The same thing is true of hockey. Hockey had more of an international flavour and would be emphasised. There was some foreseeable international competition about hockey and particularly soccer. At that time hockey was international between the United States and Canada. I was kind of surprised because I thought the speaker just never impressed me as being a hockey fan, and I am. And it turns out he was not. He just knew about the game and what it would do to this changing sports program. But in any event soccer was to be the keystone of athletics because it is already a world wide sport in South America, Europe, and parts of Asia and the United States should get on the bandwagon. All this would foster international competition so that we would all become citizens of the world to a greater extent than citizens of our own narrow nations.

There was some discussion about hunting, not surprisingly. Hunting requires guns and gun control is a big element in these plans. I don't remember the details much, but the idea is that gun ownership is a privilege and not everybody should have guns. Hunting was an inadequate excuse for owning guns and everybody should be restricted in gun ownership. The few privileged people who should be allowed to hunt could maybe rent or borrow a gun from official quarters rather than own their own. After all, everybody doesn't have a need for a gun, is the way it was put. Very important in sports was sports for girls. Athletics would be pushed for girls. This was intended to replace dolls. Baby dolls would still be around, a few of them, but you would not see the number and variety of dolls. Dolls would not be pushed because girls should not be thinking about babies and reproduction. Girls should be out on the athletic field just as the boys are. Girls and boys really don't need to be all that different. Tea sets were to go the way of dolls, and all these things that traditionally were thought of as feminine would be de-emphasised as girls got into more masculine pursuits. Just one other thing I recall was that the sports pages would be full of the scores of girls teams just right along- there with the boys teams. And that's recently begun to appear after 20 years in our local papers. The girls sports scores are right along with the boys sports scores. So all of this is to change the role model of what young girls should look to be. While she's growing up she should look to be an athlete rather than to look forward to being a mother.

SEX AND VIOLENCE INCULCATED THROUGH ENTERTAINMENT

Entertainment. Movies would gradually be made more explicit as regards sex and language. After all, sex and rough language are real and why pretend that they are not? There would be pornographic movies in the theatres and on television. VCR's were not around at that time, but he had indicated that these cassettes would be available, and video cassette players would be available for use in the home and pornographic movies would be available for use on these as well as in the neighbourhood theatre and on your television. He said something like: "you'll see people in the movies doing everything you can think of." He went on to say that all of this is intended to bring sex out in the open. That was another comment that was made several times- the term "sex out in the open." Violence would be made more graphic. This was intended to desensitise people to violence. There might need to be a time when people would witness real violence and be a part of it. Later on it will become clear where this is headed. So there would be more realistic violence in entertainment which would make it easier for people to adjust. People's attitudes toward death would change. People would not be so fearful of it but more accepting of it, and they would not be so aghast at the sight of dead people or injured people. We don't need to have a genteel population paralysed by what they might see. People would just learn to say, well I don't want that to happen to me. This was the first statement suggesting that the plan includes numerous human casualties which the survivors would see. This particular aspect of the presentation came back in my memory very sharply a few years later when a movie about the Lone Ranger came out and I took my very young son to see it and early in the movie were some very violent scenes. One of the victims was shot in the forehead and there was sort of a splat where the bullet entered his forehead and blood and I remember regretting that I took my son and feeling anger toward the doctor who spoke. Not that he made the movie, but he agreed to be part of this movement, and I was repelled by the movie and it brought back this aspect of his presentation very sharply in my memory.

As regards music, he made a rather straightforward statement like: Music will get worse. In 1969 Rock music was getting more and more unpleasant. It was interesting the way he expressed it, "it would get worse" acknowledging that it was already bad. Lyrics would become more openly sexual. No new sugary romantic music would be publicised like that which had been written before that time. All of the old music would be brought back on certain radio stations and records for older people to hear, and older folks would have sort of their own radio stations to hear and for younger people, their music as it got worse and worse would be on their stations. He seemed to indicate that one group would not hear the other group's music. Older folks would just refuse to hear the junk that was offered to young people, and the young people would accept the junk because it identified them as their generation and helped them feel distinct from the older generation. I remember at the time thinking that would not last very long because even young kids wouldn't like the junk when they got a chance to hear the older music that was prettier they would gravitate toward it. Unfortunately I was wrong about that, when the kids get through their teens and into their 20's some of them improve their taste in music, but unfortunately he was right. They get used to this junk and that's all they want. A lot of them can't stand really pretty music. He went on to say that the music would carry a message to the young and nobody would even know the message was there they would just think it was loud music. At the time I didn't understand quite what he meant by that, but in retrospect I think we know now what the messages are in the music for the young.

And again he was right. This aspect was sort of summarised with the notion that entertainment would be a tool to influence young people. It won't change the older people, they are already set in their ways, but the changes would all be aimed at the young who are in their formative years and the older generation would be passing. Not only could you not change them but they are relatively unimportant anyhow. Once they live out their lives and are gone the younger generation being formed are the ones that would be important for the future in the 21st century. He also indicated all the old movies would be brought back again and I remember on hearing that through my mind ran quickly the memory of a number of old movies. I wondered if they would be included, the ones that I thought I would like to see again. Along with bringing back old music and movies for older people there were other privileges that would also be accorded older folks: free transportation, breaks on purchases, discounts, tax discounts, - a number of privileges just because they were older. This was stated to be sort of a reward for the generation which had grown up through the depression and had survived the rigors of World War II. They had deserved it and they were going to be rewarded with all these goodies, and the bringing back of the good old music and the good old movies was going to help ease them through their final years in comfort. Then the presentation began to get rather grim, because once that generation passed, and that would be in the late 80's and early 90's where we are now, most of that group would be gone and then gradually things would tighten up and the tightening up would be accelerated. The old movies and old songs would be withdrawn, the gentler entertainment would be withdrawn.

TRAVEL RESTRICTIONS AND IMPLANTED I.D.

Travel, instead of being easy for old folks, travel then would become very restricted. People would need permission to travel and they would need a good reason to travel. If you didn't have a good reason for your travel you would not be allowed to travel, and everyone would need ID. This would at first be an ID card you would carry on your person and you must show when you are asked for it. It was already planned that later on some sort of device would be developed to be implanted under the skin that would be coded specifically to identify the individual. This would eliminate the possibility of false ID and also eliminate the possibility of people saying "Well, I lost my ID." The difficulty about these skin implant that ID was stated to be getting material that would stay in or under the skin without causing foreign body reaction whereby the body would reject it or cause infection, and that this would have to be material on which information could be recorded and retrieved by some sort of scanner while it was not rejected by the body. Silicon was mentioned. Silicon at that time was thought to be well tolerated. It was used to augment breasts. Women who felt their breasts were too small would get silicon implants, and I guess that still goes on. At any rate silicon was seen at that time as the promising material to do both: to be retained in the body without rejection and to be able to retain information retrievable by electronic means.

FOOD CONTROL

Food supplies would come under tight control. If population growth didn't slow down, food shortages could be created in a hurry and people would realise the dangers of overpopulation. Ultimately, whether the population slows down or not the food supply is to be brought under centralised control so that people would have enough to be well-nourished but they would not have enough to support any fugitive from the new system. In other words, if you had a friend or relative who didn't sign on, and growing ones own food would be outlawed. This would be done under some sort of pretext. In the beginning I mentioned there were two purposes for everything - one the ostensible purpose and one the real purpose, and the ostensible purpose here would be that growing your own vegetables was unsafe, it would spread disease or something like that. So the acceptable idea was to protect the consumer but the real idea was to limit the food supply and growing your own food would be illegal. And if you persist in illegal activities like growing your own food, then you're a criminal.

WEATHER CONTROL

There was a mention then of weather. This was another really striking statement. He said, "We can or soon will be able to control the weather." He said, "I'm not merely referring to dropping iodide crystals into the clouds to precipitate rain that's already there, but REAL control." And weather was seen as a weapon of war, a weapon of influencing public policy. It could make rain or withhold rain in order to influence certain areas and bring them under your control. There were two sides to this that were rather striking. He said, "On the one hand you can make drought during the growing season so that nothing will grow, and on the other hand you can make for very heavy rains during harvest season so the fields are too muddy to bring in the harvest, and indeed one might be able to do both." There was no statement how this would be done. It was stated that either it was already possible or very, very close to being possible. Politics. He said that very few people really know how government works. Something to the effect that elected officials are influenced in ways that they don't even realise and they carry out plans that have been made for them and they think that they are authors of the plans. But actually they are manipulated in ways they don't understand.

KNOW HOW PEOPLE RESPOND - MAKING THEM DO WHAT YOU WANT

Somewhere in the presentation he made two statements that I want to insert at this time. I don't remember just where they were made, but they're valid in terms of the general overall view. One statement is, "People can carry in their minds and act upon two contradictory ideas at one time, provided that these two contradictory ideas are kept far enough apart." The other statement is, "You can know pretty well how rational people are going to respond to certain circumstances or to certain information that they encounter. So, to determine the response you want you need only control the kind of data or information that they're presented or the kinds of circumstance that they're in; and being rational people they'll do what you want them to do. They may not fully understand what they're doing or why."

FALSIFIED SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH

Somewhere in this connection, then, was the statement admitting that some scientific research data could be, and indeed has been, falsified in order to bring about desired results. Here he said, "People don't ask the right questions. Some people are too trusting." Now this was an interesting statement because the speaker and the audience all being doctors of medicine and supposedly very objective, dispassionately scientific and science being the be all and end-all. To falsify scientific research data in that setting is like blasphemy in the church, you just don't do that. Anyhow, out of all of this was to come the New International Governing Body, probably to come through the U.N. and with a World Court, but not necessarily through those structures. It could be brought about in other ways. Acceptance of the U.N . at that time was seen as not being as wide as was hoped. Efforts would continue to give the United Nations increasing importance. People would be more and more used to the idea of relinquishing some national sovereignty. Economic interdependence would foster this goal from a peaceful standpoint. Avoidance of war would foster it from the standpoint of worrying about hostilities. It was recognised that doing it peaceably was better than doing it by war. It was stated at this point that war was "obsolete."

I thought that was an interesting phrase because obsolete means something that once was seen as useful is no longer useful. But war is obsolete, because of nuclear bombs, war is no longer controllable. Formerly wars could be controlled, but if nuclear weapons would fall into the wrong hands there could be an unintended nuclear disaster. It was not stated who the "wrong hands" are. We were free to infer that maybe this meant terrorists, but in more recent years I'm wondering whether the wrong hands might also include people that we've assumed they've had nuclear weapons all along, maybe they don't have them. Just as it was stated that industry would be preserved in the United States - a little bit just in case the world wide plans didn't work out; just in case some country or some other powerful person decided to bolt from the pack and go his own way, one wonders whether this might also be true with nuclear weapons. When he said they might fall into the wrong hands, there was some statement that the possession of nuclear weapons had been tightly controlled, sort of implying that anybody who had nuclear weapons was intended to have them. That would necessarily have included the Soviet Union, if indeed they have them. But I recall wondering at the time, "Are you telling us, or are you implying that this country willingly gave weapons to the Soviets?."

At that time that seemed like a terribly unthinkable thing to do, much less to admit. The leaders of the Soviet Union seem to be so dependent on the West though, one wonders whether there may have been some fear that they would try to assert independence if they indeed had these weapons. So, I don't know. It's something to speculate about perhaps. Who did he mean when he said, "If these weapons fall into the wrong hands"? Maybe just terrorists. Anyhow, the new system would be brought in, if not by peaceful co-operation with everybody willingly yielding national sovereignty and then by bringing the nation to the brink of nuclear war. Everybody would be so fearful as hysteria is created by the possibility of nuclear war that there would be a strong public outcry to negotiate a public peace and people would willingly give up national sovereignty in order to achieve peace, and thereby this would bring in the 'New International Political System.' This was stated and a very impressive thing to hear then, "If there were too many people in the right places who resisted this, there might be a need to use one or two or possibly more nuclear weapons." As it was put this would be possibly needed to convince people that, "We mean business." That was followed by the statement that, "By the time one or two of those went off then everybody, even the most reluctant, would yield." He said something about, "This negotiated peace would be very convincing", as in a framework or in a context that the whole thing was rehearsed but nobody would know it.

People hearing about it would be convinced that it was a genuine negotiation between hostile enemies who finally had come to the realisation that peace was better than war. In this context discussing war, and war is obsolete, a statement was made that there were some good things about war. One was you're going to die anyway and people sometimes in war get a chance to display great courage and heroism. If they die they've died well and if they survive they get recognition. So that in any case, the hardships of war on soldiers are worth it because that's the reward they get out of their warring. Another justification expressed for war was, if you think of the many millions of casualties in WWI and WWII had not died but had continued to live and continued to have babies then there would be millions upon millions and we would already be overpopulated. So those two great wars served a benign purpose in delaying over-population. But now there are technological means for the individual and governments to control over-population so in this regard war is obsolete. It's no longer needed. And then again it's obsolete because nuclear weapons could destroy the whole universe. War, which once was controllable, could get out of control and so for these two reasons it's now obsolete.

TERRORISM

There was a discussion of terrorism. Terrorism would be used widely in Europe and in other parts of the world. Terrorism at that time was thought would not be necessary in the United States. It could become necessary in the United States if the United States did not move rapidly enough into accepting the system. But at least in the foreseeable future it was not planned. And very benignly on their part. Maybe terrorism would not be required here, but the implication being that it would be indeed used if it was necessary. Along with this came a bit of a scolding that Americans had had it too good anyway and just a little bit of terrorism would help convince Americans that the world is indeed a dangerous place, or can be if we don't relinquish control to the proper authorities.

FINANCIAL CONTROL

There was discussion of money and banking. One statement was, "Inflation is infinite. You can put an infinite number of zeros after any number and put the decimals points wherever you want", as an indication that inflation is a tool of the controllers. Money would become predominately credit. It was already. Money is primarily a credit thing but exchange of money would be not cash or palpable things but electronic credit signal. People would carry money only in very small amounts for things like chewing gum and candy bars. Any purchase of any significant amount would be done electronically. Earnings would be electronically entered into your account. It would be a single banking system. It may have the appearance of being more than one but ultimately and basically it would be one single banking system, so that when you got paid your pay would be entered for you into your account balance and then when you purchased anything at the point of purchase it would be deducted from your account balance and you would actually carry nothing with you. Also computer records can be kept on whatever it was you purchased so that if you were purchasing too much of any particular item and some official wanted to know what you were doing with your money they could go back and review your purchases and determine what you were buying.

There was a statement that any purchase of significant size like an automobile, bicycle, a refrigerator, a radio or television or whatever might have some sort of identification on it so it could be traced, so that very quickly anything which was either given away or stolen - whatever - authorities would be able to establish who purchased it and when. Computers would allow this to happen. The ability to save would be greatly curtailed. People would just not be able to save any considerable degree of wealth. There was some statement of recognition that wealth represents power and wealth in the hands of a lot of people is not good for the people in charge so if you save too much you might be taxed. The more you save the higher rate of tax on your savings so your savings really could never get very far. And also if you began to show a pattern of saving too much you might have your pay cut. We would say, "Well, your saving instead of spending. You really don't need all that money."

That basically the idea being to prevent people from accumulating any wealth which might have long range disruptive influence on the system. People would be encouraged to use credit to borrow and then also be encouraged to renege on their debt so they would destroy their own credit. The idea here is that, again, if you're too stupid to handle credit wisely, this gives the authorities the opportunity to come down hard on you once you've shot your credit. Electronic payments initially would all be based on different kinds of credit cards which were already in use in 1969 to some extent. Not as much as now, but people would have credit cards with the electronic strip on it and once they got used to that then it would be pointed out the advantage of having all of that combined into a single credit card, serving a single monetary system and then they won't have to carry around all that plastic.

SURVEILLANCE, IMPLANTS, AND TELEVISIONS THAT WATCH YOU

So, the next step would be the single card and then the next step would be to replace the single card with a skin implant. The single card could be lost or stolen, give rise to problems; could be exchanged with somebody else to confuse identify. The skin implant on the other hand could not be not lost or counterfeited or transferable to another person so you and your accounts would be identified without any possibility of error. And the skin implants would have to be put some place that would be convenient to the skin; for example your right hand or your forehead. At that time when I heard this I was unfamiliar with the statements in the Book of Revelation. The speaker went on to say, "Now some of you people who read the Bible will attach significance to this to the Bible," but he went on to disclaim any Biblical significance at all. This is just common sense of how the system could work and should work and there's no need to read any superstitious Biblical principals into it. As I say, at the time I was not very familiar with the words of Revelations.

Shortly after I became familiar with it and the significance of what he said really was striking. I'll never forget it. There was some mention, also, of implants that would lend themselves to surveillance by providing radio signals. This could be under the skin or a dental implant, put in like a filling so that either fugitives or possibly other citizens could be identified by a certain frequency from his personal transmitter and could be located at any time or any place by any authority who wanted to find him. This would be particularly useful for somebody who broke out of prison. There was more discussion of personal surveillance. One more thing was said, "You'll be watching television and somebody will be watching you at the same time at a central monitoring station." Television sets would have a device to enable this. The T.V. set would not have to be on in order for this to be operative. Also, the television set can be used to monitor what you are watching. People can tell what you're watching on TV and how you're reacting to what you're watching. And you would not know that you were being watched while you were watching your television. How would we get people to accept these things into their homes? Well, people would buy them when they buy their own television. They won't know that they're on there at first.

This was described by being what we now know as Cable TV to replace the antenna TV. When you buy a TV set this monitor would just be part of the set and most people would not have enough knowledge to know it was there in the beginning. And then the cable would be the means of carrying the surveillance message to the monitor. By the time people found out that this monitoring was going on, they would also be very dependent upon television for a number of things. Just the way people are dependent upon the telephone today. One thing the television would be used for would be purchases. You wouldn't have to leave your home to purchase. You just turn on your TV and there would be a way of interacting with your television channel to the store that you wanted to purchase. And you could flip the switch from place to place to choose a refrigerator or clothing. This would be both convenient, but it would also make you dependent on your television so the built-in monitor would be something you could not do without.

There was some discussion of audio monitors too, just in case the authorities wanted to hear what was going on in rooms other than where the television monitor was. In regard to this the statement was made, "Any wire that went into your house, for example your telephone wire, could be used this way". I remember this in particular because it was fairly near the end of the presentation and as we were leaving the meeting place I said something to one of my colleagues about going home and pulling all of the wires out of my house, except I knew I couldn't get by without the telephone. And the colleague I spoke to just seemed numb. To this day I don't think he even remembers what we talked about or what we hear that time, cause I've asked him. But at that time he seemed stunned. Before all these changes would take place with electronic monitoring, it was mentioned that there would be service trucks all over the place, working on the wires and putting in new cables. This is how people who were on the inside would know how things were progressing.

HOME OWNERSHIP A THING OF THE PAST

Privately owned housing would become a thing of the past. The cost of housing and financing housing would gradually be made so high that most people couldn't afford it. People who already owned their houses would be allowed to keep them but as years go by it would be more and more difficult for young people to buy a house. Young people would more and more become renters, particularly in apartments or condominiums. More and more unsold houses would stand vacant. People just couldn't buy them. But the cost of housing would not come down. You'd right away think, well the vacant house, the price would come down, the people would buy it. But there was some statement to the effect that the price would be held high even though there were many available so that free market places would not operate. People would not be able to buy these and gradually more and more of the population would be forced into small apartments. Small apartments which would not accommodate very many children. Then as the number of real home-owners diminished they would become a minority. There would be no sympathy for them from the majority who dwelled in the apartments and then these homes could be taken by increased taxes or other regulations that would be detrimental to home ownership and would be acceptable to the majority. Ultimately, people would be assigned where they would live and it would be common to have non-family members living with you. This by way of your not knowing just how far you could trust anybody. This would all be under the control of a central housing authority. Have this in mind in 1990 when they ask, "How many bedrooms in your house? How many bathrooms in your house? Do you have a finished game room? "This information is personal and is of no national interest to government under our existing Constitution. But you'll be asked those questions and decide how you want to respond to them.

THE ARRIVAL OF THE TOTALITARIAN GLOBAL SYSTEM

When the new system takes over people will be expected to sign allegiance to it, indicating that they don't have any reservations or holding back to the old system. "There just won't be any room", he said, "for people who won't go along. We can't have such people cluttering up the place so such people would be taken to special places", and here I don't remember the exact words, but the inference I drew was that at these special places where they were taken, then they would not live very long. He may have said something like, "disposed of humanely", but I don't remember very precisely, just the impression the system was not going to support them when they would not go along with the system. That would leave death as the only alternative.

Somewhere in this vein he said there would not be any martyrs. When I first heard this I thought it meant the people would not be killed, but as the presentation developed what he meant was they would not be killed in such a way or disposed of in such a way that they could serve as inspiration to other people the way martyrs do. Rather he said something like this. "People will just disappear." Just a few additional items sort of thrown in here in the end which I failed to include where they belong more perfectly. The bringing in of the new system he said probably would occur on a weekend in the winter. Everything would shut down on Friday evening and Monday morning when everybody wakened there would be an announcement that the New System was in place.

During the process in getting the United States ready for these changes everybody would be busier with less leisure time and less opportunity to really look about and see what was going on around them. Also, there would be more changes and more difficulty in keeping up as far as one's investments. Investment instruments would be changing. Interest rates would be changing so that it would be a difficult job with keeping up with what you had already earned. Interesting about automobiles; it would look as though there were many varieties of automobiles, but when you look very closely there would be great duplication. They would be made to look different with chrome and wheel covers and this sort of thing, but looking closely one would see that the same automobile was made by more than one manufacturer.

This recently was brought down to me when I was in a parking lot and saw a small Ford - I forget the model - and a small Japanese automobile which were identical except for a number of things like the number of holes in the wheel cover and the chrome around the plate and the shape of the grill. But if you looked at the basic parts of the automobile, they were identical. They just happened to be parked side-by-side where I was struck with this and I was again reminded of what had been said many years ago. I'm hurrying here because I'm just about to the end of the tape. Let me just summarise here by saying, all of these things said by one individual at one time in one place relating to so many different human endeavours and then to look and see how many of these actually came about. Meaning the changes accomplished between then and now [1969 - 1988] and the things which are planned for the future. I think there is no denying that this is controlled and there is indeed a conspiracy.

The question then becomes what to do. I think first off, we must put our faith in God and pray and ask for his guidance. And secondly do what we can to inform other individuals as much as possible, as much as they may be interested. Some people just don't care, because they're preoccupied with getting along in their own personal endeavours. But as much as possible I think we should try to inform other people who may be interested, and again put our faith and trust in God and pray constantly for his guidance and for the courage to accept what we may be facing in the near future. Rather than accept peace and justice which we hear so much now. It's a cliché! Let's insist on liberty and justice for all.
Reply | Threaded
Open this post in threaded view
|

Re: Researchers site with compelling information

Gavilan
http://www.internallydisplacedpeople.org/joomla30/index.php/articles/30-silent-weapons-for-quiet-wars


Silent Weapons for Quiet Wars
Silent Weapons for Quiet Wars
Ever wonder who, what, where and why we are going through such hell on earth?? This document details the who what, where, why and how the Powers that be are controlling the world.... The following document, dated May 1979, was found on July 7, 1986, in an IBM copier that had been purchased at a surplus sale. The Quiet War was quietly declared by the International Elite at a meeting held in 1954.

It is a must read....I read this over 20 years ago.... I have been passing it on ever since... I do know we are all very busy, however, this is a must read.... After reading this it will no longer be a mystery as to what is happening in America... This has been planned for a very long time.... For those who have, "ears to hear and eyes to see....."

Excerpt:  "HISTORICAL INTRODUCTION Silent weapon technology has evolved from Operations Research (O.R.), a strategic and tactical methodology developed under the Military Management in England during World War II. The original purpose of Operations Research was to study the strategic and tactical problems of air and land defense with the objective of effective use of limited military resources against foreign enemies (i.e., logistics).  It was soon recognized by those in positions of power that the same methods might be useful for totally controlling a society. But better tools were necessary.   Social engineering (the analysis and automation of a society) requires the correlation of great amounts of constantly changing economic information (data), so a high-speed computerized data-processing system was necessary which could race ahead of the society and predict when society would arrive for capitulation. Relay computers were to slow, but the electronic computer, invented in 1946 by J. Presper Eckert and John W. Mauchly, filled the bill.

The next breakthrough was the development of the simplex method of linear programming in 1947 by the mathematician George B. Dantzig.  Then in 1948, the transistor, invented by J. Bardeen, W.H. Brattain, and W. Shockley, promised great expansion of the computer field by reducing space and power requirements.  With these three inventions under their direction, those in positions of power strongly suspected that it was possible for them to control the whole world with the push of a button.  Immediately, the Rockefeller Foundation got in on the ground floor by making a four-year grant to Harvard College, funding the Harvard Economic Research Project for the study of the structure of the American Economy. One year later, in 1949, The United States Air Force joined in.  In 1952 the grant period terminated, and a high-level meeting of the Elite was held to determine the next phase of social operations research. The Harvard project had been very fruitful, as is borne out by the publication of some of its results in 1953 suggesting the feasibility of economic (social) engineering (*).  Engineered in the last half of the decade of the 1940's, the new Quiet War machine stood, so to speak, in sparkling gold-plated hardware on the showroom floor by 1954.  With the creation of the maser in 1954, the promise of unlocking unlimited sources of fusion atomic energy from the heavy hydrogen in sea water and the consequent availability of unlimited social power was a possibility only decades away.  The combination was irresistible.  The Quiet War was quietly declared by the International Elite at a meeting held in 1954.  Although the silent weapons system was nearly exposed 13 years later, the evolution of the new weapon-system has never suffered any major setbacks.  This volume marks the 25th anniversary of the beginning of the Quiet War. Already this domestic war has had many victories on many fronts throughout the world. "

You may Read or listen at the following sites..

Link >    http://www.syti.net/GB/SilentWeaponsGB.html
Link >    http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=s_38tsQ4p0I
 
https://youtu.be/IizBzKezAiQ
 
 
Picture
 


A NATION OF TRAITORS:

Silent Weapons for Quiet Wars An Introduction Programming Manual Operations Research Technical Manual TW-SW7905.1https://ia700402.us.archive.org/10/items/SilentWeaponsForQuietWars_75/SWQW_djvu.txt

The following document is taken from two sources. The first, was acquired on a website (of which I can’t remember the address) listing as its source the book titled Behold A Pale Horse by William Cooper; Light Technology Publishing, 1991. The second source is a crudely copied booklet which does not contain a copyright notice, or a publishers name. With the exception of the Forward, the Preface, the main thing that was missing from the first source was the illustrations. As we began comparing the two, we realized that the illustrations, and the accompanying text (also missing from the first) made up a significant part of the document. This has now been restored by The Lawful Path, and so far as I know, is the only internet copy available complete with the illustrations.

We have no first-hand knowledge that this document is genuine, however many of the concepts contained herein are certainly reasonable, important, and bear strong consideration.

If anyone has additional knowledge about the source of this document; has better copies of the illustrations than the ones posted here; has any missing pieces to this document, or has any comments which can improve upon the quality of this document, we will appreciate your comments.

Behold a Pale Horse is a 1991 book by William Milton Cooper.

Written after Cooper had been a member of the US Naval Intelligence Briefing Team of the Commander in Chief of the United States Pacific Fleet, the book details many of Cooper’s claims about the alleged influence of UFOs on US government agencies, the New World Order, the assassination of President John F. Kennedy, the alleged Apollo hoaxes and other topics.

Another claim made in the book pertains to his own death. William Cooper, seemingly paranoid, claimed that he would be shot to death on his own property. True to his “fate,” he was gunned down in precisely this manner years after publishing the book and settling down in Arizona.

The title of the book alludes to a passage in the Bible, Revelation 6:8: “And I looked, and behold a pale horse: and his name that sat on him was Death, and Hell followed with him.”

Behold a Pale Horse is definitely not a book to curl up on the couch with on a Sunday afternoon. The topics William Cooper discusses will very likely keep you reading late into the night.

There are two types of people in the world: those who want to know who exactly is controlling whom, and those who are more comfortable taking things at face value. What really disturbed me was the theory of the true intent of the government. Cooper’s account of what the government is capable of in times of heightened alert is extremely relevant now.

It is important to keep in mind that this book was published before the attack on the World Trade Center because the US is finding itself in exactly the position Cooper predicted. Whether or not you think you might agree with the information in this book, I recommend any book written by someone who was killed for the purpose of silencing him or her. Be an informed citizen and know what your government is capable of.

 Pale Horse by William Cooper: Free Download

Behold A Pale Horse by William Cooper

The Lawful Path: http://www.lawfulpath.com

Bing Videos

 Conspiracy theories are nothing new to history. Plots to “kill Caesar” and overthrow Rome abounded, for instance, however, it is seldom that concrete clues to such plots come to light, and are generally known.

Silent Weapons for Quiet Wars, An Introduction Programming Manual was uncovered quite by accident on July 7, 1986 when an employee of Boeing Aircraft Co. purchased a surplus IBM copier for scrap parts at a sale, and discovered inside details of a plan, hatched in the embryonic days of the “Cold War” which called for control of the masses through manipulation of industry, peoples’ pastimes, education and political leanings. It called for a quiet revolution, putting brother against brother, and diverting the public’s attention from what is really going on.

Continue at Silent Weapons for Quiet Wars by William Cooper

Related articles

    The Patriot Acts I II and III: Treason upon the American People, Crimes against Democracy(lissakr11humanelife.wordpress.com)
    Domestic Torture via Radiation Weaponry: America’s Horrific Shame(lissakr11humanelife.wordpress.com)
    Torture in America cannot continue to be ignored by John Doe(lissakr11humanelife.wordpress.com)
    Deep LEAK: Google-stalking For Covert NSA Research Funding (lissakr11humanelife.wordpress.com)
    Liberty And Justice United – COINTELPRO 2012 USA – Peter Manso’s – “Reasonable Doubt” = An FBI CoIntelPro “HIT” (lissakr11humanelife.wordpress.com)
    Senate Committee Just Release FUSION CENTERS ‘A Nation of Traitors to the Constitution’ by high-level former State Police Investigator (lissakr11humanelife.wordpress.com)
    CIA DOD KKK FBI COINTELPRO in the Second Stage (lissakr11humanelife.wordpress.com)
    Secret MKULTRA and COINTELPRO programs of FBI, CIA and NSA agencies Links(lissakr11humanelife.wordpress.com)
    WAR AT HOME by Brian Glick COINTELPRO COVERT ON US ACTIVIST WHAT YOU CAN DO(lissakr11humanelife.wordpress.com)
    The New COINTELPRO by Defending Dissent (lissakr11humanelife.wordpress.com)


Silent Weapons for Quiet Wars - The Lawful Path
Compares economics with electronics. Outlines NWO plan for world conquest
MORE:>>

TOP SECRET
Silent Weapons for Quiet Wars
http://www.apfn.org/apfn/swqw.htm

David Icke - Silent Weapons for Quiet Wars.mp4
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Yxur5Ppp7-0&feature=related

SILENT WEAPONS FOR QUIET WARS.AVI
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oVY2JUc14Pw&feature=related
===============================================

5/14/2011 Interview with Ted Gunderson
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=emS3uy7_mAc

TOP SECRET
Silent Weapons for Quiet Wars
http://www.apfn.org/apfn/swqw.htm

SILENT WEAPONS FOR QUIET WARS Part 2 Anonymous Video Of Document
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YisitQvBvOA&feature=related

===============================================

An introductory programming manual
Operations Research
Technical Manual
TM-SW7905.1

Welcome Aboard

This publication marks the 25th anniversary of the Third World War, called the "Quiet War", being conducted using subjective biological warfare, fought with "silent weapons."

This book contains an introductory description of this war, its strategies, and its weaponry.
May 1979 #74-1120

SECURITY
http://www.apfn.org/apfn/swqw.htm

It is patently impossible to discuss social engineering or the automation of a society, i.e., the engineering of social automation systems (silent weapons) on a national or worldwide scale without implying extensive objectives of social control and destruction of human life, i.e., slavery and genocide. This manual is in itself an analog declaration of intent. Such a writing must be secured from public scrutiny. Otherwise, it might be recognized as a technically formal declaration of domestic war. Furthermore, whenever any person or group of persons in a position of great power and without full knowledge and consent of the public, uses such knowledge and methodologies for economic conquest - it must be understood that a state of domestic warfare exists between said person or group of persons and the public.

The solution of today's problems requires an approach which is ruthlessly candid, with no agonizing over religious, moral or cultural values. You have qualified for this project because of your ability to look at human society with cold objectivity, and yet analyze and discuss your observations and conclusions with others of similar intellectual capacity without the loss of discretion or humility. Such virtues are exercised in your own best interest. Do not deviate from them.

HISTORICAL INTRODUCTION
http://www.apfn.org/apfn/swqw.htm

Silent weapon technology has evolved from Operations Research (O.R.), a strategic and tactical methodology developed under the Military Management in England during World War II. The original purpose of Operations Research was to study the strategic and tactical problems of air and land defense with the objective of effective use of limited military resources against foreign enemies (i.e., logistics). It was soon recognized by those in positions of power that the same methods might be useful for totally controlling a society. But better tools were necessary. Social engineering (the analysis and automation of a society) requires the correlation of great amounts of constantly changing economic information (data), so a high-speed computerized data-processing system was necessary which could race ahead of the society and predict when society would arrive for capitulation. Relay computers were to slow, but the electronic computer, invented in 1946 by J. Presper Eckert and John W. Mauchly, filled the bill. The next breakthrough was the development of the simplex method of linear programming in 1947 by the mathematician George B. Dantzig. Then in 1948, the transistor, invented by J. Bardeen, W.H. Brattain, and W. Shockley, promised great expansion of the computer field by reducing space and power requirements. With these three inventions under their direction, those in positions of power strongly suspected that it was possible for them to control the whole world with the push of a button. Immediately, the Rockefeller Foundation got in on the ground floor by making a four-year grant to Harvard College, funding the Harvard Economic Research Project for the study of the structure of the American Economy. One year later, in 1949, The United States Air Force joined in. In 1952 the grant period terminated, and a high-level meeting of the Elite was held to determine the next phase of social operations research. The Harvard project had been very fruitful, as is borne out by the publication of some of its results in 1953 suggesting the feasibility of economic (social) engineering. (Studies in the Structure of the American Economy - copyright 1953 by Wassily Leontief, International Science Press Inc., White Plains, New York). Engineered in the last half of the decade of the 1940's, the new Quiet War machine stood, so to speak, in sparkling gold-plated hardware on the showroom floor by 1954. With the creation of the maser in 1954, the promise of unlocking unlimited sources of fusion atomic energy from the heavy hydrogen in sea water and the consequent availability of unlimited social power was a possibility only decades away. The combination was irresistible. The Quiet War was quietly declared by the International Elite at a meeting held in 1954. Although the silent weapons system was nearly exposed 13 years later, the evolution of the new weapon-system has never suffered any major setbacks.

This volume marks the 25th anniversary of the beginning of the Quiet War. Already this domestic war has had many victories on many fronts throughout the world.
http://www.apfn.org/apfn/swqw.htm

POLITICAL INTRODUCTION

In 1954 it was well recognized by those in positions of authority that it was only a matter of time, only a few decades, before the general public would be able to grasp and upset the cradle of power, for the very elements of the new silent-weapon technology were as accessible for a public utopia as they were for providing a private utopia.

The issue of primary concern, that of dominance, revolved arohttp://www.apfn.org/apfn/swqw.htmund the subject of the energy sciences.

ENERGY

Energy is recognized as the key to all activity on earth. Natural science is the study of the sources and control of natural energy, and social science, theoretically expressed as economics, is the study of the sources and control of social energy. Both are bookkeeping systems: mathematics. Therefore, mathematics is the primary energy science. And the bookkeeper can be king if the public can be kept ignorant of the methodology of the bookkeeping. All science is merely a means to an end. The means is knowledge. The end is control. Beyond this remains only one issue: Who will be the beneficiary? In 1954 this was the issue of primary concern. Although the so-called "moral issues" were raised, in view of the law of natural selection it was agreed that a nation or world of people who will not use their intelligence are no better than animals who do not have intelligence. Such people are beasts of burden and steaks on the table by choice and consent. Consequently, in the interest of future world order, peace, and tranquillity, it was decided to privately wage a quiet war against the American public with an ultimate objective of permanently shifting the natural and social energy (wealth) of the undisciplined and irresponsible many into the hands of the self-disciplined, responsible, and worthy few.

In order to implement this objective, it was necessary to create, secure, and apply new weapons which, as it turned out, were a class of weapons so subtle and sophisticated in their principle of operation and public appearance as to earn for themselves the name "silent weapons." In conclusion, the objective of economic research, as conducted by the magnates of capital (banking) and the industries of commodities (goods) and services, is the establishment of an economy which is totally predictable and manipulatable. In order to achieve a totally predictable economy, the low-class elements of society must be brought under total control, i.e., must be housebroken, trained, and assigned a yoke and long-term social duties from a very early age, before they have an opportunity to question the propriety of the matter. In order to achieve such conformity, the lower-class family unit must be disintegrated by a process of increasing preoccupation of the parents and the establishment of government-operated day-care centers for the occupationally orphaned children. The quality of education given to the lower class must be of the poorest sort, so that the moat of ignorance isolating the inferior class from the superior class is and remains incomprehensible to the inferior class. With such an initial handicap, even bright lower class individuals have little if any hope of extricating themselves from their assigned lot in life. This form of slavery is essential to maintain some measure of social order, peace, and tranquillity for the ruling upper class.

DESCRIPTIVE INTRODUCTION OF THE SILENT WEAPON
FULL REPORT:>>
http://www.apfn.org/apfn/swqw.htm
Picture
Reply | Threaded
Open this post in threaded view
|

Re: Researchers site with compelling information

Gavilan
http://www.internallydisplacedpeople.org/joomla30/index.php/articles/29-protocols-of-the-learned-elders-of-zion


Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion

When the Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion were first discovered, Freemasons and Zionist Jews everywhere screamed and complained that these 24 Protocols are a hoax, a forgery, even a blood taint against the Jews. But then came the brutal and barbaric Communist Bolshevik Revolution in Russia and its captive republics, led by covert Masonic Jews—Lenin, Trotsky, Kaganovich, and others. The cruel and sinister crimes of the crypto Jew revolutionaries seemed to have jumped off the pages of the Protocols. The Red Terror, with its torturous massacres of innocent people, its monstrous gulag concentration camps, and the setting up of a Jewish dictatorship, also followed the agenda of the Protocols as did the persecution everywhere of Christians and churches. The entire world witnessed horrors that were unquestionably a direct result of the heinous prescriptions laid out earlier in the Protocols. To this day, almost a century later, the sweep of history has proven the Protocols to be genuine, authentic, and a real-life rendering of the most tragic events that have bedeviled mankind. One nation after another has suffered, and now the Zionist psychopaths have targeted the United States and Western Europe. The Protocols continue to ring true and sound the alarm. If we close our eyes and ears and fail to heed this alarm, we will surely find ourselves in great peril. Our very survival depends on our unmasking the agenda set forth in the Protocols of the Zionist and Masonic elite for a Big Brother Police State and a New World Order.

https://www.amazon.com/Protocols-Learned-Elders-Victor-Marsden/dp/1930004567
The Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion Explained

Picture
 
Source: http://www.threeworldwars.com/protocols.htm
This is a very controversial document. The controversy in my mind is mute by the simple fact that the plan outlined in this book is what for the most part has been foisted on the people of the world by the shadow government that tries to control all.  So - for this reason alone it is important that people become familiar with the document and its why it is included in this unlearn - re-educate section!  I should also add - none of us engaged in what we do care for one group of people over another - or one race over another. We identify with one group - humanity! We regard all those that stand against humanity as those that need to be isolated and stuck on a little island away from the rest of peace loving humanity where they practice may  their insanity on one another while the rest of humanity gets on with building a just world in which freedom, independence, justice, love, truth and peace drive our endeavor!

The document known now as The Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zionis one of the most important documents ever to come to light in the world. It can be described as the blueprint for the domination of the world by a secret brotherhood.  In fact, the title of the second publication in 1922 was "World Conquest Through World Government".

It is graphic in its contempt for those who will be its victims, in its profound understanding of the human condition and mind; and it is equally graphic in detailing the methodology it will use against, and with the complicity of, the world's population, in such a way as to go unrecognized by the vast majority of the participants.
 
The Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion is a document which should be read by all.  No other single document provides us with such a clear understanding of why the world is gradually moving towards a One World Government, controlled by an irreproachable hidden hand. In The Protocols, we are given clear insights as to why so many incomprehensible political decisions are made in both local, national and international politics, which seem to continually work against the favor of the masses and in favor of the vested interests of the banking/industrial cartel -- the global power elite.

The average person normally reacts with outrage and horror today at the very suggestion that there may be a conspiracy as grand as The Protocols. But the average person has absolutely no information on which to base his or her opinion. The reaction to exposure of this ancient conspiracy is merely a pre-programmed Pavlovian reaction, created and instilled by the very perpetrators of the same ancient conspiracy. And today, very few will dare speak above a whisper of that all-encompassing oppression of mankind.

It is extremely rare today to find information about the ancient conspiracy, due to the mass censorship of the printed word, and the unwillingness of the general population to consider as a possibility something which they have been brought up since birth to see as outrageous and ridiculous. Each generation is born into a world of greater and greater censorship and illusion.

As you read further, please try to keep an open mind, and realize that your initial reaction has been conditioned over years of newspaper and television exposure.  What you're about to read will shock you.

History of the Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion In the interests of keeping this explanation brief, I have provided highlights only in the chequered and colorful history of The Protocols.  For a more detailed discussion, please refer to the book Waters Flowing Eastward by Mrs L. Fry.

In 1884 the daughter of a Russian general, Justine Glinka, was in Paris obtaining secret political information to be communicated back to Russia.  She employed a Jewish assistant, Joseph Schorst, a member of the Miz-raim Lodge in Paris. Schorst offered to obtain for her a document of great importance to Russia, on payment of 2,500 francs.

She forwarded the French original, accompanied by a Russian translation, to the Tsar in St Petersburg, but it was suppressed by those under obligation to wealthy Jews.  The Tsar never received it, and Glinka was eventually banished to her estate in Orel.

Glinka gave a copy to Alexis Sukhotin, who showed the document to two friends, Stepanov and Professor Sergius A. Nilus; the former had it printed and circulated privately in 1897; the second,  Nilus, published it for the first time in Russia in 1901, in a book entitled The Great Within the Small. At about the same time, a friend of Nilus, G. Butmi, brought a copy to England, where it was apparently deposited in the British Museum on August 10, 1906. [Ed: The British Museum deny ever having received a copy of the Protocols.]

Meantime, through Jewish members of the Russian police, minutes of the proceedings of the Basle congress in 1897 had been obtained and these were found to correspond with the Protocols.

In January 1917, Nilus prepared a second edition, revised and documented, for publication. But before it could be put on the market, the revolution of March 1917 had taken place, and Kerenskii, who had succeeded to power, ordered the whole edition of Nilus' book to be destroyed. In 1924, Prof. Nilus was arrested by the Cheka in Kiev, imprisoned, and tortured; he was told by the Jewish president of the court, that this treatment was meted out to him for "having done them incalculable harm in publishing the Protocols". Released for a few months, he was again led before the GPU (Cheka), this time in Moscow and confined. Set at liberty in February 1926, he died in exile in the district of Vladimir on January 13, 1929.

A few copies of Nilus's second edition were saved and sent to other countries where they were published: in Germany, by Gottfreid zum Beek (1919); in England, by The Britons (1920); in France, by Mgr. Jouin in La Revue Internationale des Societes Secretes, and by Urbain Gohier in La Vieille France; in the United States, by Small, Maynard & Co. (Boston 1920), and by The Beckwith Co. (New York 1921). Later, editions appeared in Italian, Russian, Arabic, and even in Japanese.

The Protocols gained widespread recognition upon their translation into English, in 1920. They soon became notorious. Esteemed newspapers such as The Times and The Morning Post (whose Moscow correspondent Victor E. Marsden was responsible in 1921 for the translation used in this document) covered the story in numerous articles, much to the chagrin of world Jewry, who immediately began the propaganda bandwagon rolling. They not only denied that the Protocols were a Jewish plot, but also that there was any plot whatsoever. The latter was quite clearly false to all educated men and women of the time. "Probably so much money and energy were never before in history expended on the effort to suppress a single document." The period of 1920 "marks the end of the time when the Jewish question could be impartially openly discussed in public." (Douglas Reed -- "The Controversy of Zion").

The Protocols of Zion - Fraud or Genuine? There have been many attempts to discount The Protocols as a fraud, and the fact remains that there is no documentary proof that the Protocols of the Elders of Zion are what they say they are. Allegations of forgery and fraud have dogged their public history. However, despite many opinions to the contrary, the documents have never been categorically proved to be fraudulent.  Besides, why would an anonymousdocument be forged?  See The Protocols - a Neocon Manifesto. (with thanks to an anonymous emailer, identified only as 'An American').

The fact also remains that since the apparent publication, world events have unfolded exactly according to their description - surely this should be proof enough that a plan such as the Protocols exists?

M. Henry Ford, in an interview published in the New York World, February 17, 1921, put the case for the Protocols tersely and convincingly thus:

"The only statement I care to make about the PROTOCOLS is that they fit in with what is going on. They are sixteen years old, and they have fitted the world situation up to this time. THEY FIT IT NOW."

We are gradually being mobilized into a New World Order. The One World Government is being facilitated by the gradual movement of nation states into larger power blocks such as the European Union and NAFTA etc. The United Nations has come into power as a global police force under the excuse of being a protector and benefactor of the world, exactly as outlined in the Protocols. The Jews have symbolically "returned to Palestine", as the State of Israel now exists as the official universal "homeland" of all Jews, despite the vast majority of Jews having no racial connection with Israel whatsoever.

It is my belief that rather than being the plan of Jewish leaders to control the world as many believe, this document is really the Grand Plan to create the One-World Government, Economy, and Satanic religion known as the New World Order.  The reason it was written as a thin veneer of a Jewish conspiracy to conquer the world for their Messiah, was so that the document would be thoroughly discredited, and forgotten.  Once the vast numbers of the peoples of the world had discredited the Protocols, the Grand Plan could be used quite freely as a blueprint on how to achieve global government, religion, and economy.

The Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion is the most blatantly Satanic document in world history! It systematically lists all the steps that are necessary to establish the New World Order and its ultimate leader. It is obvious that these plans for the establishment of the New World Order are so brilliantly conceived and written, they could only be the work of supernatural Guiding Spirits through Automatic Writing.

The Protocols are organized as follows:

    Blueprint for world domination;

    Advent of a Masonic Kingdom;

    A king of the blood of Sion, of the Dynastic roots of David;

    The King of the Jews will be the real Pope;

    The world ruler will be the patriarch of an international church.

(Hogan, Jean Baptiste, as quoted by Holy Blood, Holy Grail, p. 193.)

Let us now examine some pertinent quotes so you may become familiar with the type of plans The Protocols set forth, thus allowing you to more accurately understand why we believe so strongly that the Planned Third World War is almost upon us. Remember, The Protocols are at least 100 years old.

Using Terrorism To Keep Governments in Check >"In a word, to sum up our system of keeping the governments ... in check, we shall show our strength to one of them by terrorist attempts and to all, if we allow the possibility of a general rising against us, we shall respond with the guns of America, or China ..." [Protocol #7 -- World Wide Wars, Paragraph 6].

Is it any wonder that President Bush is now leading America in a global effort against "terrorism"?  Is it any wonder that Bush is threatening to "end the states" who sponsor and/or encourage terrorism?  A New Age author, Bill Cooper, stated the final plan to achieve global government another way.  He said:

"... the secret societies were planning as far back as 1917 to invent an artificial threat ... in order to bring humanity together in a one-world government which they call the New World Order." [Behold A Pale Horse]

Global Terrorism is obviously the "artificial threat" created to achieve the New World Order.  Expect to see more and more warnings and terrorist activities in America.

More Words From The Protocols on Terror "... The gentiles are a flock of sheep, and we are their wolves. And you know what happens when the wolves get hold of the flock?... There is another reason also why they will close their eyes: for we shall keep promising them to give back all the liberties we have taken away as soon as we have quelled the enemies of peace and tamed all parties ..... It is not worthwhile to say anything about how long a time they will be kept waiting for this return of their liberties ....."[Protocol #11 -- The Totalitarian State]

Make no mistake about where this War on Terrorism is leading us straight into Totalitarianism!  More terror:

"... while the peoples of the world are still stunned by the accomplished fact of the revolution, still in a condition of terror and uncertainty, they should recognize once for all that we are so strong, so inexpugnable, so super-abundantly filled with power, that in no case shall we take any account of them, and so, far from paying any attention to their opinions or wishes, we are ready and able to crush with irresistible power all expression or manifestation thereof at every moment and in every place, that we have seized at once everything we wanted... Then in fear and trembling they will close their eyes to everything, and be content to await what will be the end of it all." [Protocol #11 -- The Totalitarian State]

When Americans stared in sheer terror at the crumbling of the Twin Towers of the World Trade Center and the Pentagon on September 11, they began to close their eyes to everything except what our government and the Mass Media wanted them to believe.  Even now, in "fear and trembling, they will close their eyes to everything, and be content to await what will be the end of it all".  Just as the Guiding Spirits of The Protocols envisioned, Americans are closing their collective eyes, gladly trading liberties for "promised peace and safety".  Ben Franklin's words to this effect seem to ring today with unusual clarity:

"Those who would give up liberties in order to achieve safety deserve neither liberty nor safety".

Still More Words From the Protocols on Terror >"... we must create ferments, discords and hostility ... by our intrigues we shall tangle up all the threads which we have stretched into the cabinets of all States by means of the political, by economic treaties, or loan obligations. In order to succeed in this we must use great cunning and penetration during negotiations and agreements, but, as regards what is called the official language, we shall keep to the opposite tactics and assume the mask of honesty and complacency. In this way the peoples and governments of the gentiles, whom we have taught to look only at the outside whatever we present to their notice, will still continue to accept us as the benefactors and saviors of the human race."

Further, The Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion, tells us that the citizen will not be able to trust in anything the leaders are telling them!  Listen:  "The principal factor of success in the political is the secrecy of its undertakings: the word should not agree with the deeds of the diplomat."

We should not be too surprised when the actions of our government cannot be understood - their reasoning is intentionally kept secret from us.  

Turning Humanity Upside Down With Their Beautiful and Powerful Rhetoric! >"When we come into our kingdom, our orators will expound great problems which have turned humanity upside down in order to bring it, at the end, under our beneficent rule. Who will ever suspect, then, that all these peoples were stage-managed by us according to a political plan which no one has so much as guessed at in the course of many centuries?" [End of Protocol #13]

President Clinton, aided by Vice-President Al Gore, spent the entire eight years of his presidency expounding such great problems that have "turned humanity upside down".  Clinton-Gore propounded Environmental Issues such as Global Warming, Loss of Habitat, Species Extinction, and many other environmental concerns.  However, Bush-Ashcroft seized upon their role in the final push for world government -- Global Terrorism.  This mantra is continued under President Bush who asserts every day that Global Terrorism has "turned humanity upside down".

The majority of Americans have no idea they have been "stage-managed" according to a "political plan" which has been ongoing now for over two centuries!  The American Public Educational System has done its dirty job, of graduating citizens who cannot read or write enough to pay attention to what is going on.  Today's citizens are also not schooled in Critical Thinking Skills, and they do not know enough history to realize the trap into which Bush-Ashcroft are leading us!  On paper, President Bush has all the dictatorial powers Stalin ever possessed.  He simply has not chosen to activate these powers just yet.  When people begin getting knocks on their doors at midnight, with arrest orders signed by Homeland Security, they will too late know they have signed their own death warrant.  At that time, America's freedoms and Constitutional guarantees, will be abolished; and all by a Christian, Compassionate, Conservative Republican Administration who waxed hot and heavy rhetorically by saying that our war on Terrorism cannot be waged at the expense of our liberties!  How ironic!

Consider this excerpt about the powerful rhetoric that is supposed to accompany this rush toward dictatorship, in the guise of fighting terror.  " Moreover, the art of directing masses and individuals by means of cleverly manipulated theoryand verbiage, by regulations of life in common, and all sorts of other quirks, in which the [common people] understand nothing, belongs likewise to the specialists of our administrative brain." [Protocol #4]

The Power of a Cooperative Press -- The Mass Media "We must compel the governments of the goyim to take action in the direction favored by our widely conceived plan, by what we shall represent as public opinion, secretly prompted by us through the means of that so-called 'Great Power' -- the Press, which, with a few exceptions, is already entirely in our hands." [Protocol #7]

Every American needs to understand that the entire national press is controlled, and is simply giving you the "news" you are supposed to have.  Very soon, all alternative sources of news, including this website, will be shut down.  That time draws ever closer.

"In order to put public opinion into our hands we must bring it into a state of bewilderment by giving expression from all sides to so many contradictory opinions and for such length of time as will suffice to make the [average person] lose their heads in the labyrinth and come to see that the best thing is to have no opinion of any kind, in matters political." [Protocol #5]

Now, you know why the Sunday Morning TV programming is full of "Talking Heads" that so fill the airwaves with opinions on everything, so that the average person is completely bewildered as to what is the truth!  This type of TV programming was foreseen over 100 years ago in The Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion.

When you combine the power of Rhetoric, above, with the discussion of the Mass Media role, you can understand better the part of the plan coming up next:  

"The principal object of our directorate consists in this: to debilitate the public mind by criticism; to lead it away from serious reflections calculated to arouse resistance; to distract the forces of the mind towards a sham fight of empty eloquence. In all ages the peoples of the world, equally with individuals, have accepted words for deeds, for they are content with a show and rarely pause to note, in the public arena, whether promises are followed by performance. Therefore, we shall establish show institutions..." [Protocols #5; reiterated in Protocol #10]

This single paragraph tells us all we need to know about politicians of both parties, as they gradually guide us into the New World Order. They deliberately intend to "debilitate" our minds and to "distract" us through "sham" speeches of "empty eloquence". We certainly have seen and heard enough of this type of speaking to last us a lifetime! You can just put the name of any number of politicians on both sides of the aisle that fit this description. Talk, talk, and talk some more, is the motto of the consummate politician.

Today, the talk is all about Patriotism, blind patriotism.  Just as we did with Clinton, so are we doing with Bush today:  we are accepting "words for deeds" and "rarely pause to note in the public arena, whether promises are followed by performance".  The American people are sheep ready to sheer.

The Press was further supposed to fulfill a very basic need in this plan, the need for continual conflict in order to bring about the planned change.  Listen to this portion of The Protocols:

"In the hands of the States to-day there is a great force that creates the movement of thought in the people, and that is the Press. The part played by the Press is to keep pointing out requirements supposed to be indispensable ... and to create discontent." [Protocol #2]. The Press is supposed to keep us in turmoil, because the authors of the Protocol firmly believed that "Conflict Brings About Change, and Planned Conflict Brings About Planned Change" [Hegelian Doctrine, first espoused in 1823, by a Freemason giving Professor Hegel the concept]. Since we are moving, by Plan, toward the calculated change of government -- a global, dictatorial government historically unprecedented in power and repression -- then we need a lot of planned conflict fed us daily. Wars, rumors of wars, class conflict, and many more tidbits of Bad News floods our consciousness daily. This is the Plan.

Establishing a Dictatorship of "Magnificent Proportions" >"These laws will withdraw one by one all the indulgences and liberties which have been permitted... and our kingdom will be distinguished by a despotism of such magnificent proportions as to be at any moment and in every place in a position to wipe out any... who oppose us by deed or word." [Protocol #5 -- Despotism and Modern Progress]

What kind of "laws" is this portion of The Protocols foreseeing that will "withdraw one by one all the indulgences and liberties which have been permitted"?  The USA Patriot Act and its attendant pieces of attached legislation will prove to be the  final undoing of our liberties and Constitutional Guarantees.  Mark my word.

Did you catch the kind of dictatorship [despotism] that is planned for every nation?

"... a despotism of such magnificent proportions as to be at any moment and in every place in a position to wipe out any... who oppose us by deed or word."

Soon, the Bush Administration will be moving against their enemies, in the guise of fighting "Domestic Terrorism", and will be attempting to "wipe them out".  

On paper, President Bush has demanded, and already received, dictatorial powers. We started hearing of tortures at the hands of the FBI more than two years ago, ["FBI Considers Torture As Suspects Stay Silent", The Times, U.K., October 22, 2001], of detentions without charges, without lawyers, and without the specific names of people detained ["Everybody's Got Their Own Terrorist", by Al Martin.]

Even the CIA is getting into the act of spying on Americans domestically [The Christian Science Monitor, December 17, 2001, "CIA. expands its watchful eye to U.S."].

The FBI and CIA appear to be joining forces and combining resources to form an American equivalent to the Russian KGB,  a most fearsome force against the Russian people for over 70 years of Communist repression.  

Since this gradual tightening will parallel Hitler's model, here's an apt quote from a German dissident who was one of the last to be arrested.  He said:

"When they came for the Jews, I did not speak up, because I was not Jewish.  When they came for the Catholics, I did not speak up because I was not Catholic.  And, when they came for me, there was no one left to speak up."

Protocols Forgery Argument is Flawed, December 14th, 2003

Picture
 
Next to the Bible, The Protocols of the Elders of Zion is perhaps the mostly widely read book in the world.

Published in Russia in 1903, it purports to be the leaked master plan for "Jewish world domination." It is the kind of thing that would be studied at secret workshops of an occult society.

In different ways, both Zionists and Nazis have made it synonymous with virulent anti Semitism and genocide.

But surely Jews should not be blamed for the machinations of a tiny secret society. The vast majority of Jews would disavow this master plan if they believed it existed.

Surely one can condemn all racism and genocide in the strongest possible terms and still believe the Protocols are authentic.

In my opinion, the equation with anti Semitism is really a ploy to divert attention away from this master plan.

The plagiarism claim is part of a propaganda campaign waged by conscious and unconscious collaborators in academia and the media.

THE FORGERY CLAIM

We are told that The Protocols of Zion is a hoax, a "proven forgery" concocted by the Tsarist Political Police (the Okhrana) to incite anti Semitism and discredit revolutionaries.

But the "proof" is far from convincing.

It consists of three articles published in The London Times (August 16-18, 1921) by Philip Graves.

According to Graves, Protocols is a crude, chapter-by-chapter plagiarism of Maurice Joly's Dialogue in Hell Between Machiavelli and Montesquieu (1864).

It was easy to make this claim while Joly's book was unavailable. Napolean III's police confiscated it as soon as it was published.

But it is available now and I invite you to compare the two texts. In my opinion, they are entirely different in tone, content and purpose. At 140 pages, Dialogues is twice as long as Protocols. Most of it finds no echo in the Protocols.

The crux of Graves' argument is that certain references and passages in Protocols were lifted from Dialogues. He claims there are 50 of these and produces about a dozen.

Their striking resemblance to Protocols leaves little doubt that the author did refer to the Dialogues as part of his research. He had no compunction about borrowing or reshaping a few passages that struck his fancy.

Indeed Philip Graves is "struck by the absence of any effort on the part of the plagiarist to conceal his plagiarisms."

That's because he had nothing to hide.

He was not Graves' "unimportant precis- writer employed by the court or by the Okhrana" to construct a hoax.

He was a diabolical genius crafting an original work. It is simplistic and disingenuous to characterize Protocols as a hoax.

POLITICAL PROVENANCE

Graves' article smacks of a Zionist propaganda operation. Graves "expose" of Protocols appeared in August 1921 when Zionists were pressing the League of Nations to turn Palestine into a Jewish homeland under British Mandate.

Philip Grave tells the unlikely story that a "Mr. X" brought the Dialogues to him in Constantinople where he was the Times' correspondent. Mr. X presented it as "irrefutable proof" that the Protocols are a plagiarism.

Mr. X was a White Russian, which seems incredible given the Jewish role in the Bolshevik Revolution. He claims he bought the book from, get this, "a former member of the Okhrana" who had fled to Constantinople.

In The Controversy of Zion, (Chapter 34) Douglas Reed, a Times' staffer at the time, provides additional background.

In May 1920, Lord Northcliffe, a part owner of The Times, printed an article about the Protocols entitled "The Jewish Peril, A Disturbing Pamphlet, A Call for an Enquiry. " It concluded:

"An impartial investigation of these would-be documents and their history is most desirable...are we to dismiss the whole matter without inquiry and to let the influence of such a book as this work unchecked?"

Then in May 1922 Northcliffe visited Palestine and wrote that Britain had been too hasty to promise it to the Jewish people when in fact it belonged to 700,000 Muslim Arab residents.

Mr. Wickham Steed, the editor of The Times of London in 1921 refused to print the article and Northcliffe tried to get him fired.

Somehow Steed was able to have Northcliffe declared "insane" and committed. Later Northcliffe complained he was being poisoned and died suddenly in 1922.

Douglas Reed was Northcliffe's secretary but didn't learn of these events until they appeared in the Official History of the Times in the 1950's.

Clearly Northcliffe had offended some "big boys" when he opposed the British Mandate in Palestine. Why was it so important?

Israel is intended to be the capital of the Masonic World Government. They are already constructing the infrastructure. See "The Roots of Evil in Jerusalem."

THE FORGERY CLAIM IN MORE DETAIL

Philip Graves and the other apologists are incorrect to claim the Protocols plagiarize the Dialogues chapter by chapter.

Graves writes that "the Seventh Dialogue...corresponds with the fifth, sixth, seventh and part of the eighth Protocol. "

At eight pages, these Protocols are twice as long as the Seventh Dialogue.

They mostly contain material not in the Seventh Dialogue, or anywhere else. I will list a few examples from Protocol Fivealone.

Protocol Five says "our kingdom will be distinguished by a despotism of such magnificent proportions" that it will "wipe out any goyim who oppose us by deed or word."

In contrast Seventh Dialogue says, "Death, expropriation and torture should only play a minor role in the internal politics of modern states."

Protocols Five says we "robbed [the goyim] of their faith in God" and "insinuated into their minds the conception of their own rights" thereby undermining the authority of Kings. There is nothing comparable in Dialogue Seven.

Protocol Five says, "we shall so wear down the goyim that they will be compelled to offer us international power [allowing us] gradually to absorb all State forces of the world and to form a Super-Government." There is nothing comparable in Dialogue Seven.

Protocol Five says the "engine" of all states is "in our hands" and that engine is "Gold." "We were chosen by God Himself to rule over the whole earth." There is nothing comparable in Dialogue Seven.

ON THE OTHER HAND

The author of Protocols does select a few passages or references from Dialogues that appear unaltered (see Graves) or in different form.

For example, the Dialogues' say: " Everywhere might precedes right. Political liberty is merely a relative idea. The need to live is what dominates states as it does individuals."

In Protocols this becomes, "From the law of nature right lies in might. Political freedom is an idea but not a fact, and one must know how to use it [political freedom] as a bait whenever it appears necessary to attract the masses ... to one's party for the purpose of crushing another who is in authority." (Protocols 1)

Graves leaves out the last part to make the resemblance seem greater than it is.

Dialogues (7) say, "Revolutionary ferment which is suppressed in one's own country should be incited throughout Europe."

In Protocols (7) "Throughout all Europe ... we must create ferments, discords, hostilities." There is no reference to suppressing these in one's own country.

The author of Protocols is not a forger creating a hoax, but a conspirator forging an original work.

SAME GENRE, DIFFERENT CONCEPTIONS

Both books belong to the "immoral school" of political theory. Machiavelli pays homage to a long list of rulers "who are progenitors of my doctrine." Both preach might makes right, "good" comes from evil, and the end justifies the means.

But the similarity ends there. The tone of the Dialogues is dry and theoretical. It is a debate between fictional political theorists: Montesquieu a champion of democracy and Machiavelli, a champion of tyranny. Dialogues is considered a critique of the reign of Napolean III.

Montesquieu asks how to quell the spirit of anarchy in society. Machiavelli prescribes a "monster called the state" which maintains a democratic artifice but is actually controlled by the "Prince." He talks about how to suppress secret societies.

On the other hand, the tone of Protocols is frankly conspiratorial and subversive and pays homage to Lucifer. Protocolsis a "strategic plan from which we cannot deviate without running the risk of seeing the labour of many centuries come to naught." (Protocol 1)

We are struck by a sense of relevance when reading Protocols. We immediately recognize its baneful influence in today's world. See "Did Rothschild Write The Protocols of Zion?" "Protocols is the NWO Blueprint" and "Protocols Dominates Our Culture" .

PROPAGANDA

Since Graves' articles, there have been a few books arguing the "forgery" thesis. The latest is Norman Cohn, Warrant for Genocide (1970).

Graves and Cohn admit that "the Financial Programme" (Protocols 20-24) which the author calls "the crowning and decisive point of our plans" is largely original.

For serious researchers, Australian researcher Peter Myers presents pro and con views.

Goebbels said that propaganda is effective only when the reader doesn't realize it is propaganda. It follows that dupes write the best propaganda. For example, see Rick Salutin, Protocols of Zion's Critics.

CONCLUSION

One hundred million people were slaughtered in the last century but no one considers the possibility that the human race might have been subverted.

War is hell but no one thinks Satan worshipers might be behind it.

I suspect the Second World War was a battle for racial superiority between Jewish and Aryan wings of the Illuminati who in fact are united at the top.

The private central bankers of England, the U.S. and Nazi Germany made the war possible. They worked as one at the Bank of International Settlements in Switzerland. (See Charles Higham, Trading With the Enemy.)

The purpose of the war was to degrade, defraud and demoralize humanity. The Holocaust provided a rationale for the establishment of Israel as headquarters of the New World Order. Aryans, Jews and many others were sacrificed and exploited.

In my opinion, the outlawing of Protocols on pain of death in Bolshevik Russia and its execration in the West today proves its authenticity.

Mankind is in the grip of a diabolical conspiracy. In order to make good people do bad things, truth must be tailored to fit the political purpose. This is Communist and feminist teaching.

I would like to be proven wrong, but in the case of Protocols, the "forgery" argument is propaganda.

- See more at: http://www.savethemales.ca/000298.html#sthash.D2AgOTJY.dpuf
The Protocols of Zion Updated February 15, 2004

Picture
 
The Protocols of Zion Updated February 15, 2004
By Henry Makow Ph.D.

In 1976, the plan for "Jewish world domination" outlined in The Protocols of the Elders of Zion had been largely realized. Harold Wallace Rosenthal, 29, a personal assistant to New York Senator Jacob Javits felt that Jewish power was so unassailable that he could make some extra cash by telling this story to Walter White Jr., the editor of the Conservative monthly Western Front.

"Too many Jews do not have the guts to tell you how we live and plan, but I am not intimated by anything or anyone," Rosenthal told White.

"It is too late for your Christian followers to put up a defence. That time is long past. Long, long ago we had to become the aggressors! That is undoubtedly one of our great purposes in life. We are aggressors!"

This shocking 17-page interview, which contradicts the Jewish image as victims, has been online for some time. It ranks with the revelations of Benjamin Freedman, and C.G. Rakovsky as a description of the real forces directing the world.

Rosenthal needed gambling money but his candor cost him his life. On Aug. 12, 1976, he was killed in a foiled skyjacking in Istanbul. Walter White concluded that the incident was a cover for Rosenthal's murder.

A commemorative Rosenthal "Fellowship in International Relations" discreetly furthers the work he indiscreetly exposed. Oddly, there is no picture of Rosenthal on their web site.

The interview is virulently anti Semitic in the sense that both men characterize this conspiracy as "Jewish" and make many nasty racist generalizations. In fact, "the Jews" are really the Rothschilds and a few hundred banking families and their non-Jewish allies united by intermarriage and occult beliefs. The vast majority of Jews like other people are unaware of this plot and would oppose it if they were. Jews are as much its unwitting dupes and victims as anyone else.

The Rothschilds set up the Illuminati in 1776 to subvert the Christian basis of Western Civilization. They took over much of Freemasonry and used it to infiltrate all social institutions. Mouthing words like "freedom," "equality" and "progress," they are bent on melding family, race, religion, and nation into a malleable mush. Their world police state, now called "globalization," lies behind the facade of "The Patriot Act" and "The War on Terror."

Rosenthal says, "Most Jews do not like to admit it, but our god is Lucifer...and we are his chosen people. Lucifer is very much alive."

This statement applies to modern culture as a whole. We do not like to admit that our "secular" society is based on a cosmic rebellion against God. Its true satanic character is becoming more evident every day.


INSIGHTS

Rosenthal says the "Jews" have built an earthly empire partly by rejecting Christ's vision of a spiritual kingdom based on brotherly love. Jewish bankers plan to govern the world from Jerusalem according to their own interests.

He says the Jewish religion is essentially a disguise for a racial imperative. "We can live among other people and states [by] persuading them that the Jews are not a distinct people but the representatives of a religious faith..."

"Jewish" power was created through control of the monetary system.

"Through our national bank, the Federal Reserve, we extend book credit which we create from nothing to all local banks ...[Thus] we bring industry, management and labour into our debt...and pit management against labour so they will never unite and attack us and usher in a debt-free industrial utopia."

Through control of banking, the "Jews" acquired a total monopoly of "the movie industry, the radio networks and the newly developing television media...we took over the publication of all school materials... Even your music! We censor the songs released for publication long before they reach the publishers...we will have complete control of your thinking."

He boasts that they even implanted a "guilt complex" over the Holocaust and anti Semitism that prevents society from addressing the problem.

"We Jews have put issue upon issue to the American people. Then we promote both sides of the issue as confusion reigns. With their eyes fixed on the issues, they fail to see who is behind every scene. We Jews toy with the American public as a cat toys with a mouse."

Rosenthal avers that society can only escape this death clutch by violent action not education.

"History has been written in blood, not with ink. No letter, editorial or book has ever rallied the people or stopped tyranny. We understand this principle and are forever propagandizing the people to write letters to the President, to Congress...Woe be unto us if they ever see the futility of it, lay down the pen and employ the sword."

But Rosenthal is not worried. Alluding to the promotion of feminism and homosexuality, he says:

"We have castrated society through fear and intimidation. Its manhood exists only in combination with a feminine outward appearance. Being so neutered, the populace has become docile and easily ruled. As all geldings...their thoughts are not involved with the concerns of the future and their posterity, but only with the present and with the next meal."

Rosenthal talks about how a "Jewish" invisible government also controls the USSR, and how the UN is "nothing but a trap door to the Red World's immense concentration camp." He says this invisible power is responsible for the wars and revolutions of the last 200 years.

At times the interview seems almost too damning, and we wonder if it is authentic. Why would someone who says he aspires to national prominence allow such an interview to be taped? Couldn't he be blackmailed? He makes many unflattering and untrue generalizations about Jews, which also seems implausible. At times he veers widely from arrogance to insecurity. At one point, he says Jews have made plans to pack up and flee.

Ultimately you will make up your own mind. I believe the contradictions are due to self-hatred and a subconscious desire for expiation. The interview contains many insights only an insider could have, for eg. the references to Lucifer, religion/race and violent change. They are consistent with my information.

The tone of racial arrogance also rings true. Rosenthal expresses incredulity at the spinelessness and gullibility of the American people. He says a Jew remains a Jew whether he converts to another religion or not. I doubt if a Christian Conservative like Walter White would pull off the kind of stunt he condemns "the Jews" for doing.


CONCLUSION

Walter White seems to think the "Jews" are the "ringleaders" of the Luciferianism cabal known as "Mystery Babylon." Certainly the Rothschilds are central players but the cast is large and includes many others.

By presenting this information, I am trying to inspire Jews and non-Jews alike to remove the media blindfold and recognize that Luciferians have hijacked humanity and modern culture largely is a fraud designed to disguise this fact.

True culture is based on religion, i.e. a collective commitment to spiritual ideals such as absolute justice, love, beauty and truth. "God is a Spirit and we worship him in Spirit and in Truth," Christ said. (John 4:24)

We are living in the twilight of Christian culture. We have no genuine ideals to take its place. The elite's Orwellian doublespeak (selectively applied "freedom", "tolerance," "diversity," "human rights" and "equality") is manipulation and mind control.

Jews will have to disown organized Jewry, which is controlled by the bankers. Fifty per cent of American Jews do not identify with Judaism in any way. The number that converted to another religion more than doubled since 1990 and now represents 25% of the total.

However most Jews, like non-Jews, are "secular humanists" which is Luciferianism in disguise. Humanism is the notion that man can build a utopia based on "reason." In practice, humanism is a front for the Illuminist bankers and their allies.

Reason cannot be divorced from morality. Remember I am the inventor of Scruples. "You find a wallet containing $3000. By the address you can tell the owner is wealthy. Your family is hungry. Do you keep the money?" That would bereasonable.

Humanism holds that man is already divine and therefore free to indulge his appetites and reject God's Plan. This is what the humanist means when he preaches "freedom."

In fact humanity is still very much a work in progress. We were put on earth to embody God's Plan, (i.e. spiritual ideals.) God did not give us freedom so we could fail.

- See more at: http://www.savethemales.ca/000334.html#sthash.I8pjIpp3.dpuf
- See more at: http://www.dissidentvoice.org/Articles7/Jones_Protocols-Neocons.htm
Reply | Threaded
Open this post in threaded view
|

Re: Researchers site with compelling information

Gavilan
http://www.internallydisplacedpeople.org/joomla30/index.php/articles/28-jesuit-extreme-oath-of-induction


Jesuit Extreme Oath of Induction
Jesuit Extreme Oath of Induction

The following is the Jesuit Extreme Oath of Induction given to high ranking Jesuits only. This oath is taken from the book Subterranean Rome by Carlos Didier, translated from the French, and published in New York in 1843.

"When a Jesuit of the minor rank is to be elevated to command, he is conducted into the Chapel of the Convent of the Order, where there are only three others present, the principal or Superior standing in front of the altar. On either side stands a monk, one of whom holds a banner of yellow and white, which are the Papal colors, and the other a black banner with a dagger and red cross above a skull and crossbones, with the word INRI, and below them the words IUSTUM, NECAR, REGES, IMPIOUS. The meaning of which is: It is just to exterminate or annihilate impious or heretical Kings, Governments, or Rulers. Upon the floor is a red cross at which the postulant or candidate kneels. The Superior hands him a small black crucifix, which he takes in his left hand and presses to his heart, and the Superior at the same time presents to him a dagger, which he grasps by the blade and holds the point against his heart, the Superior still holding it by the hilt, and thus addresses the postulant:"

Superior:

My son, heretofore you have been taught to act the dissembler: among Roman Catholics to be a Roman Catholic, and to be a spy even among your own brethren; to believe no man, to trust no man. Among the Reformers, to be a reformer; among the Huguenots, to be a Huguenot; among the Calvinists, to be a Calvinist; among other Protestants, generally to be a Protestant, and obtaining their confidence, to seek even to preach from their pulpits, and to denounce with all the vehemence in your nature our Holy Religion and the Pope; and even to descend so low as to become a Jew among Jews, that you might be enabled to gather together all information for the benefit of your Order as a faithful soldier of the Pope.

You have been taught to insidiously plant the seeds of jealousy and hatred between communities, provinces, states that were at peace, and incite them to deeds of blood, involving them in war with each other, and to create revolutions and civil wars in countries that were independent and prosperous, cultivating the arts and the sciences and enjoying the blessings of peace. To take sides with the combatants and to act secretly with your brother Jesuit, who might be engaged on the other side, but openly opposed to that with which you might be connected, only that the Church might be the gainer in the end, in the conditions fixed in the treaties for peace and that the end justifies the means.

You have been taught your duty as a spy, to gather all statistics, facts and information in your power from every source; to ingratiate yourself into the confidence of the family circle of Protestants and heretics of every class and character, as well as that of the merchant, the banker, the lawyer, among the schools and universities, in parliaments and legislatures, and the judiciaries and councils of state, and to be all things to all men, for the Pope's sake, whose servants we are unto death.

You have received all your instructions heretofore as a novice, a neophyte, and have served as co-adjurer, confessor and priest, but you have not yet been invested with all that is necessary to command in the Army of Loyola in the service of the Pope. You must serve the proper time as the instrument and executioner as directed by your superiors; for none can command here who has not consecrated his labors with the blood of the heretic; for "without the shedding of blood no man can be saved." Therefore, to fit yourself for your work and make your own salvation sure, you will, in addition to your former oath of obedience to your order and allegiance to the Pope, repeat after me---

The Extreme Oath of the Jesuits:

"1, _ now, in the presence of Almighty God, the Blessed Virgin Mary, the blessed Michael the Archangel, the blessed St. John the Baptist, the holy Apostles St. Peter and St. Paul and all the saints and sacred hosts of heaven, and to you, my ghostly father, the Superior General of the Society of Jesus, founded by St. Ignatius Loyola in the Pontificate of Paul the Third, and continued to the present, do by the womb of the virgin, the matrix of God, and the rod of Jesus Christ, declare and swear, that his holiness the Pope is Christ's Vice-regent and is the true and only head of the Catholic or Universal Church throughout the earth; and that by virtue of the keys of binding and loosing, given to his Holiness by my Savior, Jesus Christ, he hath power to depose heretical kings, princes, states, commonwealths and governments, all being illegal without his sacred confirmation and that they may safely be destroyed. Therefore, to the utmost of my power I shall and will defend this doctrine of his Holiness' right and custom against all usurpers of the heretical or Protestant authority whatever, especially the Lutheran of Germany, Holland, Denmark, Sweden, Norway, and the now pretended authority and churches of England and Scotland, and branches of the same now established in Ireland and on the Continent of America and elsewhere; and all adherents in regard that they be usurped and heretical, opposing the sacred Mother Church of Rome. I do now renounce and disown any allegiance as due to any heretical king, prince or state named Protestants or Liberals, or obedience to any of the laws, magistrates or officers.

I do further declare that the doctrine of the churches of England and Scotland, of the Calvinists, Huguenots and others of the name Protestants or Liberals to be damnable and they themselves damned who will not forsake the same.

I do further declare, that I will help, assist, and advise all or any of his Holiness' agents in any place wherever I shall be, in Switzerland, Germany, Holland, Denmark, Sweden, Norway, England, Ireland or America, or in any other Kingdom or territory I shall come to, and do my uttermost to extirpate the heretical Protestants or Liberals' doctrines and to destroy all their pretended powers, regal or otherwise.

I do further promise and declare, that notwithstanding I am dispensed with, to assume my religion heretical, for the propaganda of the Mother Church's interest, to keep secret and private all her agents' counsels from time to time, as they may entrust me and not to divulge, directly or indirectly, by word, writing or circumstance whatever; but to execute all that shall be proposed, given in charge or discovered unto me, by you, my ghostly father, or any of this sacred covenant.

I do further promise and declare, that I will have no opinion or will of my own, or any mental reservation whatever, even as a corpse or cadaver (perinde ac cadaver), but will unhesitatingly obey each and every command that I may receive from my superiors in the Militia of the Pope and of Jesus Christ.

That I may go to any part of the world withersoever I may be sent, to the frozen regions of the North, the burning sands of the desert of Africa, or the jungles of India, to the centers of civilization of Europe, or to the wild haunts of the barbarous savages of America, without murmuring or repining, and will be submissive in all things whatsoever communicated to me.

I furthermore promise and declare that I will, when opportunity present, make and wage relentless war, secretly or openly, against all heretics, Protestants and Liberals, as I am directed to do, to extirpate and exterminate them from the face of the whole earth; and that I will spare neither age, sex or condition; and that I will hang, waste, boil, flay, strangle and bury alive these infamous heretics, rip up the stomachs and wombs of their women and crush their infants' heads against the walls, in order to annihilate forever their execrable race. That when the same cannot be done openly, I will secretly use the poisoned cup, the strangulating cord, the steel of the poniard or the leaden bullet, regardless of the honor, rank, dignity, or authority of the person or persons, whatever may be their condition in life, either public or private, as I at any time may be directed so to do by any agent of the Pope or Superior of the Brotherhood of the Holy Faith, of the Society of Jesus.

In confirmation of which, I hereby dedicate my life, my soul and all my corporal powers, and with this dagger which I now receive, I will subscribe my name written in my own blood, in testimony thereof; and should I prove false or weaken in my determination, may my brethren and fellow soldiers of the Militia of the Pope cut off my hands and my feet, and my throat from ear to ear, my belly opened and sulphur burned therein, with all the punishment that can be inflicted upon me on earth and my soul be tortured by demons in an eternal hell forever!

All of which, I, _, do swear by the Blessed Trinity and blessed Sacraments, which I am now to receive, to perform and on my part to keep inviolable; and do call all the heavenly and glorious host of heaven to witness the blessed Sacrament of the Eucharist, and witness the same further with my name written and with the point of this dagger dipped in my own blood and sealed in the face of this holy covenant."

(He receives the wafer from the Superior and writes his name with the point of his dagger dipped in his own blood taken from over his heart.)

Superior:

"You will now rise to your feet and I will instruct you in the Catechism necessary to make yourself known to any member of the Society of Jesus belonging to this rank.

In the first place, you, as a Brother Jesuit, will with another mutually make the ordinary sign of the cross as any ordinary Roman Catholic would; then one cross his wrists, the palms of his hands open, and the other in answer crosses his feet, one above the other; the first points with forefinger of the right hand to the center of the palm of the left, the other with the forefinger of the left hand points to the center of the palm of the right; the first then with his right hand makes a circle around his head, touching it; the other then with the forefinger of his left hand touches the left side of his body just below his heart; the first then with his right hand draws it across the throat of the other, and the latter then with a dagger down the stomach and abdomen of the first. The first then says Iustum; and the other answers Necar; the first Reges. The other answers Impious." (The meaning of which has already been explained.) "The first will then present a small piece of paper folded in a peculiar manner, four times, which the other will cut longitudinally and on opening the name Jesu will be found written upon the head and arms of a cross three times. You will then give and receive with him the following questions and answers:

Question —From whither do you come? Answer — The Holy faith.

Q. —Whom do you serve?

A. —The Holy Father at Rome, the Pope, and the Roman Catholic Church Universal throughout the world.

Q. —Who commands you?

A. —The Successor of St. Ignatius Loyola, the founder of the Society of Jesus or the Soldiers of Jesus Christ.

Q. —Who received you? A. —A venerable man in white hair.

Q. —How?

A. —With a naked dagger, I kneeling upon the cross beneath the banners of the Pope and of our sacred order.

Q. —Did you take an oath?

A. —I did, to destroy heretics and their governments and rulers, and to spare neither age, sex nor condition. To be as a corpse without any opinion or will of my own, but to implicitly obey my Superiors in all things without hesitation of murmuring.

Q. —Will you do that? A. —I will.

Q. —How do you travel? A. —In the bark of Peter the fisherman.

Q. —Whither do you travel? A. —To the four quarters of the globe. Q. —For what purpose?

A. —To obey the orders of my general and Superiors and execute the will of the Pope and faithfully fulfill the conditions of my oaths.

Q. —Go ye, then, into all the world and take possession of all lands in the name of the Pope. He who will not accept him as the Vicar of Jesus and his Vice-regent on earth, let him be accursed and exterminated."

Editor's Notes

Alberto Ribera taking the Jesuit oath.

Alberto Ribera taking the Jesuit oath.
         

This oath is taken from the book Subterranean Rome by Carlos Didier, translated from the French and published in New York in 1843. Dr. Alberto Rivera escaped from the Jesuit Order in 1967, and he describes his Jesuit oath in exactly the same way as it appears in this book. Semper idem: always the same.

The Jesuit Oath of Induction is also recorded in the Congressional Record of the U.S. (House Bill 1523, Contested election case of Eugene C. Bonniwell, against Thos. S. Butler, Feb. 15, 1913, pp. 3215-3216).
Reply | Threaded
Open this post in threaded view
|

Re: Researchers site with compelling information

Gavilan
http://www.internallydisplacedpeople.org/joomla30/index.php/articles/27-documents-of-colonization-the-requerimiento-1513


Documents of Colonization: The Requerimiento, 1513
To understand who is behind the plot to enslave humanity, your must read the acts of the enslavers:
Documents of Colonization: The Requerimiento, 1513

This document was written by Palacios Rubios in 1513. The Requirement or the requerimiento required Aboriginal people who heard it to surrender their lands and freedom to Spain, or face war and slavery.  As it came to be used, the mere reading of the document — in Spanish, sometimes to sleeping villages, often out of earshot of the intended hearers — was intended and supposed to exonerate the invading conquistadors for any harm done to their victims in the course of attacking them.

Requerimiento (1513)

On the part of the King, Don Fernando, and of Doña Juana, his daughter, Queen of Castille and León, subduers of the barbarous nations, we their servants notify and make known to you, as best we can, that the Lord our God, Living and Eternal, created the Heaven and the Earth, and one man and one woman, of whom you and we, all the men of the world, were and are descendants, and all those who came after us.

But, on account of the multitude which has sprung from this man and woman in the five thousand years since the world was created, it was necessary that some men should go one way and some another, and that they should be divided into many kingdoms and provinces, for in one alone they could not be sustained.

Of all these nations God our Lord gave charge to one man, called St. Peter, that he should be Lord and Superior of all the men in the world, that all should obey him, and that he should be the head of the whole human race, wherever men should live, and under whatever law, sect, or belief they should be; and he gave him the world for his kingdom and jurisdiction.

And he commanded him to place his seat in Rome, as the spot most fitting to rule the world from; but also he permitted him to have his seat in any other part of the world, and to judge and govern all Christians, Moors, Jews, Gentiles, and all other sects.

This man was called Pope, as if to say, Admirable Great Father and Governor of men.

The men who lived in that time obeyed that St. Peter, and took him for Lord, King, and Superior of the universe; so also they have regarded the others who after him have been elected to the pontificate, and so has it been continued even till now, and will continue till the end of the world.

One of these Pontiffs, who succeeded that St. Peter as Lord of the world, in the dignity and seat which I have before mentioned, made donation of these isles and Tierra-firme to the aforesaid King and Queen and to their successors, our lords, with all that there are in these territories, as is contained in certain writings which passed upon the subject as aforesaid, which you can see if you wish.

So their Highnesses are kings and lords of these islands and land of Tierra-firme by virtue of this donation: and some islands, and indeed almost all those to whom this has been notified, have received and served their Highnesses, as lords and kings, in the way that subjects ought to do, with good will, without any resistance, immediately, without delay, when they were informed of the aforesaid facts.

And also they received and obeyed the priests whom their Highnesses sent to preach to them and to teach them our Holy Faith; and all these, of their own free will, without any reward or condition, have become Christians, and are so, and their Highnesses have joyfully and benignantly received them, and also have commanded them to be treated as their subjects and vassals; and you too are held and obliged to do the same.

Wherefore, as best we can, we ask and require you that you consider what we have said to you, and that you take the time that shall be necessary to understand and deliberate upon it, and that you acknowledge the Church as the Ruler and Superior of the whole world, and the high priest called Pope, and in his name the King and Queen Doña Juana our lords, in his place, as superiors and lords and kings of these islands and this Tierra-firme by virtue of the said donation, and that you consent and give place that these religious fathers should declare and preach to you the aforesaid.

If you do so, you will do well, and that which you are obliged to do to their Highnesses, and we in their name shall receive you in all love and charity, and shall leave you, your wives, and your children, and your lands, free without servitude, that you may do with them and with yourselves freely that which you like and think best, and they shall not compel you to turn Christians, unless you yourselves, when informed of the truth, should wish to be converted to our Holy Catholic Faith, as almost all the inhabitants of the rest of the islands have done.

And, besides this, their Highnesses award you many privileges and exemptions and will grant you many benefits.

But, if you do not do this, and maliciously make delay in it, I certify to you that, with the help of God, we shall powerfully enter into your country, and shall make war against you in all ways and manners that we can, and shall subject you to the yoke and obedience of the Church and of their Highnesses; we shall take you and your wives and your children, and shall make slaves of them, and as such shall sell and dispose of them as their Highnesses may command; and we shall take away your goods, and shall do you all the mischief and damage that we can, as to vassals who do not obey, and refuse to receive their lord, and resist and contradict him; and we protest that the deaths and losses which shall accrue from this are your fault, and not that of their Highnesses, or ours, nor of these cavaliers who come with us.

And that we have said this to you and made this Requisition, we request the notary here present to give us his testimony in writing, and we ask the rest who are present that they should be witnesses of this Requisition.

———

Cited at

http://www.utexas.edu/courses/wilson/contact_2007/requerimiento.html.
Reply | Threaded
Open this post in threaded view
|

Re: Researchers site with compelling information

Gavilan
http://www.internallydisplacedpeople.org/joomla30/index.php/articles/23-further-proof-of-martial-law-in-the-united-states


Further Proof of Martial Law in the United States

Further proof that martial law remained in effect after the Civil War can be found in the "Congressional Globe" (now called the "Congressional Record"). The following are excerpts from the April 20th through 29th, 1870 "Congressional Globe" concerning H.R. 1328 which established the Department of Justice to CONTINUE TO CARRY OUT MARTIAL LAW nearly five years after the end of the Civil War:

"The following bureaus shall be established in this department [the Department of Justice]:

a Bureau of International Law,

a Bureau of Revenue Law,

a Bureau of Military and Naval Law,

a Bureau of Postal Law, a Bureau of Land Management Law.

"Congressman Lawrence then said in the record:

“This Bill, however, does transfer to the Law Department, or the Department of Justice as it is now called, the cognizance of all subjects of martial law, and the cognizance of all subjects of military and naval law, except that portion of the administration of military justice which relates to military court martial, their proceedings, and the supervision of records.

”If a question of martial law is to be determined by the law officers of government, it will now belong to the Attorney General, or to this Department of Justice. It will not belong to the Judge Advocate General of the Army. He will not be called upon for any opinion relating to martial law or military law except as to that portion of the administration of military law which relates to military justice.

"In other words, the Judge Advocate General, instead of giving legal opinions to the Secretary of War relating to the status of the states of the union, their right to call upon the government for military protection, or military aid, and other grave Constitutional questions, will be limited. The Judge Advocate General will perform duties administrative in their character and almost exclusively so.

"But I will state to the House why, in my judgment, no transfer of the Judge Advocate General or of his duties to the Department of Justice has been proposed in this Bill. If this had been done, the Bill would have encountered the opposition of some of the officers of the Bureau of Military Justice and their friends, and so great is the power of men in office, so difficult is it to abolish an office, that we were compelled in the consideration of this subject to leave officers in this Bureau untouched in their official tenure in order that this Bill might get through Congress.

"But so far as the Solicitor and Naval Judge Advocate General is concerned, he is transferred with all his supervisory power over naval court partials and the records and proceedings of such courts, so that to that extent, this Bill accomplishes the great purpose which it has in view of bringing into one department the whole legal service of the government. It is misfortunate that there should be different constructions of the laws of the United States by different law officers of the United States."

WHAT IS THIS ALL ABOUT: These traitors knew they would have encountered opposition from the military with the provisions of H.R. 1328, so they decided to leave the military officers untouched during their tenure, and transfer them to supervisory positions over court partials. This appeased the military leaders, who didn't have the foggiest idea as to what was really going on.

Had the traitors fleeced the military of all their powers during their tenure in office, the military would have realized and possibly taken some military action. But as nothing was happening at the hen house, they slept through this entire situation which resulted in an overthrow of the Constitution -- an overthrow under which government pretended to operate in 1933, and under which it continues to pretend to operate today.

The traitors were now faced with a very serious problem, namely, what to do with the powers of the Office of the Judge Advocate General when their tenure in office expired. And they solved this dilemma by adding the following amendments, detailed in that same "Congressional Globe":

Congressman Jenks: I move to amend Section 3 by inserting the word "naval" before the words "Judge Advocate General". The amendment was agreed to and later Congressman Finkelburg stated:

I would suggest the propriety of amending the third section of this Bill by inserting after the words "the Naval Solicitor and Naval Judge Advocate General" the words "who shall hereafter be known as Naval Solicitor".

Mr. Jenks: I have no objection to that amendment. This amendment was also agreed to, and the Office of the Judge Advocate General became known as the Naval Solicitor.

Thus, when the existing tenure was over, the new office would have a different set of rules and regulations so that the Bill accomplished the great purpose which it had in view of bringing into one department the whole legal service of the government without the power of the Office of the Judge Advocate General getting in their way. This was a necessary step to bring the President into the position of dictator over America.

But they had one other problem facing them, namely, DIRECT ACCESS to the Treasury for the Department of Justice without interference. They accomplished this by the following three sections of the Bill:

"...The Eighth Section provides that the Attorney General is hereby empowered to make all necessary rules and regulations for the government....

"...The Eleventh Section provides that all monies hereafter drawn out of the Treasury upon requisition of the Attorney General shall be dispersed by such one of the clerks herein provided for the Attorney General as he may designate, and so much of the First Section of the Act, making appropriations, past March 3rd, 1859, as provides that money drawn out of the Treasury upon requisition of the Attorney General shall be dispersed by such dispersing officer as the Secretary of the Treasury is hereby repealed...."

"...The Fifteenth Section provides that the supervisory powers now exercised by the Secretary of the Interior over the accounts of the district attorneys, marshals, clerks, and other officers of the courts of the United States, shall be exercised by the Attorney General....

" It is important here to remember that under the Trading with the Enemy Act, the District Courts of the United States are: "

"...hereby given jurisdiction to make and enter all such rules as to notice and otherwise and all such orders and decrees and to issue such process as may be necessary and proper in the premises to enforce the provisions of this Act."

It is here that we find out that the district attorneys, marshals, clerks and other officers of the courts are under the Department of Justice.

That seems an obvious statement, given the state of the nation today. But the REAL PROBLEM -- given the broad scope of powers granted the District Courts under the Trading with the Enemy Act -- is that the Department of Justice is *NOT* a part of the Judicial Branch of Government!

According to Section 101 of Title 5 of the United States Code, the Department of State, the Department of Treasury, the Department of Defense, the DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE, the Department of the Interior, the Department of Agriculture, the Department of Commerce, the Department of Health, Education and Welfare, the Department of Housing and Urban Development, the Department of Transportation, the Department of Energy, the Department of Education, and the Department of the Veteran Affairs are *ALL* under the Executive Branch of Government. All of the above departments are under the Executive Branch--which raises quite a few questions about the balance of powers between the Executive, Judicial, and Legislative branches of government.

How can this be? There is no balance of power under a declared state of emergency. And we've been living under a declared state of emergency ever since the Civil War began, and have been living under a declared state of martial law ever since the Reconstruction Act.

This overthrow of the Constitution occurred long before the War Powers Act, and if we are going back in history to find our roots of legality -- and if we stop our search when we reach the War Powers Act -- we are NOT going to succeed in this venture.

Where is the separation of powers if the Department of Justice is under the Executive branch? Shouldn't it be part of the Judiciary?

The answer, of course, is yes; but it's not. Again, just check Section 101 of Title 5 of the United States Code. There is no Judiciary!

If only Congress has the power to regulate Commerce, under Article 1, Section 8, of the Constitution, why are the Department of Commerce and the Department of Transportation under the Executive branch and not under the Legislative branch? And if only the Congress has the power to coin money, according to the Constitution, why is the Department of Treasury under the Executive branch?

The Commerce Department (from Title 5): "...part of the Executive branch of federal government, headed by a Cabinet member, the Secretary of Commerce, which is concerned with promoting domestic and international business and commerce."

To further illustrate the take-over by the Executive branch of government via martial law rule, the following offices, bureaus, divisions, and organizations are under the Department of Justice. And remember, the Department of Justice is under the Executive branch -- NOT under the judicial branch.

The Office of Solicitor General

The Federal Bureau of Investigation

The Drug Enforcement Agency

The Bureau of Prisons Immigration and Naturalization

United States Marshal Service

Office of Justice Program

United States Parole Commission

United States National Central Bureau

The Office of the Pardon Attorney

Executive Office of the United States Attorney

Criminal Division Civil Division Anti-Trust Division

Civil Rights Division Tax Division

Environmental and Natural Resource Division

Community Relations Services

Foreign Claim Settlement Division

Executive Office of United States Trustees

Executive Office for Immigration Review

Justice Management Division Office of Legal Counsel

Office of Policy Development

Office of Legislative Affairs

Office of Public Affairs

Office of Liaison Services

Office of Intelligence and Policy Review

Office of International Affairs

Office of the Inspector General

Office of Professional Responsibility; and Interpol

-- (Note: Interpol is a private corporation, yet it comes under (in this country) the Executive branch of government.)

In my opinion: if the matter of the repeal of the Reconstruction Act and the old H.R. 1328 are not addressed, we will remain in a state of declared martial law. But few people do any research anymore, and even fewer read the results of research done by others.

Yes, we are already, and have been all our lives, living under declared martial law. The source of this law is from 1875.

‰ÛÔCITE‰ÛÔ 2 USC Sec. 118

‰ÛÔEXPCITE‰ÛÔ TITLE 2 CHAPTER 4

‰ÛÔHEAD‰ÛÔ Sec. 118.

Actions against officers for official acts

‰ÛÔSTATUTE‰ÛÔ

In any action brought against any person for or on account of anything done by him while an officer of either House of Congress in the discharge of his official duty, in executing any order of such House, the United States attorney for the district within which the action is brought, on being thereto requested by the officer sued, shall enter an appearance in behalf of such officer; and all provisions of the eighth section of the Act of July 28, 1866, entitled 'An Act to protect the revenue, and for other purposes', and also all provisions of the sections of former Acts therein referred to, so far as the same relate to the removal of suits, the withholding of executions, and the paying of judgments against revenue or other officers of the United States, shall become applicable to such action and to all proceedings and matters whatsoever connected therewith, and the defense of such action shall thenceforth be conducted under the supervision and direction of the Attorney General.

‰ÛÔSOURCE‰ÛÔ

(Mar. 3, 1875, ch. 130, Sec. 8, 18 Stat. 401; June 25, 1948, ch. 646, Sec. 1, 62 Stat. 909.)

‰ÛÔREFTEXT‰ÛÔ

REFERENCES IN TEXT The provisions of section 8 of act July 28, 1866, ch. 298, 14 Stat. 329, referred to in text, were contained generally in R.S.Sec. 643, which was incorporated in the former Judicial Code, Sec. 33, and was repealed by act June 25, 1948, ch. 646, Sec. 39, 62 Stat. 992. See sections 1442, 1446, and 1447 of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure. Other provisions referred to were contained in R.S. Sec. 771, 989, which were also repealed by act June 25, 1948. See sections 509, 547, and 2006, respectively, of Title 28.

‰ÛÔCHANGE‰ÛÔ

CHANGE OF NAME Act June 25, 1948, eff. Sept. 1, 1948, substituted 'United States attorney' for 'district attorney'. See section 541 of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure.

‰ÛÔCROSS‰ÛÔ

FEDERAL RULES OF CIVIL PROCEDURE Judgment against certain public officers, satisfaction of, see Rule 69, Title 28, Appendix, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure.

‰ÛÔSECREF‰ÛÔ

SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS This section is referred to in section 118a of this title.

‰ÛÔEND‰ÛÔ

Statutes Relating to Commissions, Appointments, etc. Sections in this file relate to required commissions, oaths, etc., for officers and employees of United States government and the government of the District of Columbia.

All sections have been pasted directly from the 1996 CD-ROM edition of the United States Code produced and distributed by the Government Printing Office. Notes in Italics that follow the sections list regulations for each section listed in the Parallel Table of Authorities and Rules. It is significant that the Seal of the United States is no longer affixed to commissions of judicial officers appointed by the President with advice and consent of the Senate; commissions are filed with the Department of Justice under the D.O.J. seal, which is an executive seal.

This is suggestive that there are no longer any Article III [constitutional] judges in the United States. - CITE- 4 USC Sec. 41 01/16/96 HERE’S

THER REAL KICKER - THIS IS WHAT ENSLAVES US AS 14th AMENDMENT CITIZENS

The Insurrection Act (enacted in 1807) delegates authority to the President to federalize and deploy the National Guard domestically during an insurrection or civil disturbance (10 U.S.C. Sections 331-335).

Section 331 authorizes the President to use federal military forces to suppress an insurrection at the request of a state government.

Section 332 authorizes the President to use armed forces in such manner as he deems necessary to enforce the laws or suppress a rebellion.

Section 333 authorizes the President to use federal military forces to protect individuals from unlawful actions that obstruct the execution of federal laws or which impede the course of justice under federal laws.

Section 333 was enacted to implement the Fourteenth Amendment and does not require the request or consent of the governor of the affected state.

[NOTE BY EDITOR - Corrupted section being investigated;  The current DC UNITED STATES is a product of the Act of 1871 exposed on this site. It had NO LAWFULL RIGHT to claim any prior instruments of the organic government for it has no chain of title to the original fourt organic acts that founded this nation.  It is merely operating "as if" it were the national government.

The thing about fraud is it vitiates everything. A reminder about fraud:

 

FRAUD CITES

    Marbury v. Madison, 5 US 137: “The Constitution of these United States is the supreme law of the land. Any law that is repugnant to the Constitution is null and void of law.”
    Murdock v. Penn., 319 US 105: “No state shall convert a liberty into a privilege, license it, and attach a fee to it.”
    Shuttlesworth v. Birmingham, 373 US 262: “If the state converts a liberty into a privilege, the citizen can engage in the right with impunity.”
    U.S. v. Bishop, 412 US 346: If you have relied on prior decisions of the supreme Court, you have the perfect defense for willfulness.
    Owen v. Independence, 100 S.C.T. 1398, 445 US 622: “Officers of the court have no immunity, when violating a Constitutional right, from liability. For they are deemed to know the law.”
    Scheuer v. Rhodes, 416 U.S. 232, 1974: Expounds upon Owen Byers v. U.S., 273 U.S. 28 Unlawful search and seizure. Your rights must be interpreted in favor of the citizen.
    Boyd v. U.S., 116 U.S. 616: “The court is to protect against any encroachment of Constitutionally secured liberties.”
    Miranda v. Arizona, 384 U.S. 436: “Where rights secured by the Constitution are involved, there can be no rule making or legislation, which would abrogate them.”
    Norton v. Shelby County, 118 U.S. 425: “An unconstitutional act is not law; it confers no rights; it imposes no duties; affords no protection; it creates no office; it is in legal contemplation, as inoperative as though it had never been passed.”
    Miller v. U.S., 230 F.2d. 486, 489: “The claim and exercise of a Constitutional right cannot be converted into a crime.”
    Brady v. U.S., 397 U.S. 742, 748: “Waivers of Constitutional Rights, not only must they be voluntary, they must be knowingly intelligent acts done with sufficient awareness.” “If men, through fear, fraud, or mistake, should in terms renounce or give up any natural right, the eternal law of reason and the grand end of society would absolutely vacate such renunciation. The right to freedom being a gift of ALMIGHTY GOD, it is not in the power of man to alienate this gift and voluntarily become a slave.” —Samuel Adams, 1772
    United States v. Sandford, Fed. Case No.16, 221 (C.Ct.D.C. 1806): “In the early days of our Republic, ‘prosecutor’ was simply anyone who voluntarily went before the grand Jury with a complaint.”
    Cooper v. Aaron, 358 U.S. 1, 78 S.Ct. 1401 (1958): “No state legislator or executive or judicial officer can war against the Constitution without violating his undertaking to support it.”
    “A bill of attainder is defined to be ‘a legislative Act which inflects punishment without judicial trial’”
    “...where the legislative body exercises the office of judge, and assumes judicial magistracy, and pronounces on the guilt of a party without any of the forms or safeguards of a trial, and fixes the punishment.” In re De Giacomo, (1874) 12 Blatchf. (U.S.): 391, 7 Fed. Cas No. 3,747, citing Cummings v. Missouri, (1866) 4 Wall, (U.S.) 323. US v. Will, 449 US 200,216, 101 S Ct, 471, 66 L.Ed2nd 392, 406 (1980)
    Cohens v. Virginia, 19 US (6 Wheat) 264, 404, 5 L.Ed 257 (1821): “When a judge acts where he or she does not have jurisdiction to act, the judge is engaged in an act or acts of treason.”
    Mattox v. U.S., 156 US 237, 243: “We are bound to interpret the Constitution in the light of the law as it existed at the time it was adopted.”
    S. Carolina v. U.S., 199 U.S. 437, 448 (1905): “The Constitution is a written instrument. As such, its meaning does not alter. That which it meant when it was adopted, it means now.”
    United States v. Cruikshank, 92 U.S. 542 (1876): “The people of the United States resident within any State are subject to two governments: one State, and the other National, but there need be no conflict between the two.”
    Grosjean v. American Press Co., 56 S.Ct. 444, 446, 297 U.S. 233, 80 L.Ed 660: “Freedom in enjoyment and use of all of one’s powers, faculties and property.”
    ARGERSINGER v. HAMLIN, 407 U.S. 25 (1972): “The right of an indigent defendant in a criminal trial to the assistance of counsel, which is guaranteed by the Sixth Amendment… is not governed by the classification of the offense or by whether or not a jury trial is required. No accused may be deprived of his liberty as the result of any criminal prosecution, whether felony or misdemeanor, in which he was denied the assistance of counsel.”
    U.S. v. Prudden, 424 F.2d. 1021; U.S. v. Tweel, 550 F. 2d. 297, 299, 300 (1977): Silence can only be equated with fraud when there is a legal and moral duty to speak or when an inquiry left unanswered would be intentionally misleading. We cannot condone this shocking conduct... If that is the case we hope our message is clear. This sort of deception will not be tolerated and if this is routine it should be corrected immediately.
    Morrison v. Coddington, 662 P. 2d. 155, 135 Ariz. 480 (1983): Fraud and deceit may arise from silence where there is a duty to speak the truth, as well as from speaking an untruth. In regard to courts of record: “If the court is not in the exercise of its general jurisdiction, but of some special statutory jurisdiction, it is as to such proceeding an inferior court, and not aided by presumption in favor of jurisdiction.”
    1 Smith's Leading Cases, 816: In regard to courts of inferior jurisdiction, “if the record does not show upon its face the facts necessary to give jurisdiction, they will be presumed not to have existed.”

Norman v. Zieber, 3 Or at 202-03: It is interesting to note the repeated references to fraud in the above quotes. Therefore the meaning of fraud should be noted: Fraud. An intentional perversion of truth for the purpose of inducing another in reliance upon it to part with some valuable thing belonging to him or to surrender a legal right. A false representation of a matter of fact… which deceives and is intended to deceive another so that he shall act upon it to his legal injury. … It consists of some deceitful practice or willful device, resorted to with intent to deprive another of his right, or in some manner to do him injury… (Emphasis added) –Black’s Law Dictionary Fifth Edition, page 594. Then take into account the case of McNally v. U.S., 483 U.S. 350, 371-372, Quoting U.S. v Holzer, 816 F.2d. 304, 307 Fraud in its elementary common law sense of deceit… includes the deliberate concealment of material information in a setting of fiduciary obligation. A public official is a fiduciary toward the public,… and if he deliberately conceals material information from them he is guilty of fraud.
Reply | Threaded
Open this post in threaded view
|

Re: Researchers site with compelling information

Gavilan
http://www.internallydisplacedpeople.org/joomla30/index.php/articles/22-republic-vs-democracy


REPUBLIC vs. DEMOCRACY
With thanks to Bill Thornton, information compiled and presented at 1215.org
REPUBLIC vs. DEMOCRACY


    I pledge allegiance to the flag of the United States of America,
    and to the Republic for which it stands,
    one Nation under God, indivisible, with liberty and justice for all."

    SUMMARY
    In the Pledge of Allegiance we all pledge allegiance to our Republic, not to a democracy. "Republic" is the proper description of our government, not "democracy." I invite you to join me in raising public awareness regarding that distinction.

    A republic and a democracy are identical in every aspect except one. In a republic the sovereignty is in each individual person. In a democracy the sovereignty is in the group.

    Republic. That form of government in which the powers of sovereignty are vested in the people and are exercised by the people, either directly, or through representatives chosen by the people, to whome those powers are specially delegated. [NOTE: The word "people" may be either plural or singular. In a republic the group only has advisory powers; the sovereign individual is free to reject the majority group-think. USA/exception: if 100% of a jury convicts, then the individual loses sovereignty and is subject to group-think as in a democracy.]

    Democracy. That form of government in which the sovereign power resides in and is exercised by the whole body of free citizens directly or indirectly through a system of representation, as distinguished from a monarchy, aristocracy, or oligarchy. [NOTE: In a pure democracy, 51% beats 49%. In other words, the minority has no rights. The minority only has those privileges granted by the dictatorship of the majority.]


    The distinction between our Republic and a democracy is not an idle one. It has great legal significance.

    The Constitution guarantees to every state a Republican form of government (Art. 4, Sec. 4). No state may join the United States unless it is a Republic. Our Republic is one dedicated to "liberty and justice for all." Minority individual rights are the priority. The people have natural rights instead of civil rights. The people are protected by the Bill of Rights from the majority. One vote in a jury can stop all of the majority from depriving any one of the people of his rights; this would not be so if the United States were a democracy. (see People's rights vs Citizens' rights)

    In a pure democracy 51 beats 49[%]. In a democracy there is no such thing as a significant minority: there are no minority rights except civil rights (privileges) granted by a condescending majority. Only five of the U.S. Constitution's first ten amendments apply to Citizens of the United States. Simply stated, a democracy is a dictatorship of the majority. Socrates was executed by a democracy: though he harmed no one, the majority found him intolerable.

     
    SOME DICTIONARY DEFINITIONS

    Government. ....the government is but an agency of the state, distinguished as it must be in accurate thought from its scheme and machinery of government. ....In a colloquial sense, the United States or its representatives, considered as the prosecutor in a criminal action; as in the phrase, "the government objects to the witness." [Black's Law Dictionary, Fifth Edition, p. 625]

    Government; Republican government. One in which the powers of sovereignty are vested in the people and are exercised by the people, either directly, or through representatives chosen by the people, to whome those powers are specially delegated. In re Duncan, 139 U.S. 449, 11 S.Ct. 573, 35 L.Ed. 219; Minor v. Happersett, 88 U.S. (21 Wall.) 162, 22 L.Ed. 627. [Black's Law Dictionary, Fifth Edition, p. 626]

    Democracy. That form of government in which the sovereign power resides in and is exercised by the whole body of free citizens directly or indirectly through a system of representation, as distinguished from a monarchy, aristocracy, or oligarchy. Black's Law Dictionary, Fifth Edition, pp. 388-389.

    Note: Black's Law Dictionary, Fifth Edition, can be found in any law library and most law offices.

     
    EXAMPLE

    Democratic Form of Government: An environmental organization proposes a bill for the ballot that every individual should reduce his water household usage by 25%. To assure that this goal is met, the government, or private sector, will monitor every individual's household water consumption rate. If an individual does not meet the goal, his first offense is $500 fine. Second offense is $750 fine and 30 days community service. Third offense is $1,500 fine and 30 days imprisonment. Fourth offense is $1,750 fine and 90 days imprisonment. Fifth offense is a felony (1-year imprisonment) and $2,000 fine.

    The people argue this environmental issue back and forth. They argue the pros and cons of the issue. This great debate is held at town hall meetings. Strong opinions are on both sides of the matter. One side preaches, "It is for the common good!" The other side rebuttals, "This is control and not freedom, and lost of choice!" Election day occurs. The people go to the ballot box to settle the problem. The majority won by a vote of 51% whereas the minority lost with a vote of 49%. The minority is ignored. The majority celebrates while the minority jeers in disappointment. Since the majority won, the bill goes in effect. As a result of the majority winning, every individual must reduce his household water usage by 25%. For the reason that the majority has mandatory powers in a democracy. Those who wish to go against the collective (whole body politic) will be punished accordingly. The minority has neither voice nor rights to refuse to accept the dictatorial majority. Everything is mandatory in a democracy. This brings dictatorship and lividity to the realm.

    Republican Form of Government: An environmental organization proposes a bill for the ballot that every individual should reduce his water household usage by 25%. To assure that this goal is met, the government, or private sector, will monitor every individual's household water consumption rate. If an individual does not meet the goal, his first offense is $500 fine. Second offense is $750 fine and 30 days community service. Third offense is $1,500 fine and 30 days imprisonment. Fourth offense is $1,750 fine and 90 days imprisonment. Fifth offense is a felony (1-year imprisonment) and $2,000 fine.

    The people argue this environmental issue back and forth. They argue the pros and cons of the issue. This great debate is held at town hall meetings. Strong opinions are on both sides of the matter. One side preaches, "It is for the common good!" The other side rebuttals, "This is control and not freedom, and lost of choice!" Election day occurs. The people go to the ballot box to settle the problem. The majority won by a vote of 51% whereas the minority lost with a vote of 49%. The minority may have lost, but not all is gone. The majority celebrates while the minority jeers in disappointment. Since the majority won, the bill goes in effect. As a result of the majority winning, it is advisory that every individual reduce his household water usage by 25%. For the reason that the majority has advisory powers in a republic. Bearing in mind that each individual is equally sovereign in a republic, he is free to reject the majority. He may choose to follow the majority and subject himself to the rule, or he may choose not to follow the majority and not subject himself to the rule. The minority has a voice and rights to refuse to accept the majority. Everything is advisory in a republic. This brings liberty and peace to the realm.

    COMMENTS

    Notice that in a Democracy, the sovereignty is in the whole body of the free citizens. The sovereignty is not divided to smaller units such as individual citizens. To solve a problem, only the whole body politic is authorized to act. Also, being citizens, individuals have duties and obligations to the government. The government's only obligations to the citizens are those legislatively pre-defined for it by the whole body politic.

    In a Republic, the sovereignty resides in the people themselves, whether one or many. In a Republic, one may act on his own or through his representatives as he chooses to solve a problem. Further, the people have no obligation to the government; instead, the government being hired by the people, is obliged to its owner, the people.

    The people own the government agencies. The government agencies own the citizens. In the United States we have a three-tiered cast system consisting of people ---> government agencies ---> and citizens.

    The people did "ordain and establish this Constitution," not for themselves, but "for the United States of America." In delegating powers to the government agencies the people gave up none of their own. (See Preamble of U.S. Constitution). This adoption of this concept is why the U.S. has been called the "Great Experiment in self government." The People govern themselves, while their agents (government agencies) perform tasks listed in the Preamble for the benefit of the People. The experiment is to answer the question, "Can self-governing people coexist and prevail over government agencies that have no authority over the People?"

    The citizens of the United States are totally subject to the laws of the United States (See 14th Amendment of U.S. Constitution). NOTE: U.S. citizenship did not exist until July 28, 1868.

    Actually, the United States is a mixture of the two systems of government (Republican under Common Law, and democratic under statutory law). The People enjoy their God-given natural rights in the Republic. In a democracy, the Citizens enjoy only government granted privileges (also known as civil rights).

    There was a great political division between two major philosophers, Hobbes and Locke. Hobbes was on the side of government. He believed that sovereignty was vested in the state. Locke was on the side of the People. He believed that the fountain of sovereignty was the People of the state. Statists prefer Hobbes. Populists choose Locke. In California, the Government Code sides with Locke. Sections 11120 and 54950 both say, "The people of this State do not yield their sovereignty to the agencies which serve them." The preambles of the U.S. and California Constitutions also affirm the choice of Locke by the People.

    It is my hope that the U.S. will always remain a Republic, because I value individual freedom.

    Thomas Jefferson said that liberty and ignorance cannot coexist.* Will you help to preserve minority rights by fulfilling the promise in the Pledge of Allegiance to support the Republic? Will you help by raising public awareness of the difference between the Republic and a democracy?

     
    * "If a nation expects to be ignorant and free, in a state of civilization,
    it expects what never was and never will be."
    Thomas Jefferson, 1816.

Many of you have seen the reprint of this document. If you have, it's worth reading again. If you have not, it is worth reading, studying, and reciting to your friends, family, and neighbors. It is copied from Training Manual No. 2000-25 that was published by the then War Department, Washington, D.C., November 30, 1928.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Official Definition of DEMOCRACY

NOTE

Here are four (4) facsimile section reproductions taken from a 156 page book officially compiled and issued by the U.S. War Department, November 30,1928, setting forth exact and truthful definitions of a Democracy and of a Republic, explaining the difference between both. These definitions were published by the authority of the United States Government and must be accepted as authentic in any court of proper jurisdiction. These precise and scholarly definitions of a Democracy and a Republic were carefully considered as a proper guide for U.S. soldiers and U.S. citizens by the Chief of Staff of the United States Army. Such definition stake precedence over any "definition" that may be found in the present commercial dictionaries which have suffered periodical "modification" to please "the powers in office. Shortly after the "bank holiday" in the thirties, hush-hush orders from the White House suddenly demanded that all copies of this book be withdrawn from the Government Printing Office and the Army posts, to be suppressed and destroyed without explanation. This was the beginning of the complete red control of the Government from within, not from without.

-------------------

Prepared under the direction of the Chief of Staff.

 

 
CITIZENSHIP


This manual supersedes Manual of Citizenship Training The use of the publication "The Constitution of the United States," by Harry Atwood, is by permission and courtesy of the author.

 

CITIZENSHIP Democracy:

A government of the masses. Authority derived through mass meeting or any other form of "direct" expression. Results in mobocracy. Attitude toward property is communistic--negating property rights. Attitude toward law is that the will of the majority shall regulate, whether is be based upon deliberation or governed by passion, prejudice, and impulse, without restraint or regard to consequences. Results in demogogism, license, agitation, discontent, anarchy

CITIZENSHIP Republic:

Authority is derived through the election by the people of public officials best fitted to represent them. Attitude toward law is the administration of justice in accord with fixed principles and established evidence, with a strict regard to consequences. A greater number of citizens and extent of territory may be brought within its compass. Avoids the dangerous extreme of either tyranny or mobocracy. Results in statesmanship, liberty, reason, justice, contentment, and progress. Is the "standard form" of government throughout the world. A republic is a form of government under a constitution which provides for the election of

(1) an executive and (2) a legislative body, who working together in a representative capacity, have all the power of appointment, all power of legislation, all power to raise revenue and appropriate expenditures, and are required to create (3) a judiciary to pass upon the justice and legality of their government acts and to recognize (4) certain inherent individual rights.

Take away any one or more of those four elements and you are drifting into autocracy. Add one or more to those four elements and you are drifting into democracy.

Atwood. Superior to all others.--Autocracy declares the divine right of kings; its authority can not be questioned; its powers are arbitrarily or unjustly administered. Democracy is the "direct" rule of the people and has been repeatedly tried without success. Our Constitutional fathers, familiar with the strength and weakness of both autocracy and democracy, with fixed principles definitely in mind, defined a representative republican form of government. They "made a very marked distinction between a republic and a democracy * * * and said repeatedly and emphatically that they had founded a republic."

 

"By order of the Secretary of War: C.P. Summerall, Major General, Chief of Staff. Official: Lutz Wahl, Major General, The Adjutant General.

 

WHY DEMOCRACIES FAIL

A Democracy cannot exist as a permanent form of Government. It can only exist until the voters discover they can vote themselves largess out of the public treasury. From that moment on the majority always votes for the candidate promising the most benefits from the public treasury with the result that Democracy always collapses over a loose fiscal policy, always to be followed by a Dictatorship.(Written by Professor Alexander Fraser Tytler, nearly two centuries ago while our thirteen original states were still colonies of Great Britain. At the time he was writing of the decline and fall of the Athenian Republic over two thousand years before.

 

"Did I say "republic?" By God, yes, I said "republic!" Long live the glorious republic of the United States of America. Damn democracy. It is a fraudulent term used, often by ignorant persons but no less often by intellectual fakers, to describe an infamous mixture of socialism, miscegenation, graft, confiscation of property and denial of personal rights to individuals whose virtuous principles make them offensive."

Westbrook Pegler: New York Journal American, January 25th and 26th, 1951, under the titles- Upholds Republic of U.S. Against Phony Democracy, Democracy in the U.S. Branded Meaningless

Order original from:

Americans For Constitutional Government
P.O. Box 7012
Watchung, N.J. 07060
(201) 753-7347

"This idea that government was beholden to the people, that it had no other source of power is still the newest, most unique idea in all the long history of man's relation to man. This is the issue of this election: Whether we believe in our capacity for self-government or whether we abandon the American Revolution and confess that a little intellectual elite in a far-distant capital can plan our lives for us better than we can plan them ourselves."

Ronald Reagan's Speech at the 1964 National Convention: A Time for Choosing
Reply | Threaded
Open this post in threaded view
|

Re: Researchers site with compelling information

Gavilan
http://www.internallydisplacedpeople.org/joomla30/index.php/articles/21-secret-treaty-of-verona


SECRET TREATY OF VERONA

CONGRESSIONAL RECORD - SENATE. 64th CONGRESS, 1st SESSION VOLUME 53, PART 7 Page 6781 25 April 1916

I wish to put in the RECORD the secret treaty of Verona of November 22, 1822, showing what this ancient conflict is between the rule of the few and the rule of the many.

I wish to call the attention of the Senate to this treaty because it is the threat of this treaty which was the basis of the Monroe doctrine. It throws a powerful white light upon the conflict between monarchial government and government by the people. The Holy Alliance under the influence of Metternich, the Premier of Austria, in 1822, issued this remarkable secret document :

[American Diplomatic Code, 1778 - 1884, vol. 2 ; Elliott, p. 179.]

I ask to have printed in the CONGRESSIONAL RECORD this secret treaty, because I think it ought to be called now to the attention of the people of the United States and of the world. This evidence of the conflict between the rule of the few verses popular government should be emphasized on the minds of the people of the United States, that the conflict now waging throughout the world may be more clearly understood, for after all said the great pending war springs from the weakness and frailty of government by the few, where human error is far more probable than the error of the many where aggressive war is only permitted upon the authorizing vote of those whose lives are jeopardized in the trenches of modern war.

Mr. SHAFROTH, Mr. President, I should like to have the senator state whether in that treaty there was not a coalition formed between the powerful countries of Europe to re-establish the sovereignty of Spain in the Republics of South and Central America?

Senator Owen: "I was just going to comment upon that, and I am going to take but a few moments to do so because I realize the pressure of other matters. This Holy Alliance, having put a Bourdon prince upon the throne of France by force, then used France to suppress the condition of Spain, immediately afterwards, and by this very treaty gave her a subsidy of 20,000,000 francs annually to enable her to wage war upon the people of Spain and prevent their exercise of any measure of the right of self-government.

The Holy Alliance immediately did not same thing in Italy, by sending Austrian troops to Italy, where the people there attempted to exercise a like measure of liberal constitutional self-government; and it was not until the printing press, which the Holy Alliance so stoutly opposed, taught the people of Europe the value of liberty that finally one country after another seized a greater and greater right of self-government, until now it may be fairly said that nearly all the nations of Europe have a very large measure of self-government. However, I wish to call the attention of the Senate to this important history in the growth of constitutional popular self-government.

The Holy Alliance made its powers felt by the wholesale drastic suppression of the press in Europe, by universal censorship, by killing free speech and all ideas of popular rights, and by the complete suppression of popular government."

"The Holy Alliance having destroyed popular government in Spain, and Italy, had well-laid plains also to destroy popular government in the American Colonies which had revolted from Spain and Portugal in Central and South America under the influence of the successful example of the United States."

"It was because of this conspiracy against the American Republics by the European monarchies that the great English statesman, Canning, called the attention of our government to it, and our statesmen then, including Thomas Jefferson, who was still living at that time, took an active part to bring about the declaration by President Monroe in his next annual message to the Congress of the United States that the United States would regard it as an act of hostility to the government of the United States and an unfriendly act, if this coalition, or if any power of Europe ever undertook to establish upon the American continent any control of any American republic, or to acquire any territorial rights."

"This is the so-called Monroe Doctrine. The threat under the secret treaty of Verona to suppress popular government in the American republics is the basis of the Monroe Doctrine. This secret treaty sets fourth clearly the conflict between monarchial government and popular government, and the government of the few as against the government on the many.

It is a part, in reality, of developing popular sovereignty when we demand for women equal rights to life, to liberty, to the possession of property, to an equal voice in the making of the laws and the administration of the laws. This demand on the part of the women is made by men, and it ought to be made by men as well as by thinking, progressive women, as it will promote human liberty and human happiness. I sympathize with it, and I hope that all parties will in the national conventions give their approval to this larger measure of liberty to the better half of the human race".

(Senator Owen, Congressional Record 1916)
 

SECRET TREATY OF VERONA

The undersigned, specially authorized to make some additions to the treaty of the Holy Alliance, after having exchanged their respective credentials, have agreed as follows :

ARTICLE 1.

The high contracting powers being convinced that the system of representative govern- ment is egually as incompatible with the monarchial principles as the maxim of the sovereignty of the people with the high devine right, engage mutually in the most solemn manner, to use all their efforts to put an end to the system of representative governments, in whatever country it may exhist in Europe, and to prevent its being introduced in those countries where it is not yet known.

ART. 2. As it can not be doubted that the liberty of the press is the most powerful means used by the pretended supporters of the rights of nations to the detrement of those princes, the high contracting parties promise reciprocally to adopt all proper measures to suppress it, not only in their own states but also in the rest of Europe.

ART. 3. Convinced that the principles of religion contribute most powerfully to keep nations in the state of passive obedience which they owe to their princes, the high contracting parties declare it to be their intention to sustain in their respective States those measures which the clergy may adopt, with the aim of ameliorating their own interests, so intimately connected with the preservation of the authority of the princes ; and the contracting powers join in offering their thanks to the Pope for what he has already done for them, and solicit his constant cooperation in their views of submitting the nations.

ART. 4. The situation of Spain and Portugal unite unhappily all the circumstances to which this treaty has particular reference. The high contracting parties, in confiding to France the care of putting an end to them, engaged to assist her in the manner which may the least compromit them with their own people and the people of France by means of a subsidy on the part of the two empires of 20,000,000 of francs every year from the date of the signature of this treaty to the end of the war.'

ART. 5. In order to establish in the Peninsula the order of things which exhisted before the revolution of Cadiz, and to insure the entire execution of the articles of the present treaty, the high contracting parties give to each other the reciprocal assurance that as long as their views are not fulfilled, rejecting all other ideas of utility or other measure to be taken, they will address themselves with the shortest possible delay to all the authorities exhisting in their States and to all their agents in foreign countries, with the view to establish connections tending toward the accomplishment of the objects proposed by this treaty.

ART. 6. This treaty shall be renewed with such changes as new circumstances may give occasion for, either at a new congress or at the court of one of the contracting parties, as soon as the war with Spain shall be terminated.

ART. 7. The present treaty shall be ratified and the ratifications exchanged at Paris within the space of six months.

Made at Verona the 22d November, 1822.

For Austria :-----------------------------------------------------

METTERNICH. For France :------------------------------------------------

CHATEAUBRIAND. For Prussia :---------------------------------------------------------

BERNSTET. For Russia :------------------------------------------------------

NESSELRODE.

I ask to have printed in the CONGRESSIONAL RECORD this secret treaty, because I think it ought to be called now to the attention of the people of the United States and of the world.

This evidence of the conflict between the rule of the few verses popular government should be emphasized on the minds of the people of the United States, that the conflict now waging throughout the world may be more clearly understood, for after all said the great pending war springs from the weakness and frailty of government by the few, where human error is far more probable than the error of the many where aggressive war is only permitted upon the authorizing vote of those whose lives are jeopardized in the trenches of modern war. Mr. SHAFROTH. Mr. President, I should like to have the senator state whether in that treaty there was not a coalition formed between the powerful countries of Europe to reestablish the sovereignty of Spain in the Republics of South and Central America?

Mr. OWEN. I was just going to comment upon that, and I am going to take but a few moments to do so because I realize the preasure of other matters. This Holy Alliance, having put a Bourbon prince upon the throne of France by force, then used France to suppress the constitution of Spain immediately afterwards, and by this very treaty gave her a subsidy of 20,000,000 francs annually to enable her to wage war upon the people of Spain and to prevent their exercise of any measure of the right of self-government. The Holy Alliance immediately did the same thing in Italy, by sending Austrian troops to Italy, where the people there attempted to exercise a like measure of liberal constitutional self-government ; and it was not until the printing press, which the Holy Alliance so stoutly opposed, taught the people of Europe the value of liberty that finally one country after another seized a greater and greater right of self government, until now it may be fairly said that nearly all the nations of Europe have a very large measure of self government. However, I wish to call the attention of the Senate and the country to this important history in the growth of constitutional popular self-government. The Holy Alliance made its powers felt by the wholesale drastic suppression of the press in Europe, by universal censorship, by killing free speech and all ideas of popular rights, and by the complete suppression of popular government.

The Holy Alliance having destroyed popular government in Spain and in Italy, had well-laid plans also to destroy popular government in the American colonies which had revolted from Spain and Portugal in Central and South America under the influence of the successful example of the United States. It was because of this conspiracy against the American Republics by the Europian monarchies that the great English statesman, Canning, called the attention of our government to it, and our statesmen then, including Thomas Jefferson, took an active part to bring about the declaration by President Monroe in his next annual message to the Congress of the United States that the United States should regard it as an act of hostility to the government of the United States and an unfriendly act if this coalition or if any power of Europe ever undertook to establish upon the American Continent any control of any American Republic or to acquire any territorial rights. This is the so-called Monroe doctrine. The threat under the secret treaty of Verona to suppress popular governments in the American Republics is the basis of the Monroe doctrine.

This secret treaty sets forth clearly the conflict between monarchial government and popular government and the government of the few as against the government of the many. It is a part, in reality, of developing popular sovereignty when we demand for women equal rights to life, to liberty, to the possession of property, to an equal voice in the making of the laws and the administration of the laws. This demand on the part of the women is made by men, and it ought to be made by men as well as by thinking, progressive women, as it will promote human liberty and human happiness. I sympathize with it, and I hope that all parties will in the national conventions give their approval to this larger measure of liberty to the better half of the human race.

The experience we have had, has made us acquainted with the many advantages that have been taken by the Society of its intervention in the marriages of the House of Austria, and of those which have been effected in other kingdoms, France, Poland, and in various duchies. Forasmuch assembling, proposing with prudence, selecting choice persons who may be friends and families of the relatives, and of the friends of the Society. It will be easy to gain the princesses, making use of their valets; by that coming to feed and nourish with relations of friendship, by being located at the entrance in all parts, and thus become acquainted with the most intimate secrets of the familiars.

Secret Instructions of The Company of Jesus: Chapter II. HOME

http://www.rvbeypublications.com/sitebuildercontent/sitebuilderfiles/treatyveronajesuits.pdf
Reply | Threaded
Open this post in threaded view
|

Re: Researchers site with compelling information

Gavilan
http://www.internallydisplacedpeople.org/joomla30/index.php/articles/20-the-bankruptcy-of-the-united-states


THE BANKRUPTCY OF THE UNITED STATES

U.S. Bankrupt since 1933/martial law has been in operation since the so called civil war which was a Coup of the The United States of America by the forces that signed the:

Secret Treaty of Verona in 1822 which was exposed in the Couped De facto Congress in 1916 by Congressman Curtis. See the Article under Unlearn - re-educate:

CONGRESSIONAL RECORD - SENATE. 64th CONGRESS, 1st SESSION VOLUME 53, PART 7 Page 6781 25 April 1916 I wish to put in the RECORD the secret treaty of Verona of November 22, 1822, showing what this ancient conflict is between the rule of the few and the rule of the many. I wish to call the attention of the Senate to this treaty because it is the threat of this treaty which was the basis of the Monroe doctrine. It throws a powerful white light upon the conflict between monarchial government and government by the people. The Holy Alliance under the influence of Metternich, the Premier of Austria, in 1822, issued this remarkable secret document : [American Diplomatic Code, 1778 - 1884, vol. 2 ; Elliott, p. 179.]

At the end of the civil war a Counterfeit UNITED STATES was created by seditionist and traitors to the American people to rule over DC's then 100 square miles, now 68.34 Square miles as a municipal Government for DC. This was created under the Act of 1871.

However this masked the real intent given away by the name given to the Mutual Government called UNITED STATES which was since used to rule The United States of America since as if it were the authentic legitimate Organic We the People

government created by the people under the FOUR founding acts that created The United States of America which are below in this excerpt from Ed Rivera's Organic Laws Website:

Merriam-Webster defines “organic” as “of, relating to, or constituting the law by which a government or organization exists”. In the front of Volume One of the United States Code, you will find the heading Organic Laws of the United States of America.
The four Organic Laws listed, in the order of their occurrence, are:

    The Declaration of Independence, July 4, 1776
    The Articles of Confederation of November 15, 1777
    Northwest Ordinance of July 13, 1787
    Constitution of September 17, 1787

The Declaration of Independence says there shall be no taxation without our consent. Therefore, this principle should be adhered to in the Internal Revenue Code. In fact, it is!

According to the Articles of Confederation, the states of the United States of America are “free and independent”, i.e., sovereign, and yet the federal government seems to be in a dominant position over those states. How is this possible?

In each State’s statutes, hidden in plain sight, lies the answer awaiting your discovery.
The Declaration of Independence states: “That to secure these rights, governments are instituted among men, deriving their just powers from the consent of the governed”.

Clearly, the Organic Laws have established the principle that government needs your consent to govern you. This being true, you should be able to find in the Statutes and Codes how to give your consent. Furthermore, the Organic Laws or the Statutes and Codes should contain an option for those who choose not to be governed.

Government bureaucrats rely on your ignorance of the fact that all written law is limited to a specific subject. For governments, the subject is territory. Thus, Congress cannot write laws for Japan. Furthermore, Congress cannot write laws to regulate you without your consent, unless the United States of America owns the property on which you are located.

#

The above is a clue to let you know that which we are being governed by is not what we thought it was....

The DC de facto Government is one of many De facto Corporation operating "AS IF" it were an organic Government.

The Question is, did you consent to be governed by a private foreign owned (by agents of the Crown and Vatican system) Corporation merely masquerading as a legitimate we the people government and violating EVERY sacred principal on which this nation was founded.

The Corporation by those that couped this nation created the UNITED STATES Corp. to bankrupt it and enslave the American people and the states AS IF both were a party to the bankruptcy - which of course they never were...

The misery caused by these bankruptcy is the root cause of all strife on the planet that we have been plagued by since the wrongly called civil war. What was in fact a Rothschilds Coup of the Free and Independent States of this nation and the

Organic states created We the People government.
THE BANKRUPTCY OF THE UNITED STATES


People see more inclined to research and investigate root causes and actual conditions in hard times, so I am posting this information once more, in the hope some of my countrymen who do not UNderstand what is presently happening will become aware that they are UNaware, and in awakening, awaken others to the end game. I really was a railway switchman once, before I enlisted in the Army, and I hear a night train coming, and am pretty sure the engineer is asleep or dead...

If you don't mind, this isn't a thread about the merits of metals, but about recent history, and worse things we can expect if we don't wake up and demand some accountability from our alleged servants in government.

The fact of the matter is, the United States did go "Bankrupt" in 1933 and was declared so by President Roosevelt by Executive Orders 6073, 6102, 6111 and by Executive Order 6260 on March 9, 1933, under the "Trading With The Enemy Act" of October 6, 1917, AS AMENDED by the Emergency Banking Relief Act, 48 Stat 1, Public Law No. 1, which is presently codified at 12 USCA 95a and confirmed at 95b. You can confirm this for yourself by reading it on FindLaw. Thereafter, Congress confirmed the bankruptcy on June 5, 1933, and thereupon impaired the obligations and considerations of contracts through the "Joint Resolution To Suspend The Gold Standard And Abrogate The Gold clause, June 5, 1933" (See: HJR-192, 73rd Congress, 1st Session). When the Courts were called upon to rule on various of the provisions designed to implement and compliment FDR's Emergency BANKING Relief Act of March 9, 1933, they were all found unconstitutional, so what FDR did was simply stack the "Court's" with HIS chosen obsequious members of the bench/bar and then sent many of the cases back through and REVERSED the rulings.

House Joint Resolution 192 (HJR-192), 48 Stat. 112, was passed by Congress on June 5, 1933. The 'Act' impaired the obligations and considerations of contacts and declared that the notes of the Federal Reserve banks were "legal tender" for the payment of both public and private debts, and that payment in gold Coin was against "public policy". (In effect, FDR and Congress, under executive orders and legislative fiat, nationalized the people's money, i.e., their gold Coin. Nationalization is a violation of the Law of Nations and existing public policy of Congress. See: Hilton vs. Guyot, 159 U.S. 113 (1895). The gold Coin that was confiscated (nationalized) was later used to purchase voting stockholder shares in The Bank and The Fund at $35 per ounce.) At this point in time, "Fair Market Value", i.e., a willing seller and buyer, without compulsion, lost any substantial meaning.

Moreover, all of the Governor's of the several States of the Union, who were summoned to and were in Washington, D.C. during the several days of this pre-planned economic "Emergency" (the first phase of which was to nationalize and expropriate the people's Money, i.e., their gold Coin on deposit in the banks), pledged the full faith and credit thereof to the aid of the National Government, and formed various socialist committees, such as the "Council of State Governments", "Social Security Administration", etc., to purportedly deal with the economic "Emergency." The Council of State Governments has been absorbed into such things as the National Conference Of Commissioners On Uniform State Laws, whose headquarters is located in Chicago, Illinois, and "all" being "members of the Bar", and operating under a different "Constitution and By-Laws", far distant from the depositories of the public records, and it is this organization that has promulgated, lobbied for, passed, adjudicated and ordered the implementation and execution of their purported "Uniform" and "Model" Acts and pretended statutory provisions, in order to "help implement international treaties of the United States or where world uniformity would be desirable." (1990/91 Reference Book, NCCUSL). These organizations operate under the "Declaration of INTERdependence" of January 22, 1937, and published some of their activities in "The Book Of The States." The 1937 Edition openly declares that the people engaged in such activities as the Farming/Husbandry Industry had been reduced to mere feudal "Tenants" on the Land they supposedly owned.

On April 25, 1938, the supreme Court overturned the standing precedents of the prior 150 years concerning "common law," in the federal government.

"THERE IS NO FEDERAL COMMON LAW, and CONGRESS HAS NO POWER TO DECLARE SUBSTANTIVE RULES OF COMMON LAW applicable IN A STATE, WHETHER they be LOCAL or GENERAL in their nature, be they COMMERCIAL LAW OR a part of the LAW OF TORTS." -- Erie Railroad Co. vs. Tompkins, 304 U.S. 64, 82 L.Ed. 1188.

You must realize that the Common Law is the fountain source of Substantive and Remedial Rights, if not our very Liberties.

The members and association of the Bar thereafter formed committees, granted themselves special privileges, immunities and franchises, and held meetings concerning the Judicial procedures, and further, amended laws so as "to conform to a trend of judicial decisions or to accomplish similar objectives", including hodepodging the jurisdictions of Law and Equity together, which is known today as "One Form Of Action." This was not by accident, but by a carefully conceived plan.

The enumerated, specified and distinct Jurisdictions established by the ordained Constitution (1787), Article III, Section 2, and under the Bill of Rights (1791), Amendment VII, were further hodgepodged and fundamentally changes in 1982 to include Admiralty jurisdiction, which was once again brought inland.

"This is the FUNDAMENTAL CHANGE necessary to effect unification of Civil and ADMIRALTY PROCEDURE. Just as the 1938 Rules ABOLISHED THE DISTINCTION between actions At Law and suits in Equity, this CHANGE WOULD ABOLISH THE DISTINCTION between CIVIL actions and suits in ADMIRALTY." (See: Federal Rules Of Civil Procedure, 1982 Ed., pg.17; also see, Federalist Papers No. 83; Declaration Of Resolves Of The First Continental Congress, October 14, 1774; Declaration Of Cause And Necessity Of Taking Up Arms, July 6, 1775; Declaration Of Independence, July 4, 1776; and, Bennet vs. Butterworth, 52 U.S. 669)

The United States thereafter entered the second World War during which time the "League of Nations" was reinstituted under PRETENSE of the "United Nations" (22 USCA 287, et seq.), and the "Bank For International Settlements" was reinstituted under PRETENSE of the "Bretton Woods Agreement" (22 USCA 286 et seq.) as the "International Monetary Fund" (The Fund) and the "International Bank For Reconstruction And Development" (The Bank or World Bank).

The United States as a corporate body politic (artificial), came out of World War II in worse economic condition that when it entered, and in 1950 declared Bankruptcy and "Reorganization." The Reorganization is located in Title 5 of the United States Codes Annotated. The "Explanation" at the beginning of 5 U.S.C.A. is MOST informative reading. The "Secretary of Treasury" was appointed as the "Receiver" in Bankruptcy. (See: Reorganization Plan No. 26, 5 U.S.C.A. 903; Public Law 94-564, Legislative History, pg. 5967)

The United States went down the road and periodically filed for further Reorganizations. Things and situations worsened, having done what they were Commanded NOT to do (See: Madison's Notes, Constitutional Convention, August 16, 1787; Federalist Papers No. 44), and in 1965 crowned their continuous fraudulent acitivities with passage of the "Coinage Act of 1965" completely debasing the Constitutional Coin (gold & silver, i.e., "Dollar"). (See: 18 USCA 331 & 332; U.S. vs. Marigold, 50 U.S. 560, 13 L.Ed 257) At the signing of the Coinage Act on July 23, 1965, Lyndon B. Johnson stated in his press release that:

"When I have signed this bill before me, we will have made the first fundamental change in our coinage in 173 years. The Coinage Act of 1965 supersedes the Act of 1792. And that Act had the title: An Act Establishing a Mint and Regulating the Coinage of the United States...."

"Now I will sign this bill to make the first change in our coinage system since the 18th Century. To those members of Congress, who are here on this historic occasion, I want to assure you that in making this change from the 18th Century we have no idea of returning to it."

It is important to take cognizance of the fact that NO Constitutional Amendment was EVER obtained to FUNDAMENTALLY CHANGE, amend, abridge or abolish the Constitutional mandates, provisions or prohibitions, but due to internal and external diversions surrounding the Viet Nam War, etc., the USURPATION and BREACH went unchallenged and unnoticed by the general public at large, who had become "a wealthy man's cannon fodder or cheap source of slave labor". (See: Silent Weapons For Quiet Wars, pgs. 6, 7, 8, 9, 12, 13 & 56) Congress was clearly delegated the Power and Authority to regulate and maintain the true and inherent "value" of the Coin within the scope and purview of Article I, Section 8, Clauses 5 & 6 and Article I, Section 10, Clause I, of the ordained Constitution (1787), and further, a corresponding DUTY and OBLIGATION to maintain said gold and silver Coin and Foreign Coin at and within the necessary and proper "equal weights and measures" clause. (See also: Bible, Deuteronomy, Chapter 25, verses 13 thru 16; Proverbs, Chapter 16, Verse 11; Public Law 97-289)

Those exercising the Offices of the several States, in equal measure, knew that such "De Facto Transitions" were unlawful and unauthorized, but sanctioned, implemented and enforced the complete debauchment and the resulting "governmental, social, industrial economic change" in the De Jure States and in the United States of America, and were and are now under the delusion that they can do both directly and indirectly what they were absolutely prohibited from doing. (See: Craig vs. Missouri, 4 Peters 903).

You can confirm the whole affair by taking a look at 12 USC 95a and 95b. In addition, the various Reorganization Acts listed in Title 5 of the United States Code. There are your legal public record and historic proofs. Now we are going to hear from a former Congressman who (surprise!) ended up indicted and in federal prison, while more brazen felons continued to run the Congress:

__________________


United States Congressional Record, March 17, 1993 Vol. 33, page H-1303

Speaker-Rep. James Traficant, Jr. (Ohio) addressing the House:

"Mr. Speaker, we are here now in chapter 11.. Members of Congress are official trustees presiding over the greatest reorganization of any Bankrupt entity in world history, the U.S. Government. We are setting forth hopefully, a blueprint for our future. There are some who say it is a coroner’s report that will lead to our demise.

It is an established fact that the United States Federal Government has been dissolved by the Emergency Banking Act, March 9, 1933, 48 Stat. 1, Public Law 89-719; declared by President Roosevelt, being bankrupt and insolvent. H.J.R. 192, 73rd Congress m session June 5, 1933 - Joint Resolution To Suspend The Gold Standard and Abrogate The Gold Clause dissolved the Sovereign Authority of the United States and the official capacities of all United States Governmental Offices, Officers, and Departments and is further evidence that the United States Federal Government exists today in name only.

The receivers of the United States Bankruptcy are the International Bankers, via the United Nations, the World Bank and the International Monetary Fund. All United States Offices, Officials, and Departments are now operating within a de facto status in name only under Emergency War Powers. With the Constitutional Republican form of Government now dissolved, the receivers of the Bankruptcy have adopted a new form of government for the United States. This new form of government is known as a Democracy, being an established Socialist/Communist order under a new governor for America. This act was instituted and established by transferring and/or placing the Office of the Secretary of Treasury to that of the Governor of the International Monetary Fund. Public Law 94-564, page 8, Section H.R. 13955 reads in part: "The U.S. Secretary of Treasury receives no compensation for representing the United States?’

Gold and silver were such a powerful money during the founding of the united states of America, that the founding fathers declared that only gold or silver coins can be "money" in America. Since gold and silver coinage were heavy and inconvenient for a lot of transactions, they were stored in banks and a claim check was issued as a money substitute. People traded their coupons as money, or "currency." Currency is not money, but a money substitute. Redeemable currency must promise to pay a dollar equivalent in gold or silver money. Federal Reserve Notes (FRNs) make no such promises, and are not "money." A Federal Reserve Note is a debt obligation of the federal United States government, not "money?’ The federal United States government and the U.S. Congress were not and have never been authorized by the Constitution for the united states of America to issue currency of any kind, but only lawful money, -gold and silver coin.

It is essential that we comprehend the distinction between real money and paper money substitute. One cannot get rich by accumulating money substitutes, one can only get deeper into debt. We the People no longer have any "money." Most Americans have not been paid any "money" for a very long time, perhaps not in their entire life. Now do you comprehend why you feel broke? Now, do you understand why you are "bankrupt," along with the rest of the country?

Federal Reserve Notes (FRNs) are unsigned checks written on a closed account. FRNs are an inflatable paper system designed to create debt through inflation (devaluation of currency). when ever there is an increase of the supply of a money substitute in the economy without a corresponding increase in the gold and silver backing, inflation occurs.

Inflation is an invisible form of taxation that irresponsible governments inflict on their citizens. The Federal Reserve Bank who controls the supply and movement of FRNs has everybody fooled. They have access to an unlimited supply of FRNs, paying only for the printing costs of what they need. FRNs are nothing more than promissory notes for U.S. Treasury securities (T-Bills) - a promise to pay the debt to the Federal Reserve Bank.

There is a fundamental difference between "paying" and "discharging" a debt. To pay a debt, you must pay with value or substance (i.e. gold, silver, barter or a commodity). With FRNs, you can only discharge a debt. You cannot pay a debt with a debt currency system. You cannot service a debt with a currency that has no backing in value or substance. No contract in Common law is valid unless it involves an exchange of "good & valuable consideration." Unpayable debt transfers power and control to the sovereign power structure that has no interest in money, law, equity or justice because they have so much wealth already.

Their lust is for power and control. Since the inception of central banking, they have controlled the fates of nations.

The Federal Reserve System is based on the Canon law and the principles of sovereignty protected in the Constitution and the Bill of Rights. In fact, the international bankers used a "Canon Law Trust" as their model, adding stock and naming it a "Joint Stock Trust." The U.S. Congress had passed a law making it illegal for any legal "person" to duplicate a "Joint Stock Trust" in 1873. The Federal Reserve Act was legislated post-facto (to 1870), although post-facto laws are strictly forbidden by the Constitution. [1:9:3]

The Federal Reserve System is a sovereign power structure separate and distinct from the federal United States government. The Federal Reserve is a maritime lender, and/or maritime insurance underwriter to the federal United States operating exclusively under Admiralty/Maritime law. The lender or underwriter bears the risks, and the Maritime law compelling specific performance in paying the interest, or premiums are the same.

Assets of the debtor can also be hypothecated (to pledge something as a security without taking possession of it.) as security by the lender or underwriter. The Federal Reserve Act stipulated that the interest on the debt was to be paid in gold. There was no stipulation in the Federal Reserve Act for ever paying the principle.

Prior to 1913, most Americans owned clear, allodial title to property, free and clear of any liens or mortgages until the Federal Reserve Act (1913)

"Hypothecated" all property within the federal United States to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve, -in which the Trustees (stockholders) held legal title. The U.S. citizen (tenant, franchisee) was registered as a "beneficiary" of the trust via his/her birth certificate. In 1933, the federal United States hypothecated all of the present and future properties, assets and labor of their "subjects," the 14th Amendment U.S. citizen, to the Federal Reserve System.

In return, the Federal Reserve System agreed to extend the federal United States corporation all the credit "money substitute" it needed. Like any other debtor, the federal United States government had to assign collateral and security to their creditors as a condition of the loan. Since the federal United States didn’t have any assets, they assigned the private property of their "economic slaves", the U.S. citizens as collateral against the unpayable federal debt. They also pledged the unincorporated federal territories, national parks forests, birth certificates, and nonprofit organizations, as collateral against the federal debt. All has already been transferred as payment to the international bankers.

Unwittingly, America has returned to its pre-American Revolution, feudal roots whereby all land is held by a sovereign and the common people had no rights to hold allodial title to property. Once again, We the People are the tenants and sharecroppers renting our own property from a Sovereign in the guise of the Federal Reserve Bank. We the people have exchanged one master for another.

This has been going on for over eighty years without the "informed knowledge" of the American people, without a voice protesting loud enough. Now it’s easy to grasp why America is fundamentally bankrupt.

Why don’t more people own their properties outright?

Why are 90% of Americans mortgaged to the hilt and have little or no assets after all debts and liabilities have been paid? Why does it feel like you are working harder and harder and getting less and less?

We are reaping what has been sown, and the results of our harvest is a painful bankruptcy, and a foreclosure on American property, precious liberties, and a way of life. Few of our elected representatives in Washington, D.C. have dared to tell the truth. The federal United States is bankrupt. Our children will inherit this unpayable debt, and the tyranny to enforce paying it.

America has become completely bankrupt in world leadership, financial credit and its reputation for courage, vision and human rights. This is an undeclared economic war, bankruptcy, and economic slavery of the most corrupt order! Wake up America! Take back your Country."


So there it is. No wild-eyed "conspiracy theories", just the facts, witnessed and recorded. If you are here to defend the status quo, please don't bother, but please do answer whether or not you believe any citizen would be liable to criminal prosecution if we modeled our lives or financial affairs after the conduct of what passes for "our" government. If you care what happens to US next, tell ten people to tell ten more. The hour is late. Conspiracy is not "a theory", it is a federal felony.

Unknown author
____________

"They who have put out the people's eyes reproach them of their blindness."
John Milton, 1642
Reply | Threaded
Open this post in threaded view
|

Re: Researchers site with compelling information

Gavilan
http://www.internallydisplacedpeople.org/joomla30/index.php/articles/19-the-peoples-common-law-grand-jury


The Peoples Common Law Grand Jury
When a de jure court stands on the land the de facto court MUST PACK Its bags! In 1866 there was an action objecting to this and the Supreme Court in Milligan Ex Parte handed down a decision that said, “Wherever the American Common Law courts are operating it is unconscionable and unnecessary for there to be any form of military law exercised and any such courts must shut down.
 
* * *
The people’s remedy against CORRUPT Government was wonderfully clarified by the likely assassinated Anton Scalia of the DE FACTO DC UNITED STATES Corporate Supreme Court
 
We have it on good authority, the Supreme Court, that the lie told the American people that they can not form common law Grand Jurys has no legal effect.
 
· Justice Powell, in United States v. Calandra, 414 U.S. 338, 343 (1974), stated: "The institution of the grand jury is deeply rooted in Anglo-American history. [n3] In England, the grand jury [p343] served for centuries both as a body of accusers sworn to discover and present for trial persons suspected of criminal wrongdoing and as a protector of citizens against arbitrary and oppressive governmental action. In this country, the Founders thought the grand jury so essential to basic liberties that they provided in the Fifth Amendment that federal prosecution for serious crimes can only be instituted by 'a presentment or indictment of a Grand Jury.' Cf. Costello v. United States, 350 U.S. 359, 361-362 (1956). The grand jury's historic functions survive to this day. Its responsibilities continue to include both the determination whether there is probable cause to believe a crime has been committed and the protection of citizens against unfounded criminal prosecutions. Branzburg v. Hayes, 408 U.S. 665, 686-687 (1972)."
 
· The Note 4 lie is smashed on the altar of the U.S. Supreme Court, "The grand jury's historic functions survive to this day." Take that Note 4! Antonin Scalia effectively codified the unique independent power of the Fourth Branch into the hands of all citizens sitting as federal grand jurors. In discussing that power and unique independence granted to the grand jury, the United States Supreme Court, in United States v. Williams, 504 U.S. 36 at 48 (1992), Justice Scalia, delivering the opinion of the court, laid down the law of the land:
 
· " '[R]ooted in long centuries of Anglo-American history, Hannah v. Larche, 363 U.S. 420, 490 (1960) (Frankfurter, J., concurring in result), the grand jury is mentioned in the Bill of Rights, but not in the body of the Constitution. It has not been textually assigned, therefore, to any of the branches described in the first three Articles. It "'is a constitutional fixture in its own right.'" United States v. Chanen, 549 F.2d 1306, 1312 (CA9 1977) (quoting Nixon v. Sirica, 159 U.S. App. D.C. 58, 70, n. 54, 487 F.2d 700, 712, n. 54 (1973)), cert. denied, 434 U.S. 825 (1977). ' "
 
· I submit to you that this passage sets the stage for a revolutionary new context necessary and Constitutionally mandated to "we the people," THE FOURTH BRANCH of the Government of the United States. Besides, the Legislative, Executive, and Judicial branches, I submit that there is a fourth branch, THE GRAND JURY, and "we the people? when sitting as grand jurors, are, as Scalia quoted in US v. Williams, " a constitutional fixture in its own right." Yes, darn it. That is exactly what the grand jury is, and what it was always intended to be.
 
· Scalia also stated, that "the grand jury is an institution separate from the courts, over whose functioning the courts do not preside." Id.
 
· And finally, to seal the deal, Scalia hammered the point home:
 
· "In fact, the whole theory of its function is that it belongs to no branch of the institutional Government, serving as a kind of buffer or referee between the Government and the people. See Stirone v. United States, 361 U.S. 212, 218 (1960); Hale v. Henkel, 201 U.S. 43, 61 (1906); G. Edwards, The Grand Jury 28-32 (1906). Although the grand jury normally operates, of course, in the courthouse and under judicial auspices, its institutional relationship with the Judicial Branch has traditionally been, so to speak, at arm's length. Judges' direct involvement in the functioning of the grand jury has generally been confined to the constitutive one of calling the grand jurors together and administering their oaths of office. See United States v. Calandra, 414 U.S. 338, 343 (1974); Fed.Rule Crim.Proc. 6(a). [504 U.S. 36, 48] "
 
· This miraculous quote says it all, "the whole theory of its function is that it belongs to no branch of the institutional Government, serving as a kind of buffer or referee between the Government and the people." The Constitution of the United States, as interpreted by the Supreme Court, gives rise to a FOURTH BRANCH of Government, THE GRAND JURY. We the people have been charged with oversight of the government in our roles as grand jurors.
 
· And at this critical time in American history, we must, for the protection of our constitutional republic, take back our power and start acting as powerful as the other branches of government.
· The law is on our side. So please spread this knowledge as far and wide as you can. We the people have the right and power under the 5th Amendment of the Constitution to charge this government with crimes by returning presentments regardless of whether the US Attorneys or the federal judges agree with us. As the Supreme Court has so brilliantly stated, we are the "buffer between the Government and the people."
· America has already taken the reins. The Fourth Branch is alive and kicking and you will be judged if you wrong the American people! Govern yourselves accordingly!
 
TURN OFF THE TV - unlearn - re-educate - study English Common Law, American - English Exclusive Equity! This is the law of America - NOT BAR foisted ROMAN CIVIL LAW OF DC - ROME I & II!
 
* * *
 
Common Law Grand Jury, Constitutional Questions addressed to the California Common Law Grand Jury concerning the issues raised in this complaint.
Since a corrupt government can not investigate itself as the FBI recently verified for the American people in the recent Clintonista Crimes, and the Clinton Foundation, Pizza gate crimes against humanity fiasco, the American people clearly have the job of investigating these crimes for ourselves.
 
This requires the resurrection of the de jure 4th Estate that the murdered Justice Scalia verified was the traditional check and balance on Rogue Government. This is a body of the de jure Body Politic of the People standing as a de jure common law Grand Jury, a Constitutional appendage of we the people government, as is required as a tool to hold the first so called three branches of government (in name only) in check, according to murdered Anton Scalia, “The Grand Jury Belongs to The People”.
In alignment, Major grassroots movements are in effect in 48 States, Constituting Common Law Grand Juries as encouraged by Justice Scalia who in a stunning six to three 1992 Decision that went unnoticed, and un-reported by the bought and paid operation mockingbird media, Justice Antonin Scalia writing for the majority said:
 
In the Supreme Court case of United States v. Williams, [cf. United States v. Williams, 112 S.Ct. 1735, 504 U.S. 36, 118 L.Ed.2d 352 (1992);
http://www.law.cornell.edu/supremecourt/text/504/36 ]:
 
Justice Antonin Scalia, writing for the majority, confirmed that the American grand jury is neither part of the judicial, executive nor legislative branches of government, but instead belongs to the people. It is in effect a fourth branch of government “governed” and administered to directly by and on behalf of the American people, and its authority emanates from the Bill of Rights, the acts of the Grand Jury is the consent of the people.
 
“The grand jury is mentioned in the Bill of Rights, but not in the body of the Constitution. It has not been textually assigned, therefore, to any of the branches described in the first three Articles. It ” ‘is a constitutional fixture in its own right. In fact the whole theory of its function is that it belongs to no branch of the institutional government, serving as a kind of buffer or referee between the Government and the people”. — Justice Antonin Scalia
 
“Thus, citizens have the unbridled right to empanel their own grand juries and present “True Bills” of indictment to a court, which is then required to commence a criminal proceeding. Our Founding Fathers presciently thereby created a “buffer” the people may rely upon for justice, when public officials, including judges, criminally violate the law.” — Justice Antonin Scalia
 
“The grand jury is an institution separate from the courts, over whose functioning the courts do not preside, we think it clear that, as a general matter at least, no such “supervisory” judicial authority exists. The “common law” of the Fifth Amendment demands a traditional functioning grand jury.” — Justice Antonin Scalia
 
“Although the grand jury normally operates, of course, in the courthouse and under judicial auspices, its institutional relationship with the judicial branch has traditionally been, so to speak, at arm’s length. Judges’ direct involvement in the functioning of the grand jury has generally been confined to the constitutive one of calling the grand jurors together and administering their oaths of office. The grand jury’s functional independence from the judicial branch is evident both in the scope of its power to investigate criminal wrongdoing, and in the manner in which that power is exercised.” - Justice Antonin Scalia
 
“The grand jury ‘can investigate merely on suspicion that the law is being violated, or even because it wants assurance that it is not.’ It need not identify the offender it suspects, or even “the precise nature of the offense” it is investigating.
The grand jury requires no authorization from its constituting court to initiate an investigation, nor does the prosecutor require leave of court to seek a grand jury indictment. And in its day-to-day functioning, the grand jury generally operates without the interference of a presiding judge. It swears in its own witnesses and deliberates in total secrecy.” – Justice Antonin Scalia
 
“Recognizing this tradition of independence, we have said the 5th Amendment’s constitutional guarantee presupposes an investigative body ‘acting independently of either prosecuting attorney or judge” — Justice Antonin Scalia
“Given the grand jury’s operational separateness from its constituting court, it should come as no surprise that we have been reluctant to invoke the judicial supervisory power as a basis for prescribing modes of grand jury procedure. Over the years, we have received many requests to exercise supervision over the grand jury’s evidence-taking process, but we have refused them all. “it would run counter to the whole history of the grand jury institution” to permit an indictment to be challenged “on the ground that there was incompetent or inadequate evidence before the grand jury.” — Justice Antonin Scalia
 
The American National and State Coup’d judiciary has of course sort to make sure the people never organized the Peoples Grand Jury because those in the cross hairs will be corrupt government, judiciary, attorneys et al as has already been the case in those now reformed Grand Jurys now exposing corrupt government and Coup’d judiciary across the entire US court system!
 
In case you thought Government had any rights to rule over the people on the states or the physical states read below and read my other notes relating to the Lex Fori for a states - which is also the DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA!
 
Sample Public Notice:
 
Regarding Meeting for Reinstatement of a County Common Law Grand Jury
 
The Supreme Court of the United States in United States v. Williams, 112 S. Ct. 1735, 504 U.S. 36, 118 L. Ed. 2d 352 (1992), with Justice Antonin Scalia, writing for the majority, confirmed that the American grand jury is neither part of the judicial, executive nor legislative branches of government, but instead belongs to the People. It is in effect a fourth branch of government, “governed” and administered to directly by and on behalf of the American People, and its authority emanates from the Common Law of England [cf. Calif. Civil Codes, 5 and 22.2], including the Magna Carta, A. D. 1215 (specifically Clauses 52 and 61); and, the Bill of Rights (specifically the Fifth, Seventh and Ninth Articles of amendment) to the de jure Constitution for these united States of America (as lawfully amended in A. D. 1819).
 
Rooted in long centuries of Anglo-American history [see: Hannah v. Larche, 363 U.S. 420, 490, 80 S. Ct. 1502, 1544, 4 L. Ed. 2d 1307 (1960) (Frankfurter, J., concurring in result)], the grand jury is mentioned in the Bill of Rights, but not in the body of the Constitution. It has not been textually assigned, therefore, to any of the branches described in the first three Articles. It “is a constitutional fixture in its own right.” [cf. United States v. Chanen, 549 F.2d 1306, 1312 (CA9 1977) (quoting Nixon v. Sirica, 159 U.S. App. D.C. 58, 70, n. 54, 487 F.2d 700, 712, n. 54 (1973)), cert. denied, 434 U.S. 825, 98 S. Ct. 72, 54 L. Ed. 2d 83 (1977)]. In fact the whole theory of its function is that it belongs to no branch of the institutional government, serving as a kind of buffer or referee between the Government and the People [cf. Stirone v. United States, 361 U.S. 212, 218, 80 S. Ct. 270, 273, 4 L. Ed. 2d 252 (1960); also see: Hale v. Henkel, 201 U.S. 43, 61, 26 S. Ct. 370, 373, 50 L. Ed. 652 (1906)].
 
Please take Notice: In full accord with the foregoing United States Supreme Court decisions, a meeting will be held at [time] on [date], A. D. 2014, at [location] to discuss and implement the lawful procedures for the reinstatement of a common law grand jury within the geographic boundaries of [Name] county, California (de jure).
 
“Whenever people are well-informed they can be trusted with their own government” - Thomas Jefferson
 
Please be advised: Anyone interested in attending the meeting is welcome, but only people living within the geographic boundaries of [Name] county may participate in the election for the reinstating of the common law grand jury here in [Name] county.
 
For further information contact:
 
Ex parte Milligan (1866)
 
In Ex parte Milligan (1866), the Supreme Court ruled that a prisoner's ability to challenge his or her detention could only be suspended for a brief and finite period of time, and only if the situation compelled it. The Court also ruled that military tribunals generally lack jurisdiction over civilians who are not connected with or engaged in armed conflict. Assessing the rights of an Indiana citizen accused of plotting against Union forces during the Civil War, the basic rules defined in Milligan are quite relevant today.
On October 5, 1864, Lamdin P. Milligan was taken into custody by the U.S. government on various charges of insubordination against the Union. The government accused Milligan of joining "a secret society known as the Order of American Knights ... for the purpose of overthrowing" the government, "holding communication with the enemy; conspiring to seize munitions of war stored in the arsenals; to liberate prisoners of war; [and] resisting the draft." Though he was an American citizen and resident and citizen of the state of Indiana, Milligan was tried before a "military tribunal" in Indiana and convicted on all charges. He was then sentenced to death by hanging and moved to a military prison.
 
Days before his scheduled execution, Milligan petitioned for a writ of habeas corpus in a local federal court. The term "habeas corpus" is Latin for "you [should] have the body," and a "writ of habeas corpus" is a court order to release a prisoner being held unjustly by the government. In his petition, Milligan argued that the military tribunal had no jurisdiction (power) to try him because he was an American citizen living in a non-rebellious state (Indiana) and the laws thus gave him a right to a criminal trial in a civilian court. In 1866, shortly after the end of the Civil War, the Supreme Court agreed to review Milligan's petition. (In 1863, the Court had effectively ducked a similar case, ex parte Vallandigham, holding that since no act explicitly granted the Court jurisdiction over the military tribunals, it lacked jurisdiction to review the appeals of those convicted under their auspices.)
 
The Supreme Court ruled that the military tribunal lacked jurisdiction over Milligan and that he should have been tried in a federal civilian court. The Court first noted that Milligan was an American citizen who was a resident of a non-rebellious state, Indiana, during the Civil War. The Court also noted that Milligan was not connected to the armed forces and had not been fighting Union forces when he was captured, and that the civil courts of Indiana were operational at the time. Accordingly, the Court also argued Milligan was denied basic constitutional rights in being subjected to a military tribunal. These included the right to trial by jury, the right to be sentenced separately from trial, and various evidentiary and procedural rights incident to civilian trials. Together, the Court concluded that the laws and Constitution demand that Milligan, as with any other civilian, not be tried by a military tribunal if, as in this case, there is a civilian court available instead. To find otherwise, the Court opined, would mean that "republican government is a failure, and there is an end of liberty regulated by law." The Court warned that "Martial law" in such a system "destroys every guarantee of the Constitution, and effectually renders the 'military independent of and superior to the civil power.'" Ex parte Milligan was a stalwart affirmation of basic rights and liberties most Americans take for granted today.
Reply | Threaded
Open this post in threaded view
|

Re: Researchers site with compelling information

Gavilan
http://www.internallydisplacedpeople.org/joomla30/index.php/articles/18-a-brief-background-introduction-on-how-americans-has-come-full-circle-from-slavery-to-freedom-and-back-in-slavery


A Brief background introduction on how Americans have come full circle, from slavery to freedom and back in to slavery.

A Brief background introduction on how Americans have come full circle, from slavery to freedom and back in slavery.

The nations of people that flocked to America from Europe were looking to better their lives. What this came down to was escaping what was a Monarchial Slavery and Serfdom system existing across the Old World.

By 1776 Americans  had declared themselves to the world as Sovereign people and NOT Subjects of any monarchial powers. Americans have since the founding of the fifty National states of America been converted back in to slavery by the legions of CROWN attorneys waring on America for their money masters of the European BAR legal system and the European Money system (BIS). Which stand over the Federal Reserve System that was UNLAWFULLY foisted on this nation by the exact same powers that we fought in the War of Independence.

Here is a list of those families business that own the DC UNITED STATES Corp. c.1871 and its succesors, the Federal Reserve System and the UNITED NATIONS and control much of the world today:

Rothschild Bank of London
Rothschild Bank of Berlin
Warburg Bank of Hamburg
Warburg Bank of Amsterdam
Lazard Brothers of Paris
Israel Moses Seif Banks of Italy
Chase Manhattan Bank of New York
Goldman, Sachs of New York
Lehman Brothers of New York
Kuhn Loeb Bank of New York

Do note that the Rothschilds are the Vatican Professional Money Managers and a front for the 13 or so families behind the Vatican and Crown System. The Secret Treaty of Verona of 1822 provides us a key to understanding the Vatican and Jesuit Order's control over the U.S. government and most other world governments.

America today is a nation of approximately 320,000,000 people that have been fed a belief system about their nation that bares ABSOLUTELY no resemblance to reality. Americans are the end result of a perpetual Psychological warfare system that has created a false reality to keep Americans enslaved and beholding, content and functioning to serve what is a slavery system owned and operated by private criminal cartel.

The American people have been led in to war after war by a DEEP STATE manipulated foreign corporation (UNITED STATES Corps.) that is owned by those behind the Crown - Vatican system. A corporation that ONLY has jurisdiction over just the 68.34 Square miles of DC. This corporation flies a modified version of the Crown (Corporation of London) East India Company Flag which should have given generations of Americans a clue as to who this CORPORATION [Title 28 Section 3002] was serving since the creation of this nation. If you are unclear - please locate the Treaty of Paris and look up the title as given in that document for King George III.

Americans believe that they are UNITED STATES CITIZENs and have no knowledge that such status is not the natural birthright status for an American.

A United States Citizen is a legal fiction and a product of a Couped de facto foreign controlled congress! Its legally status is of a Franchise, decedent of the FOREIGN DC UNITED STATES Corp [cf. Title 28 Section 3002]. Americans birthright status is as a private state national and private American national in which birthright status. Under such the American people are endowed with unalienable rights per the founding documents of this nation.

The UNITED STATES Citizen status imposed on us when most of us are days old and with out our knowledge (due to our mothers signing a birth certificate) is un-disputably a Subject Slave Status as you will discover when you read further sections of this website. It is akin the Serf status imposed on the people of Europe by the Monarchial powers of the European Old World Order and such status was the very reason people left for America in their millions. To turn their back on the Old World and its draconian papacy slavery system.

The following short video shows illustrates how a SUBJECT / US CITIZEN et al is created!

A quick glance at the Secret Treaty of Verona of 1822 and exposed in congress in 1916 [cf. CONGRESSIONAL RECORD - SENATE., 64th CONGRESS, 1st SESSION, VOLUME 53, PART 7, Page 6781, 25 April 1916] will make it very clear to you how the monarchial powers reacted to the creation that turned its back on the Vatican Old World Order which was orchestrated by private families to control humanity. Here is an excerpt of that document which can be found here: http://www.rvbeypublications.com/sitebuildercontent/sitebuilderfiles/treatyveronajesuits.pdf 

ARTICLE 1. The high contracting powers being convinced that the system of representative govern- ment is egually as incompatible with the monarchial principles as the maxim of the sovereignty of the people with the high devine right, engage mutually in the most solemn manner, to use all their efforts to put an end to the system of representative governments, in whatever country it may exhist in Europe, and to prevent its being introduced in those countries where it is not yet known.

ART. 2. As it can not be doubted that the liberty of the press is the most powerful means used by the pretended supporters of the rights of nations to the detrement of those princes, the high contracting parties promise reciprocally to adopt all proper measures to suppress it, not only in their own states but also in the rest of Europe.

ART. 3. Convinced that the principles of religion contribute most powerfully to keep nations in the state of passive obedience which they owe to their princes, the high contracting parties declare it to be their intention to sustain in their respective States those measures which the clergy may adopt, with the aim of ameliorating their own interests, so intimately connected with the preservation of the authority of the princes ; and the contracting powers join in offering their thanks to the Pope for what he has already done for them, and solicit his constant cooperation in their views of submitting the nations.

Lets remember what we were told by the creators of the Mockingbird media [cf. Operation Mocking Bird] aka US FALSE MEDIA SYSTEM dumbing down Americans for the foreign owned military industrial complex. Some call the media the entertainment division of the Industrial Military Complex:

    William Casey (CIA Director) - 1981, "We'll know our disinformation program is complete when everything the American public believes is false."

Internally displaced people have been displaced by a foreign De facto Corporation to enable that foreign Corporation (under the Crown - Vatican since 1869 - 1871) since 1930's to enable every American to be engaged in to a scheme of peonage, personage to enable the transfer of the wealth of Americans and the states over to foreign parasites creating a One World Order Global slave plantation.... and less than a handful of the people know about it!

Read the additional articles herein to understand how this came about!

Check out the following video below to understand the Con in connection to the DMV! Note that this Con applies to very de facto agency of the UNITED STATES. The scheme enabled the people and the states to be incorporated and lifted in to the de facto DC UNITED STATES Corporate jurisdiction:  https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eQ6mqBZEzfo 

 

THE FOREIGN CABAL THAT HAVE ENSLAVED THE AMERICAN PEOPLE UNDER A BABYLON TALMUDIC JESUITICAL SLAVERY SYSTEM ADMITTED WHAT THEY WERE GOING TO DO AND THEY DID DO IT. THEY THEN EXPORTED THE SYSTEM AROUND THE WORLD USING AMERICANS RESOURCES AND MEN TRICKED IN TO ENGAGING IN ROTHSCHILD ZIONIST BANKSTER WARS THAT HAD NOTHING TO DO WITH KEEPING AMERICA SAFE. EVERY WAR AND TERRORIST EVENTS POINTS BACK TO THIS CRIME CARTEL, FROM USS LIBERTY ATTACK BY ISRAEL, 911, SANDY HOOK, BOSTON, THE CIVIL WAR, WWI, WWII... UNLEARN - EVERYTHING YOU HAVE BEEN TOLD IS A LIE!

Edward Mandell House had this to say in a private meeting with President Woodrow Wilson: “[Very] soon, every American will be required to register their biological property in a national system designed to keep track of the people and that will operate under the ancient system of pledging. By such methodology, we can compel people to submit to our agenda, which will effect our security as a chargeback for our fiat paper currency. Every American will be forced to register or suffer being unable to work and earn a living. They will be our chattel, and we will hold the security interest over them forever, by operation of the law merchant under the scheme of secured transactions. Americans, by unknowingly or unwittingly delivering the bills of lading to us will be rendered bankrupt and insolvent, forever to remain economic slaves through taxation, secured by their pledges. They will be stripped of their rights and given a commercial value designed to make us a profit and they will be none the wiser, for not one man in a million could ever figure our plans and, if by accident one or two should figure it out, we have in our arsenal plausible deniability. After all, this is the only logical way to fund government, by floating liens and debt to the registrants in the form of benefits and privileges. This will inevitably reap to us huge profits beyond our wildest expectations and leave every American a contributor to this fraud which we will call “Social Insurance.” Without realizing it, every American will insure us for any loss we may incur and in this manner, every American will unknowingly be our servant, however begrudgingly. The people will become help less and without any hope for their redemption and, we will employ the high office of the President of our dummy corporation to foment this plot against America.”

POINTS and AUTHORITIES:

"FRAUD vitiates the most solemn Contracts, documents and even judgments."
[U.S. vs. Throckmorton, 98 US 61, at pg. 65 ]

I believe that the statement made in Cohen vs. Virginia, 6 Wheat 264, 5 L.Ed. 257 (1821) is more than worthy of note:

"We [Courts] have no more right to decline the exercise of jurisdiction which is given, that to usurp that which is not given. THE ONE OR THE OTHER WOULD BE TREASON TO THE CONSTITUTION." (Also see: U.S. vs Will, 449 US 200, 66 L.Ed.2d 392, at pg. 406).

DECLARATION OF SEPARATE AND EQUAL STATION  

 WHEN IN THE COURSE OF HUMAN EVENTS...WHENEVER ANY FORM OF GOVERNMENT BECOMES DESTRUCTIVE...WHEN A LONG TRAIN OF ABUSES AND USURPATIONS, PURSUING INVARIABLY THE SAME OBJECT, EVINCES A DESIGN TO REDUCE THEM UNDER ABSOLUTEDESPOTISM, IT IS THEIR RIGHT, IT IS THEIR DUTY..." Declaration of Independence, Enabling Act, Section 4.

"No political truth is of greater intrinsic value...The accumulation of all powers, legislative, executive, and judiciary, in the same hands, whether hereditary, self-appointed, or elective, may be justly pronounced the very definition of tyranny."
[Federalist Papers No. 47]

"If a nation expects to be ignorant and free, in a state of civilization, it expects what never was and never will be. The functionaries of every government have propensities to command at will the liberties and property of their constituents. There is no safe deposit for these but with the people themselves; nor can they be safe with them without information."
[The Writings Of Thomas Jefferson, Albert E. Bergh Ed., vol. 14 pg. 384]

One cannot make agreements with Sodomites, Babylonians and/or satanics. Their words, oaths or signatures are of no meaning or value; their intent and purpose is to deceive, cheat, steal, lie, defraud and destroy. The seditious covert conspiracy and collusion of certain Organizations,Corporations and Associations to damage, injure, oppress, threaten, intimidate and enforce their fraudulent, foreign, socialist, Communist, "Democracy" and foist their delusions upon the Citizens and children of this Land, and to corrupt the de jure Public Offices established to accomplish the purposes set forth in the "Preamble" to the ordained and established Constitution is cause and necessity enough.

Once again finding our safety, happiness and liberties to be in imminent danger, it has become necessary and imperative to our Rights, Duties, Privileges, Immunities, Lives, Liberties and Property and that of our posterity, to declare our separate and equal station, and exercise our Right and Duty to throw off and abolish the form and operation of the de facto, fraudulent, seditious "state." (See: Constitution For The State Of Colorado, Article II, Section 2, Declaration of Independence (1776), Constitution For The United States Of America, Amendments IX and X, C.R.S. 24-60-1301,Article IV(h)).

Section 2. People may alter or abolish form of government - proviso. The people of this state have the sole and exclusive right of governing themselves, as a free, sovereign and independent state; and to alter or abolish their constitution and form of government whenever they deem it necessary to their safety and happiness, provided, such change be not repugnant to the constitution of the United States.

More notes from the above Video:
Published on Jun 16, 2017

You want to see courage? In this interview see Jacquie Figg take you through her personal battle with the State of California over whether we have a right to travel ... or not. The fraud perpetrated by the state is exposed by THEIR OWN CODES AND STATUTES. Every Law Enforcement Officer needs to see this, maybe more than once, until they realize the crimes they are committing. If you are law enforcement, your job is not to do what your Watch Commander tells you is "OK", it is to know, obey and uphold THE LAW and tell your Commanders and Supervisors THEY MUST DO THE SAME. The only thing that gives you authority is the oath you swore. When was thew last time you read it? Do you even understand it? If you do not know what is presented in this video, you have been BRAINWASHED. If you think you know differently, then post your reference below this video. I PROMISE YOU the woman in this video can show you the truth. Every day, more and more people are getting FED UP with the lies and violations OUR GOVERNMENT thinks they can perpetrate against the public!

CVC Section 21052
The provisions of this code applicable to the drivers of vehicles upon the highways apply to the drivers of all vehicles while engaged in the course of employment by this State, any political subdivision thereof, any municipal corporation, or any district, including authorized emergency vehicles subject to those exemptions granted such authorized emergency vehicles in this code.

CVC 260.
(a) A "commercial vehicle" is a motor vehicle of a type required to be registered under this code used or maintained for the transportation of persons for hire, compensation, or profit or designed, used, or maintained primarily for the transportation of property.
(b) Passenger vehicles and house cars that are not used for the transportation of persons for hire, compensation, or profit are not commercial vehicles. This subdivision shall not apply to Chapter 4 (commencing with Section 6700) of Division 3.

CVC 17460
The acceptance or retention by a resident of this state of a driver's license issued pursuant to the provisions of this code, shall constitute the consent of the person that service of summons may be made upon him within or without this state, whether or not he is then a resident of this state, in any action brought in the courts of this state upon a cause of action arising in this state out of his operation of a motor vehicle anywhere within this state.

CVC 17459
The acceptance by a resident of this state of a certificate of ownership or a certificate of registration of any motor vehicle or any renewal thereof, issued under the provisions of this code, shall constitute the consent by the person that service of summons may be made upon him within or without this state, whether or not he is then a resident of this state, in any action brought in the courts of this state upon a cause of action arising in this state out of the ownership or operation of the vehicle.

Definitions by corporate Federal "State" for "in the state", "in this state", "in the state", "within this state" and "this state"
CALIFORNIA (CCA) located in:
Aircraft assessment and taxation, Revenue and Taxation Code §5304
Beverage containers, Health and Safety Code §113200
Cigarette tax, Revenue and Taxation Code §30013
Corporate Securities Law of 1968, Corporations Code §25008
Diesel fuel tax, Revenue and Taxation Code §60017
Emergency Telephone Users Surcharge Law, Revenue and Taxation Code §41005
Energy resources surcharge, Revenue and Taxation Code §40006
Fractional interests, local agency obligations, Government Code §5950
Hazardous Substances Tax Law, Revenue and Taxation Code §43009
Integrated waste management fees, Revenue and Taxation Code §45008
Motor vehicle fuel license tax, Revenue and Taxation Code §7309
Private railroad car tax, Revenue and Taxation Code §11205
Residential mortgage lenders, Finance Code §50003
Sales and use tax, Revenue and Taxation Code §6017
Taxation, Revenue and Taxation Code §130(f)
Use fuel tax, Revenue and Taxation Code §8609
Revenue and Taxation §130(f) "In this state" means within the exterior limits of the State of California, and includes all territory within these limits owned by, or ceded to, the United States of America.
Revenue and Taxation §6017. "In this State" or "in the State" means within the exterior limits of the State of California and includes all territory within these limits owned by or ceded to the United States of America.

CASE MENTIONED: 7 Cal.App.2d 395, 46 P.2d 234
JOHN J. O'NEIL, Appellant, v. DEPARTMENT OF PROFESSIONAL AND VOCATIONAL STANDARDS et al, Respondents. Civ. No. 10276. District Court of Appeal, Second District, Division 2, California. June 5, 1935.
Message 1 of 12181

MEANING of the 13th AMENDMENT

The "missing" 13th Amendment to the Constitution of the United States reads as follows:

"If any citizen of the United States shall accept, claim, receive, or retain any title of nobility or honour, or shall without the consent of Congress, accept and retain any present, pension, office, or emolument of any kind whatever, from any emperor, king, prince, or foreign power, such person shall cease to be a citizen of the United States, and shall be incapable of holding any office of trust or profit under them, or either of them."

At the first reading, the meaning of this 13th Amendment (also called the "title of nobility" Amendment) seems obscure, unimportant.

The references to "nobility", "honour", "emperor", "king", and "prince" lead us to dismiss this amendment as a petty post-revolution act of spite directed against the British monarchy. But in our modern world of Lady Di and Prince Charles, anti-royalist sentiments seem so archaic and quaint, that the Amendment can be ignored. Not so. Consider some evidence of its historical significance: * First, "titles of nobility" were prohibited in both Article VI of the Articles of Confederation (1777) and in Article I, Sections 9 and 10 of the Constitution of the United States (1787); * Second, although already prohibited by the Constitution, an additional "title of nobility" amendment was proposed in 1789, again in 1810, and according to Dodge, finally ratified in 1819.

Clearly, the founding fathers saw such a serious threat in "titles of nobility" and "honors" that anyone receiving them would forfeit their citizenship.

Since the government prohibited "titles of nobility" several times over four decades, and went through the amending process (even though "titles of nobility" were already prohibited by the Constitution), it's obvious that the Amendment carried much more significance for our founding fathers than is readily apparent today. http://www.tomdavisbooks.com/library/13thamend.html#mean13 From the State of Maine Constitution Printed in 1825 http://www.uhuh.com/constitution/1825const.htm The Missing 13th Amendment Copy (yes, another one) http://loveforamerica.freeyellow.com/13th.html Analysis of the Real 13th Amendment This amendment was meant to keep citizens of the United States from accepting titles of nobility from foreign powers.

The best example of this would be honorary "knighthoods" given by the rulers of England to people around the world who have performed a service for humanity. http://www.vaix.net/~captainnemo/plan/ Esquire A title applied by attorneys to themselves, to officers of the court, to members of the bar, and others of ill repute. No one in the United States is entitled to it by law, and therefore, it confers, no distinction in law. In England, it is a title next above that of a gentleman, and below a knight. Camden records four kinds of esquires, particularly regarded by the heralds:

1. The eldest sons of knights and their eldest sons, in perpetual succession.

2. The eldest sons of the younger sons of peers, and their eldest sons in like perpetual succession.

3. Esquires created by the king's letters patent, or other investiture, and their eldest sons.

4. Esquires by virtue of their office, as justices of the peace, and others who bear any office of trust under the crown.

NOBILITY. An order of men in several countries to whom privileges are granted at the expense of the rest of the people. The constitution of the United States provides that no state shall " grant any title of nobility; and no person can become a citizen of the United States until he has renounced all titles of nobility." The Federalist, No. 84; 2 Story, Laws U. S. 851.

There is not in the (COUNTERFEIT DC DEFACTO UNITED STATES Corporate charter presented as a constitution) de facto constitution today [cf. US v USA: http://www.usavsus.info/ ] any general prohibition against any citizen whomsoever, whether in public or private life, accepting any foreign title of nobility. An amendment of the constitution in this respect has been recommended by congress, but it has not been ratified by a sufficient number of states to make it a part of the constitution.

Rawle on the Const. 120; Story, Const. _1346. The Court, in "Horst v. Moses", 48 Alabama 129, 142 (1872) gave the following description of a title of nobility: To confer a title of nobility, is to nominate to an order of persons to whom privileges are granted at the expense of the rest of the people. It is not necessarily hereditary, and the objection to it arises more from the privileges supposed to be attached than to the otherwise empty title or order. These components are forbidden separately in the terms "privilege", "honor", and "emoluments", as they are collectively in the term "title of nobility".

The prohibition is not affected by any consideration paid or rendered for the grant. The prohibition of titles of nobility estops the claim of eminent domain through fictions of law. Eminent domain is the legal euphemism for expropriation, and unreasonable seizure given sanction by the targets of this amendment. Here is the original 13th amendment to the United States Constitution that was ratified in 1819. Then attorneys caused it to disappear in order to establish their claim of superiority with Titles of Nobility over the people.

The total ramifications of this earlier 13th Amendment being unlawfully removed are very serious. Article 13, ratified in 1819, reads as follows: If any citizen of the United States shall accept, claim, receive or retain and title of nobility or honour, or shall, without the consent of Congress, accept and retain any present, pension, office or emolument of any kind whatever, from any emperor, king, prince or foreign power, such person shall cease to be a citizen of the United States, and shall be incapable of holding any office of trust or profit under them, or either of them.

The following states and/or territories have published the Titles of Nobility 13th Amendment in their official publications as a ratified amendment to the Constitution of the United States in the following years:

Colorado ------- 1861, 1862, 1864, 1865, 1866, 1967, 1868

Connecticut --- 1821, 1824, 1835, 1839

Dakota ---------- 1862, 1863, 1867

Florida ---------- 1823, 1825, 1838

Georgia --------- 1819, 1822, 1837, 1846

Illinois ------------ 1823, 1825, 1827, 1833, 1839, dis. 1845

Indiana ----------- 1824, 1831, 1838

Iowa --------------- 1839, 1842, 1843

Kansas ----------- 1855, 1861, 1862, 1868

Kentucky -------- 1822

Louisiana -------- 1825, 1838/1838 [two separate publications]

Maine ------------- 1825, 1831

Massachusetts -1823

Michigan -------- 1827, 1833

Mississippi ------ 1823, 1824, 1839

Missouri ---------- 1825, 1835, 1840, 1841, 1845*

Nebraska --------- 1855, 1856, 1857, 1858, 1859, 1860, 1861, 1862, 1873

North Carolina - 1819, 1828

Northwestern Territories --- 1833

Ohio --------------- 1819, 1824, 1831, 1833, 1835, 1848

Pennsylvania --- 1818, 1824, 1831 Rhode Island ---- 1822

Virginia ---------- 1819 (ratification by 13th State)

Wyoming -------- 1869, 1876

Totals: 24 States in 78 separate official government publications. http://www.outlawslegal.com/answers/esquire.htm

A wonderful presentation on the Act of 1871 that created the Crown Vatican UNITED STATES Corp. 1871 by Bill Foust RIP.

It should be noted that Bill Foust was murdered on his driveway at his home by Police shortly after this presentation and others. Bill is very much missed by the community of those that got to know him.

Legal Disclaimer: ALL content on this site including any other linked media, documents, videos is presented for entertainment purposes and should NOT be considered as legal advice. Everything presented herein is shared  for educational purposes only. This content is presented under international Whistleblower protections of the Organic Laws as preserved by the National Government and states and under De facto US Corp. corporate charter (aka US Corp aka Constitution) 1st Amendment protections for free and speech and the excercize of our sacred and protected religious freedoms. We do further acknowledge that President and CEO of US Corp. Donald Trump quickly moved to defend these sacred foundational principles as the corner stone of the organic American system in the following Proclamation and Executive Order:  Proclamation 9570 National Day of Patriotic Devotion and Executive Order 13798 Promoting Free Speech and Religious Liberty. We take the orders to re-afirm that these rights also apply to those operating as to CROWN - VATICAN SUBJECTS - aka property aka human resource (FEDERAL AND STATE EMPLOYEES). Free speech and religious freedoms are unalienable rights of the Free and Independent private state nationals and private American nationals (i.e birthrights of a free and sovereign people) not subject to rule by foreign corporations, monarchs, popes, BAR attorneys et al al: See DOI and Titles of Nobility enacted 1810 and law by 1819 at the end of this page (Never terminated just side stepped by the creation of the Counterfeit UNITED STATES Corp under the Act of 1871).
Reply | Threaded
Open this post in threaded view
|

Re: Researchers site with compelling information

Gavilan
http://www.internallydisplacedpeople.org/joomla30/index.php/gemini


What are internally displaced people?

DRAFT CONTENT. PLEASE NOTE THIS SITE IS UNDER CONSTRUCTION... please excuse the errors while we fix them.

What are internally displaced people?

The purpose of this website is to show there exists codes and statutes for the smooth running of our (collective) government (which has been hijacked) and then there is everything else!

The following video will help you understand the scam in connection to the DMV suggestion that everyone must have a driving license to travel! Note that this con applies to every de facto 'Government' agency of the UNITED STATES or the De facto states (US Sub Corps). The scheme enabled the people and the states to be incorporated and lifted in to the de facto DC UNITED STATES Corporate jurisdiction:  https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eQ6mqBZEzfo 
What are internally displaced people?

~ there is “the state” and we are everything else

Internally displaced people

According to the UNCHF / Brookings institute: f the Guiding Principles,

http://www.unhcr.org/en-us/protection/idps/50f955599/protecting-internal-displaced-persons-manual-law-policy-makers-october.html

The term “internal displacement” describes situations in which individuals and groups are:

    forced or obliged to leave and remain away from their homes, but
    remain within the borders of their own countries

The second element distinguishes them from refugees, who are also involuntarily displaced but across internationally recognized state borders. Internal displacement occurs typically in response to armed conflict, persecution, situations of widespread violence, natural and human-made disasters and, more recently, large-scale development projects.Your citation did not arise “in this state” or “in the state”

As regards the responsibility of states affected by internal displacement, the Guiding Principles rest on two key tenets:

    Sovereignty entails not only the right of each state to conduct its own affairs but also the primary duty and responsibility to provide protection and assistance without discrimination to its population, including the internally displaced, in accordance with international human rights and humanitarian law.
    While those displaced within their own country remain entitled to the full protection of rights available to the population in general, displacement gives rise to particular vulnerabilities on the part of those affected. Therefore, and in order to ensure that the displaced are not deprived of their human rights, states are obligated to provide special measures of protection and assistance to IDPs that correspond to these vulnerabilities in order to ensure that IDPs are treated equally with respect to non-displaced citizens.

...specifically how are we displaced?

All taxing laws relate to the taxing forum. Under the STATE OF CALIFORNIA references to these so called "laws" can be found mostly in the Revenue and Taxation Code. The location of that forum of the STATE OF CALIFORNIA is described as:

Definitions by corporate Federal “State” for “in the state”, “in this state”, “in the state”, “within this state” and “this state”.

Note STATE OF CALIFORNIA is a De facto Corporation Sub of UNITED STATES Corp. successor to UNITED STATES c. 1871 which has authority only over the 68.34 square miles of the District of Columbia. To understand the concept of a Mutual Corp., watch the following video: CORPORATE NATION Full movie: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AVZnBLamNMk  UNITED STATES Is a Federal Corporation as given under Title 28 Section 3002. Note a FEDERAL CORPORATION IS NOT a We the people Government. In the case of the DC UNITED STATES and the fifty STATE of STATES they are owned and operated by foreign unknown entities that are detailed elsewhere on this website.

CALIFORNIA (CCA) located in:

In this state,

Definitions by corporate Federal "State" for "in the state", "in this state", "in the state", "within this state" and "this state"
CALIFORNIA (CCA) located in:

Aircraft assessment and taxation, Revenue and Taxation Code §5304
Beverage containers, Health and Safety Code §113200
Cigarette tax, Revenue and Taxation Code §30013
Corporate Securities Law of 1968, Corporations Code §25008
Diesel fuel tax, Revenue and Taxation Code §60017
Emergency Telephone Users Surcharge Law, Revenue and Taxation Code §41005
Energy resources surcharge, Revenue and Taxation Code §40006
Fractional interests, local agency obligations, Government Code §5950
Hazardous Substances Tax Law, Revenue and Taxation Code §43009
Integrated waste management fees, Revenue and Taxation Code §45008
Motor vehicle fuel license tax, Revenue and Taxation Code §7309
Private railroad car tax, Revenue and Taxation Code §11205
Residential mortgage lenders, Finance Code §50003
Sales and use tax, Revenue and Taxation Code §6017
Taxation, Revenue and Taxation Code §130(f)

Examples of those sections are provided below:Use fuel tax, Revenue and Taxation Code §8609

Revenue and Taxation §130(f) "In this state" means within the exterior limits of the State of California, and includes all territory within these limits owned by, or ceded to, the United States of America.
Revenue and Taxation §6017. "In this State" or "in the State" means within the exterior limits of the State of California and includes all territory within these limits owned by or ceded to the United States of America.

As you can see – “we the people” are not “in this state” or “in the state” so agents of “the state” are constantly finding ways to re-venue us or better still have us re-venue ourselves and as such we are internally displaced people!
How are we re-venued?

For those that wish to understand how we are being re-venued in to the DC lex fori understand what is called a Tacit Agreements and/or Adhesion contracts. These create the presumption that we have KNOWINGLY made a decision to operate NOT as a private American national / private state national with unalienable rights but to operate as a UNITED STATES Citizen with only rights and privileges granted by de facto congress to us for a fee.

For example, Americans at 16 are told that they MUST have a license to drive. The statement is factually correct but the language is deliberately misleading.

American’s and the DMV code confuse driving with traveling. The term 'vehicle' applies to one using transportation for commercial means.  

Driving means using a commercial vehicle for hire, i.e. engaging in commerce. Traveling is an unalienable right and you do not need a license to travel! Traveling in a private automobile is a private right that requires no license!

The Plantations owners however want us to have a license because it subjects us to being an agent of process for the UNITED STATES CITIZEN [all CAPS franchise] as evidenced here in the DMV application:

 

So – all Americans are tricked in to getting a license and acting as an agent of process for the US CITIZEN Franchise created by the UNITED STATES. The name on the license is not the live flesh blood sentient being but a Corporation, Franchise and what is called a decedent ESTATE.

Having a license is what the STATE relies on to validate that you are a UNITED STATES CITIZEN subject to the lex fori of DC “In the State”…

Any normal American applying normal ordinary language usage to this scam would classify this activity as extortion:
Extortion “Legally” Defined

The following definitions for “extortion” are taken from Ballantine’s Law Dictionary (3rdedition), Bouvier’s Law Dictionary (6th edition), Black’s Law Dictionary (2nd edition), and “Webster’s 1828 Dictionary:”

 (Ballantine’s)

Oppression under color or right; the criminal offense of obtaining money or other valuable thing by compulsion, actual force, or force of motives to the will; more technically defined as the unlawful taking by an officer of the law, by color of his office, of any money or thing of value that is not due to him, or the taking of more than is due, or the taking of money before it is due [Bush v. State, 19 Ariz 195, 168 P 508; 31 Am J2d Extort § 1]. A method of abuse of process [1 Am J2d Abuse P § 12].

(Bouvier’s)

In a large sense, it signifies any oppression, under color of right: but in a more strict sense it means the unlawful taking by any officer, by color of his office, of any money or thing of value that is not due to him, or more than is due, or before it is due [4 Bl. Com. 141; 1 Hawk. P. C. c. 68, s. 1; 1 Russ. Cr. *144]. To constitute extortion, there must be the receipt of money or something of value; the taking a promissory note, which is void, is not sufficient to make an extortion [2 Mass. R. 523; see Bac. Ab. h. t.; Co. Litt. 168]. It is extortion and oppression for an officer to take money for the performance of his duty, even though it be in the exercise of a discretionary power [2 Burr. 927]. It differs from exaction [(q. v.) See 6 Cowen, R. 661; 1 Caines, R. 130; 13 S. & R. 426 1 Yeates, 71; 1 South. 324; 3 Penna. R. 183; 7 Pick. 279; 1 Pick. 171].
 

(Black’s)

Any oppression by color or pretense of right, and particularly the exaction by an officer of money, by color of his office, either when none at all is due, or not so much is due, or when it is not yet due [Preston v. Bacon, 4 Conn. 480].

Extortion consists in any public officer unlawfully taking, by color of his office, from any person any money or thing of value that is not due to him, or more than his due [Code Ga. 1882, § 4507].

Extortion is the obtaining of property from another, with his consent, induced by wrongful use of force or fear, or under color of official right [Pen. Code Cal § 518; Pen code Dak. § 608; and see Cohen v. State, 37 Tex. Cr. R. 118, 38 S. W. 1005; U. S. v. Deaver (D. C.), 14 Fed. 597; People v. Hoffman, 126 Cal. 366, 58 Pac. 856; State v. Logan, 104 La. 760, 29 South. 336; People v. Barondess, 61 Hun. 571, 16 N. Y. Supp. 436].

    Extortion is an abuse of public justice, which consists in any officer unlawfully taking, by color of his office, form any man, any money, or thing of value that is not due to him, or before it is due [4 Bl. Comm. 141].
    Extortion is any oppression under color of right. In a stricter sense, the taking of money by any officer, by color of his office, when none, or not so much is due, or it is not yet due [1 Hawk. P. C. (Curw. Ed.) 418].
    It is the corrupt demanding or receiving by a person in office of a free for services which should be performed gratuitously; or where compensation is permissible, of a larger fee than the law justifies, or a fee not due [2 Bish. Crim. Law § 390].
    The distinction between “bribery” and “extortion” seems to be this: the former offense consists in the offering a present, or receiving one, if offered; the latter, in demanding a fee or present, by color of office.

 (Webster’s)

The act of extorting; the act or practice of wresting any thing from a person by force,duress, menaces, authority,or by any undue exercise of power; illegal exaction; illegal compulsion to pay money, or to do some other act. Extortion is an offense punishable at common law.

1. Force or illegal compulsion by which any thing is taken from a person.

 

Here follows a list of other acts that the STATE qualifies us as opting to be classed as a UNITED STATES Citizen.

 California Code, Vehicle Code - VEH § 516 [cf. http://codes.findlaw.com/ca/vehicle-code/veh-sect-516.html ]

 “Resident” means any person who manifests an intent to live or be located “in this state” (quotes by PJ) on more than a temporary or transient basis.  Presence in the state for six months or more in any 12-month period gives rise to a rebuttable presumption of residency.

The following are evidence of residency for purposes of vehicle registration:

 (a) Address where registered to vote.

(b) Location of employment or place of business.

(c) Payment of resident tuition at a public institution of higher education.

(d) Attendance of dependents at a primary or secondary school.

(e) Filing a homeowner's property tax exemption.

(f) Renting or leasing a home for use as a residence.

(g) Declaration of residency to obtain a license or any other privilege or benefit not ordinarily extended to a nonresident.

(h) Possession of a California driver's license.

(i) Other acts, occurrences, or events that indicate presence in the state is more than temporary or transient.

 NOTE STATE is not the physical state. Also note that CA is the fictional Federal overlay created for taxing purposes under the BUCK ACT.

The UNITED STATES Corps, STATE OF STATE Corps have no physical jurisdiction over the states! As can be seen above the UNITED STATES and its sub corps rely on us to put ourselves in their STATE through the above mechanisms!

Please note the following quote:

"We'll know our disinformation program is complete when everything the American public believes is false."

 ― William Casey (CIA Director) 1981 Quote.

You can probably see from the above example regarding the difference between driving and traveling that we are being deliberately led astray in the planation school systems to make sure that we DO NOT KNOW who we really are and that we make the right steps to be classified as an Incorporated UNITED STATES Citizen! None of our children are taught about their birthright status as a private American national - private state national!

The UNLEARN tab above provides many more links to documents and videos to help you unlearn. Clicking on the link will take you to a page with a list of articles. Here is a good place to start:

 introduction on how Americans went from freedom back in to slavery under the Crown, Vatican UNITED STATES Corp. c. 1871.

    “You never change things by fighting the existing reality.
    To change something, build a new model that makes the existing model obsolete.”
    ― R. Buckminster Fuller
     

 NOTE's from CORPORATE NATION VIDEO:

The Corporation Nation is the United States of America, U.S. Incorporated. Like the UNITED NATIONS it is owned and operated today by unknown entities. They are likely similar to Crown and Vatican agents that created the FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM, UN et al: Those behind the FEDERAL RESERVE which is a private foreign corporation masquerading as a National we the people Bank WHICH IT NEVER WAS.

The creation of the Federal Reserve System (1913) and the Independent Treasury Act (1920) suspended the de jure (meaning "by right of legal establishment") lawful money system of the United States government. The ITA handed our Treasury to the same private hands behind the Federal Reserve System.  The DC US de facto Congress post civil war was led by seditionist and traitors that turned the treasury department over to a private corporation, which when seen in its true light, is a fascist monopolistic cartel (NWO as exposed on every $1 Rothschilds - military debt script note aka FEDERAL RESERVE NOTE). The bulk of the ownership of the Federal Reserve System, a very well kept secret from the American people, is held by these banking interests, and NONE is held by a We the people United States of America Treasury:

                Rothschild Bank of London
                Rothschild Bank of Berlin
                Warburg Bank of Hamburg
                Warburg Bank of Amsterdam
                Lazard Brothers of Paris
                Israel Moses Seif Banks of Italy
                Chase Manhattan Bank of New York
                Goldman, Sachs of New York
                Lehman Brothers of New York
                Kuhn Loeb Bank of New York

The Federal Reserve is at the root of most of our present statutory regulations, "laws", in the control and regulation of virtually all aspects of human activity in the United States, through successively socialistic constructions laid upon the Commerce clause of the Constitution. Basically, the Federal Reserve is the "STATE" of the United States and for all intense and purposes owns the de facto corporate congress!

See "Our Enemy, The STATE" by Albert J. Nock - 1935, his Classic Critique Distinguishing "Government" from the "STATE."

See Also Charts in Text Format of Interlocking Directorships and Family Linkages taken from "Federal Reserve Directors: A Study of Corporate and Banking Influence. Staff Report, Committee on Banking, Currency and Housing, House of Representatives, 94th Congress, 2nd Session, August 1976."

See Also Secrets of the Federal Reserve by Eustace Mullins.

Anna Von Reitz recently commented on current ownership of the UN:http://annavonreitz.com/whatistheun.pdf 

"The "UN" is a corporation founded in France several years before the United Nations Charter was ever created. And here, for your edification, are the Principal Parties of Interest driving the "UN Agenda"----- Current version UN Corp dba World Bank dba FEDERAL RESERVE --- 52% owned by Rothschild Bank of London and Berlin; 8% owned by Lazard Freres Bank of Paris; 8% owned by Israel Moses Seif Bank of Italy, 8% owned by Warburg Bank of Hamburg and Amsterdam; 6% owned by Lehman Brothers of New York; 6% owned by Kuhn Loeb of New York; 6% owned by Chase Manhattan/Rockefeller Bank of New York; 6% owned by Goldman Sachs. (There may be some changes in ownership(s) since this list was compiled, but the above is accurate for the most part.)"

Thomas Jefferson once said:

"I believe that banking institutions are more dangerous to our liberties than standing armies . . . If the American people ever allow private banks to control the issue of their currency, first by inflation, then by deflation, the banks and corporations that will grow up around [the banks] . . . will deprive the people of all property until their children wake-up homeless on the continent their fathers conquered . . . The issuing power should be taken from the banks and restored to the people, to whom it properly belongs." -- Thomas Jefferson -- The Debate Over The Recharter Of The Bank Bill, (1809)

    "In A Time Of Universal Deceit, Telling The Truth Becomes A Revolutionary Act" - George Orwell, Author ..... "All Truth Passes Through Three stages. First, It Is Ridiculed, Second It Is Violently Opposed, And Third, It Is Accepted As Self-Evident"

    – Arthur Schopenhauer, Philosopher

From Corporate Nation (Video Notes)

The United States is comprised of over 185,000 incorporated state, county, city, town, municipality, district, councils, school district, pension fund, enterprise operation, lottery, alcohol monopoly, and many other private and for-profit corporations, which have mistakenly been called our “representative government”.
The hidden wealth and investment totals for all of these “collective” 185,000 corporations (governments), when added together, equate to well over 100 trillion dollars, over 26 trillion in just pension fund investment assets.
A trillion dollars is a million million.
With these investments, the government owns controlling ownership interest in all Fortune 500 companies, most major domestic and international companies, and most of everything you see around you. Malls, mini-malls, strip-malls, golf courses, movie theaters, etc…
Federal lands include about 87% of all state land, 97% of Utah land, 95% of Nevada, etc…
This is all easily verifiable by looking at the general accounting system of government, as required by federal law, called the Comprehensive Annual Financial Report, or CAFR.
“The Corporation Nation” documentary proves all of this without a shadow of a doubt.
It is free, it will never be for sale, and needs to be seen by all Americans.
Within this documentary is the governments own admission of corporate governance and fascism. It will not only astound you, but it will also answer just about every question you ever had with regards to the question of why…
…why is every law and every bill passed in the legislature unconstitutional?
…why has the government deregulated all industries and allowed monopolies and corporate tyranny?
…why can banks charge as much interest as they want, despite state laws against usury?
…why was the “Obama-Care” health care bill passed, and who really profits from it?
…why is our infrastructure and land being sold off to private and foreign corporations?
All of these questions will be stunningly clear once you have watched this movie. And with the information you will now possess, you will never again be left to wonder why anything happens in government…
Because you will see first hand that government owns the corporations that it regulates through stock investment.
Government votes for each corporation’s board of directors.
Government votes on whether each company should merge with or acquire other corporations.
Government is the corporations, by controlling stock ownership.
Please watch The Corporation Nation, pass it on, download the film, make copies, and pass them out to everyone you can. For this is the only issue any of us should be focused on…
For this is the root of corporate fascism in America.
-Clint Richardson-

Legal Disclaimer: ALL content on this site including any other linked media, documents, videos is presented for entertainment purposes and should NOT be considered as legal advice. Everything presented herein is shared  for educational purposes only. This content is presented under international Whistleblower protections of the Organic Laws as preserved by the National Government and states and under De facto US Corp. corporate charter (aka US Corp aka Constitution) 1st Amendment protections for free and speech and the excercise of our sacred and protected religious freedoms. We wish to further acknowledge that President and CEO of US Corp. Donald Trump quickly moved to defend these sacred foundational principles as the corner stone of the organic American system in the following Proclamation and Executive Order:  Proclamation 9570 National Day of Patriotic Devotion and Executive Order 13798 Promoting Free Speech and Religious Liberty. We take the orders to re-afirm that these rights also apply to those unknowingly operating as to CROWN SUBJECTS (aka UNITED STATES CITIZENS) which includes FEDERAL AND STATE EMPLOYEES. Free speech and religious freedoms are unalienable right of allFree and Independent private state nationals and private American nationals (i.e birthrights of a free and sovereign people) not subject to rule by foreign corporations, monarchs, popes, BAR attorneys, fascists et al al. In reference to TONA (Titles of Nobility Act of 1810), note that:The Original Thirteenth Article of Amendment to Organic The Constitution For The United States is: "If any citizen of the United States shall accept, claim, receive, or retain any title of nobility or honour, or shall without the consent of Congress, accept and retain any present, pension, office, or emolument of any kind whatever, from any emperor, king, prince, or foreign power, such person shall cease to be a citizen of the United States, and shall be incapable of holding any office of trust or profit under them, or either of them." [Journal of the Senate] and law by 1819 at this link: http://www.internallydisplacedpeople.org/joomla30/administrator/index.php?option=com_content&task=article.edit&id=18  Titles of Nobility Act was never terminated. It was buried by the BAR attorneys who have tried to pretend it was never ratified when they created the Counterfeit  UNITED STATES Corp charter under The Act of 1871. Its creators copied the original Constitution as but made some notable changes including deliberately missing out Amendment XIII. For a comparison see here: http://www.usavsus.info/ For the enactment of TONA in 1810 see here: See. http://www.thelibertybeacon.com/article-xiii-stolen-crown-temple-b-r/  Link to Journal of the senate for Amendment XIII: http://lcweb2.loc.gov/cgi-bin/ampage?collId=llsj&fileName=004/llsj004.db&recNum=490&itemLink=r%3Fammem%2Fhlaw%3A%40field%28DOCID%2B%40lit%28sj004446%29%29%230040392&linkText=1 
Reply | Threaded
Open this post in threaded view
|

Re: Researchers site with compelling information

Gavilan
http://www.internallydisplacedpeople.org/joomla30/index.php/articles/36-what-are-internally-displaced-people-2


What are internally displaced people? (Temp during site rebuild)

DRAFT CONTENT. PLEASE NOTE THIS SITE IS UNDER CONSTRUCTION... please excuse the errors while we fix them.

What are internally displaced people?

The purpose of this website is to show there exists codes and statutes for the smooth running of our (collective) government (which has been hijacked) and then there is everything else!

The following video will help you understand the scam in connection to the DMV suggestion that everyone must have a driving license to travel! Note that this con applies to every de facto 'Government' agency of the UNITED STATES or the De facto states (US Sub Corps). The scheme enabled the people and the states to be incorporated and lifted in to the de facto DC UNITED STATES Corporate jurisdiction:  https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eQ6mqBZEzfo 
What are internally displaced people?

~ there is “the state” and we are everything else

Internally displaced people

According to the UNCHF / Brookings institute: f the Guiding Principles,

http://www.unhcr.org/en-us/protection/idps/50f955599/protecting-internal-displaced-persons-manual-law-policy-makers-october.html

The term “internal displacement” describes situations in which individuals and groups are:

    forced or obliged to leave and remain away from their homes, but
    remain within the borders of their own countries

The second element distinguishes them from refugees, who are also involuntarily displaced but across internationally recognized state borders. Internal displacement occurs typically in response to armed conflict, persecution, situations of widespread violence, natural and human-made disasters and, more recently, large-scale development projects.Your citation did not arise “in this state” or “in the state”

As regards the responsibility of states affected by internal displacement, the Guiding Principles rest on two key tenets:

    Sovereignty entails not only the right of each state to conduct its own affairs but also the primary duty and responsibility to provide protection and assistance without discrimination to its population, including the internally displaced, in accordance with international human rights and humanitarian law.
    While those displaced within their own country remain entitled to the full protection of rights available to the population in general, displacement gives rise to particular vulnerabilities on the part of those affected. Therefore, and in order to ensure that the displaced are not deprived of their human rights, states are obligated to provide special measures of protection and assistance to IDPs that correspond to these vulnerabilities in order to ensure that IDPs are treated equally with respect to non-displaced citizens.

...specifically how are we displaced?

All taxing laws relate to the taxing forum. Under the STATE OF CALIFORNIA references to these so called "laws" can be found mostly in the Revenue and Taxation Code. The location of that forum of the STATE OF CALIFORNIA is described as:

Definitions by corporate Federal “State” for “in the state”, “in this state”, “in the state”, “within this state” and “this state”.

Note STATE OF CALIFORNIA is a De facto Corporation Sub of UNITED STATES Corp. successor to UNITED STATES c. 1871 which has authority only over the 68.34 square miles of the District of Columbia. To understand the concept of a Mutual Corp., watch the following video: CORPORATE NATION Full movie: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AVZnBLamNMk  UNITED STATES Is a Federal Corporation as given under Title 28 Section 3002. Note a FEDERAL CORPORATION IS NOT a We the people Government. In the case of the DC UNITED STATES and the fifty STATE of STATES they are owned and operated by foreign unknown entities that are detailed elsewhere on this website.

CALIFORNIA (CCA) located in:

In this state,

Definitions by corporate Federal "State" for "in the state", "in this state", "in the state", "within this state" and "this state"
CALIFORNIA (CCA) located in:

Aircraft assessment and taxation, Revenue and Taxation Code §5304
Beverage containers, Health and Safety Code §113200
Cigarette tax, Revenue and Taxation Code §30013
Corporate Securities Law of 1968, Corporations Code §25008
Diesel fuel tax, Revenue and Taxation Code §60017
Emergency Telephone Users Surcharge Law, Revenue and Taxation Code §41005
Energy resources surcharge, Revenue and Taxation Code §40006
Fractional interests, local agency obligations, Government Code §5950
Hazardous Substances Tax Law, Revenue and Taxation Code §43009
Integrated waste management fees, Revenue and Taxation Code §45008
Motor vehicle fuel license tax, Revenue and Taxation Code §7309
Private railroad car tax, Revenue and Taxation Code §11205
Residential mortgage lenders, Finance Code §50003
Sales and use tax, Revenue and Taxation Code §6017
Taxation, Revenue and Taxation Code §130(f)

Examples of those sections are provided below:Use fuel tax, Revenue and Taxation Code §8609

Revenue and Taxation §130(f) "In this state" means within the exterior limits of the State of California, and includes all territory within these limits owned by, or ceded to, the United States of America.
Revenue and Taxation §6017. "In this State" or "in the State" means within the exterior limits of the State of California and includes all territory within these limits owned by or ceded to the United States of America.

As you can see – “we the people” are not “in this state” or “in the state” so agents of “the state” are constantly finding ways to re-venue us or better still have us re-venue ourselves and as such we are internally displaced people!
How are we re-venued?

For those that wish to understand how we are being re-venued in to the DC lex fori understand what is called a Tacit Agreements and/or Adhesion contracts. These create the presumption that we have KNOWINGLY made a decision to operate NOT as a private American national / private state national with unalienable rights but to operate as a UNITED STATES Citizen with only rights and privileges granted by de facto congress to us for a fee.

For example, Americans at 16 are told that they MUST have a license to drive. The statement is factually correct but the language is deliberately misleading.

American’s and the DMV code confuse driving with traveling. The term 'vehicle' applies to one using transportation for commercial means.  

Driving means using a commercial vehicle for hire, i.e. engaging in commerce. Traveling is an unalienable right and you do not need a license to travel! Traveling in a private automobile is a private right that requires no license!

The Plantations owners however want us to have a license because it subjects us to being an agent of process for the UNITED STATES CITIZEN [all CAPS franchise] as evidenced here in the DMV application:

 

So – all Americans are tricked in to getting a license and acting as an agent of process for the US CITIZEN Franchise created by the UNITED STATES. The name on the license is not the live flesh blood sentient being but a Corporation, Franchise and what is called a decedent ESTATE.

Having a license is what the STATE relies on to validate that you are a UNITED STATES CITIZEN subject to the lex fori of DC “In the State”…

Any normal American applying normal ordinary language usage to this scam would classify this activity as extortion:
Extortion “Legally” Defined

The following definitions for “extortion” are taken from Ballantine’s Law Dictionary (3rdedition), Bouvier’s Law Dictionary (6th edition), Black’s Law Dictionary (2nd edition), and “Webster’s 1828 Dictionary:”

 (Ballantine’s)

Oppression under color or right; the criminal offense of obtaining money or other valuable thing by compulsion, actual force, or force of motives to the will; more technically defined as the unlawful taking by an officer of the law, by color of his office, of any money or thing of value that is not due to him, or the taking of more than is due, or the taking of money before it is due [Bush v. State, 19 Ariz 195, 168 P 508; 31 Am J2d Extort § 1]. A method of abuse of process [1 Am J2d Abuse P § 12].

(Bouvier’s)

In a large sense, it signifies any oppression, under color of right: but in a more strict sense it means the unlawful taking by any officer, by color of his office, of any money or thing of value that is not due to him, or more than is due, or before it is due [4 Bl. Com. 141; 1 Hawk. P. C. c. 68, s. 1; 1 Russ. Cr. *144]. To constitute extortion, there must be the receipt of money or something of value; the taking a promissory note, which is void, is not sufficient to make an extortion [2 Mass. R. 523; see Bac. Ab. h. t.; Co. Litt. 168]. It is extortion and oppression for an officer to take money for the performance of his duty, even though it be in the exercise of a discretionary power [2 Burr. 927]. It differs from exaction [(q. v.) See 6 Cowen, R. 661; 1 Caines, R. 130; 13 S. & R. 426 1 Yeates, 71; 1 South. 324; 3 Penna. R. 183; 7 Pick. 279; 1 Pick. 171].
 

(Black’s)

Any oppression by color or pretense of right, and particularly the exaction by an officer of money, by color of his office, either when none at all is due, or not so much is due, or when it is not yet due [Preston v. Bacon, 4 Conn. 480].

Extortion consists in any public officer unlawfully taking, by color of his office, from any person any money or thing of value that is not due to him, or more than his due [Code Ga. 1882, § 4507].

Extortion is the obtaining of property from another, with his consent, induced by wrongful use of force or fear, or under color of official right [Pen. Code Cal § 518; Pen code Dak. § 608; and see Cohen v. State, 37 Tex. Cr. R. 118, 38 S. W. 1005; U. S. v. Deaver (D. C.), 14 Fed. 597; People v. Hoffman, 126 Cal. 366, 58 Pac. 856; State v. Logan, 104 La. 760, 29 South. 336; People v. Barondess, 61 Hun. 571, 16 N. Y. Supp. 436].

    Extortion is an abuse of public justice, which consists in any officer unlawfully taking, by color of his office, form any man, any money, or thing of value that is not due to him, or before it is due [4 Bl. Comm. 141].
    Extortion is any oppression under color of right. In a stricter sense, the taking of money by any officer, by color of his office, when none, or not so much is due, or it is not yet due [1 Hawk. P. C. (Curw. Ed.) 418].
    It is the corrupt demanding or receiving by a person in office of a free for services which should be performed gratuitously; or where compensation is permissible, of a larger fee than the law justifies, or a fee not due [2 Bish. Crim. Law § 390].
    The distinction between “bribery” and “extortion” seems to be this: the former offense consists in the offering a present, or receiving one, if offered; the latter, in demanding a fee or present, by color of office.

 (Webster’s)

The act of extorting; the act or practice of wresting any thing from a person by force,duress, menaces, authority,or by any undue exercise of power; illegal exaction; illegal compulsion to pay money, or to do some other act. Extortion is an offense punishable at common law.

1. Force or illegal compulsion by which any thing is taken from a person.

 

Here follows a list of other acts that the STATE qualifies us as opting to be classed as a UNITED STATES Citizen.

 California Code, Vehicle Code - VEH § 516 [cf. http://codes.findlaw.com/ca/vehicle-code/veh-sect-516.html ]

 “Resident” means any person who manifests an intent to live or be located “in this state” (quotes by PJ) on more than a temporary or transient basis.  Presence in the state for six months or more in any 12-month period gives rise to a rebuttable presumption of residency.

The following are evidence of residency for purposes of vehicle registration:

 (a) Address where registered to vote.

(b) Location of employment or place of business.

(c) Payment of resident tuition at a public institution of higher education.

(d) Attendance of dependents at a primary or secondary school.

(e) Filing a homeowner's property tax exemption.

(f) Renting or leasing a home for use as a residence.

(g) Declaration of residency to obtain a license or any other privilege or benefit not ordinarily extended to a nonresident.

(h) Possession of a California driver's license.

(i) Other acts, occurrences, or events that indicate presence in the state is more than temporary or transient.

 NOTE STATE is not the physical state. Also note that CA is the fictional Federal overlay created for taxing purposes under the BUCK ACT.

The UNITED STATES Corps, STATE OF STATE Corps have no physical jurisdiction over the states! As can be seen above the UNITED STATES and its sub corps rely on us to put ourselves in their STATE through the above mechanisms!

Please note the following quote:

"We'll know our disinformation program is complete when everything the American public believes is false."

 ― William Casey (CIA Director) 1981 Quote.

You can probably see from the above example regarding the difference between driving and traveling that we are being deliberately led astray in the planation school systems to make sure that we DO NOT KNOW who we really are and that we make the right steps to be classified as an Incorporated UNITED STATES Citizen! None of our children are taught about their birthright status as a private American national - private state national!

The UNLEARN tab above provides many more links to documents and videos to help you unlearn. Clicking on the link will take you to a page with a list of articles. Here is a good place to start:

 introduction on how Americans went from freedom back in to slavery under the Crown, Vatican UNITED STATES Corp. c. 1871.

    “You never change things by fighting the existing reality.
    To change something, build a new model that makes the existing model obsolete.”
    ― R. Buckminster Fuller
     

 NOTE's from CORPORATE NATION VIDEO:

The Corporation Nation is the United States of America, U.S. Incorporated. Like the UNITED NATIONS it is owned and operated today by unknown entities. They are likely similar to Crown and Vatican agents that created the FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM, UN et al: Those behind the FEDERAL RESERVE which is a private foreign corporation masquerading as a National we the people Bank WHICH IT NEVER WAS.

The creation of the Federal Reserve System (1913) and the Independent Treasury Act (1920) suspended the de jure (meaning "by right of legal establishment") lawful money system of the United States government. The ITA handed our Treasury to the same private hands behind the Federal Reserve System.  The DC US de facto Congress post civil war was led by seditionist and traitors that turned the treasury department over to a private corporation, which when seen in its true light, is a fascist monopolistic cartel (NWO as exposed on every $1 Rothschilds - military debt script note aka FEDERAL RESERVE NOTE). The bulk of the ownership of the Federal Reserve System, a very well kept secret from the American people, is held by these banking interests, and NONE is held by a We the people United States of America Treasury:

                Rothschild Bank of London
                Rothschild Bank of Berlin
                Warburg Bank of Hamburg
                Warburg Bank of Amsterdam
                Lazard Brothers of Paris
                Israel Moses Seif Banks of Italy
                Chase Manhattan Bank of New York
                Goldman, Sachs of New York
                Lehman Brothers of New York
                Kuhn Loeb Bank of New York

The Federal Reserve is at the root of most of our present statutory regulations, "laws", in the control and regulation of virtually all aspects of human activity in the United States, through successively socialistic constructions laid upon the Commerce clause of the Constitution. Basically, the Federal Reserve is the "STATE" of the United States and for all intense and purposes owns the de facto corporate congress!

See "Our Enemy, The STATE" by Albert J. Nock - 1935, his Classic Critique Distinguishing "Government" from the "STATE."

See Also Charts in Text Format of Interlocking Directorships and Family Linkages taken from "Federal Reserve Directors: A Study of Corporate and Banking Influence. Staff Report, Committee on Banking, Currency and Housing, House of Representatives, 94th Congress, 2nd Session, August 1976."

See Also Secrets of the Federal Reserve by Eustace Mullins.

Anna Von Reitz recently commented on current ownership of the UN:http://annavonreitz.com/whatistheun.pdf 

"The "UN" is a corporation founded in France several years before the United Nations Charter was ever created. And here, for your edification, are the Principal Parties of Interest driving the "UN Agenda"----- Current version UN Corp dba World Bank dba FEDERAL RESERVE --- 52% owned by Rothschild Bank of London and Berlin; 8% owned by Lazard Freres Bank of Paris; 8% owned by Israel Moses Seif Bank of Italy, 8% owned by Warburg Bank of Hamburg and Amsterdam; 6% owned by Lehman Brothers of New York; 6% owned by Kuhn Loeb of New York; 6% owned by Chase Manhattan/Rockefeller Bank of New York; 6% owned by Goldman Sachs. (There may be some changes in ownership(s) since this list was compiled, but the above is accurate for the most part.)"

Thomas Jefferson once said:

"I believe that banking institutions are more dangerous to our liberties than standing armies . . . If the American people ever allow private banks to control the issue of their currency, first by inflation, then by deflation, the banks and corporations that will grow up around [the banks] . . . will deprive the people of all property until their children wake-up homeless on the continent their fathers conquered . . . The issuing power should be taken from the banks and restored to the people, to whom it properly belongs." -- Thomas Jefferson -- The Debate Over The Recharter Of The Bank Bill, (1809)

    "In A Time Of Universal Deceit, Telling The Truth Becomes A Revolutionary Act" - George Orwell, Author ..... "All Truth Passes Through Three stages. First, It Is Ridiculed, Second It Is Violently Opposed, And Third, It Is Accepted As Self-Evident"

    – Arthur Schopenhauer, Philosopher

From Corporate Nation (Video Notes)

The United States is comprised of over 185,000 incorporated state, county, city, town, municipality, district, councils, school district, pension fund, enterprise operation, lottery, alcohol monopoly, and many other private and for-profit corporations, which have mistakenly been called our “representative government”.
The hidden wealth and investment totals for all of these “collective” 185,000 corporations (governments), when added together, equate to well over 100 trillion dollars, over 26 trillion in just pension fund investment assets.
A trillion dollars is a million million.
With these investments, the government owns controlling ownership interest in all Fortune 500 companies, most major domestic and international companies, and most of everything you see around you. Malls, mini-malls, strip-malls, golf courses, movie theaters, etc…
Federal lands include about 87% of all state land, 97% of Utah land, 95% of Nevada, etc…
This is all easily verifiable by looking at the general accounting system of government, as required by federal law, called the Comprehensive Annual Financial Report, or CAFR.
“The Corporation Nation” documentary proves all of this without a shadow of a doubt.
It is free, it will never be for sale, and needs to be seen by all Americans.
Within this documentary is the governments own admission of corporate governance and fascism. It will not only astound you, but it will also answer just about every question you ever had with regards to the question of why…
…why is every law and every bill passed in the legislature unconstitutional?
…why has the government deregulated all industries and allowed monopolies and corporate tyranny?
…why can banks charge as much interest as they want, despite state laws against usury?
…why was the “Obama-Care” health care bill passed, and who really profits from it?
…why is our infrastructure and land being sold off to private and foreign corporations?
All of these questions will be stunningly clear once you have watched this movie. And with the information you will now possess, you will never again be left to wonder why anything happens in government…
Because you will see first hand that government owns the corporations that it regulates through stock investment.
Government votes for each corporation’s board of directors.
Government votes on whether each company should merge with or acquire other corporations.
Government is the corporations, by controlling stock ownership.
Please watch The Corporation Nation, pass it on, download the film, make copies, and pass them out to everyone you can. For this is the only issue any of us should be focused on…
For this is the root of corporate fascism in America.
-Clint Richardson-

Legal Disclaimer: ALL content on this site including any other linked media, documents, videos is presented for entertainment purposes and should NOT be considered as legal advice. Everything presented herein is shared  for educational purposes only. This content is presented under international Whistleblower protections of the Organic Laws as preserved by the National Government and states and under De facto US Corp. corporate charter (aka US Corp aka Constitution) 1st Amendment protections for free and speech and the excercise of our sacred and protected religious freedoms. We wish to further acknowledge that President and CEO of US Corp. Donald Trump quickly moved to defend these sacred foundational principles as the corner stone of the organic American system in the following Proclamation and Executive Order:  Proclamation 9570 National Day of Patriotic Devotion and Executive Order 13798 Promoting Free Speech and Religious Liberty. We take the orders to re-afirm that these rights also apply to those unknowingly operating as to CROWN SUBJECTS (aka UNITED STATES CITIZENS) which includes FEDERAL AND STATE EMPLOYEES. Free speech and religious freedoms are unalienable right of allFree and Independent private state nationals and private American nationals (i.e birthrights of a free and sovereign people) not subject to rule by foreign corporations, monarchs, popes, BAR attorneys, fascists et al al. In reference to TONA (Titles of Nobility Act of 1810), note that:The Original Thirteenth Article of Amendment to Organic The Constitution For The United States is: "If any citizen of the United States shall accept, claim, receive, or retain any title of nobility or honour, or shall without the consent of Congress, accept and retain any present, pension, office, or emolument of any kind whatever, from any emperor, king, prince, or foreign power, such person shall cease to be a citizen of the United States, and shall be incapable of holding any office of trust or profit under them, or either of them." [Journal of the Senate] and law by 1819 at this link: http://www.internallydisplacedpeople.org/joomla30/administrator/index.php?option=com_content&task=article.edit&id=18  Titles of Nobility Act was never terminated. It was buried by the BAR attorneys who have tried to pretend it was never ratified when they created the Counterfeit  UNITED STATES Corp charter under The Act of 1871. Its creators copied the original Constitution as but made some notable changes including deliberately missing out Amendment XIII. For a comparison see here: http://www.usavsus.info/ For the enactment of TONA in 1810 see here: See. http://www.thelibertybeacon.com/article-xiii-stolen-crown-temple-b-r/  Link to Journal of the senate for Amendment XIII: http://lcweb2.loc.gov/cgi-bin/ampage?collId=llsj&fileName=004/llsj004.db&recNum=490&itemLink=r%3Fammem%2Fhlaw%3A%40field%28DOCID%2B%40lit%28sj004446%29%29%230040392&linkText=1 
Reply | Threaded
Open this post in threaded view
|

Re: Researchers site with compelling information

Gavilan
http://www.internallydisplacedpeople.org/joomla30/index.php/articles/16-the-unanimous-declaration-of-the-people-united-on-earth-2-0


Private American nationals - private state nationals will govern ourselves from here on out.

An Explanation as to who are Internally Displaced people in America:

For an in depth understanding of this explanation please click on the Unlearn - Re-educate tab above. We have also placed a few critical videos at the bottom of this text.

Before I get in to this topic let me make a point. Many people that I talk to about the overthrow of America and the world by the Rothschilds Zionists and their sycophant criminals conspirators glaze over when i begin to explain the enormity of the Coup and the lies told Americans since! Most Americans have a very difficult job grasping the enormity of the lie.

One of the main reasons for this is they have accepted what they hear through the NWO media stations as Gospel truth without ever or realizing we have NO HONEST News in America and have not since the 1800's! Why - if you are enslaving and genociding the American people you would hardly want them to know what you are doing and how you are doing it!

Here are a few clues as to what has been going on to keep you enslaved and in the matrix:

These quotes belong together:

"The moment we no longer have a free press, anything can happen. What makes it possible for a totalitarian or any other dictatorship to rule is that people are not informed; how can you have an opinion if you are not informed? If everybody always lies to you, the consequence is not that you believe the lies, but rather that nobody believes anything any longer. This is because lies, by their very nature, have to be changed, and a lying government has constantly to rewrite its own history. On the receiving end you get not only one lie -- a lie which you could go on for the rest of your days -- but you get a great number of lies, depending on how the political wind blows. And a people that no longer can believe anything cannot make up its mind. It is deprived not only of its capacity to act but also of its capacity to think and to judge. And with such a people you can then do what you please." -- Hannah Arendt (1906-1975) German-American political theorist, escaped Nazi Germany Source: 'Hannah Arendt: From an Interview' Comments made in 1974 during an interview with the French writer Roger Errera and published in October 26, 1978 issue of The NewYork Review of Books Interview.

# The following remarks were apparently made by Swinton, then the preeminent New York journalist, probably one night in 1880. Swinton was the guest of honour at a banquet given him by the leaders of his craft. Someone who knew neither the press nor Swinton offered a toast to the independent press. Swinton outraged his colleagues by replying: There is no such thing, at this date of the world's history, in America, as an independent press. You know it and I know it. There is not one of you who dares to write your honest opinions, and if you did, you know beforehand that it would never appear in print. I am paid weekly for keeping my honest opinion out of the paper I am connected with. Others of you are paid similar salaries for similar things, and any of you who would be so foolish as to write honest opinions would be out on the streets looking for another job. If I allowed my honest opinions to appear in one issue of my paper, before twenty-four hours my occupation would be gone. The business of the journalists is to destroy the truth, to lie outright, to pervert, to vilify, to fawn at the feet of mammon, and to sell his country and his race for his daily bread. You know it and I know it, and what folly is this toasting an independent press? We are the tools and vassals of rich men behind the scenes. We are the jumping jacks, they pull the strings and we dance. Our talents, our possibilities and our lives are all the property of other men. We are intellectual prostitutes.

# "​​We must organize the intellectuals and use them TO MAKE WESTERN CIVILIZATION STINK! Only then, after they have CORRUPTED ALL ITS VALUES AND MADE LIFE IMPOSSIBLE, can we impose the dictatorship of the proletariat." ​ ​Willi Munzenberg (FRANKFURT SCHOOL) https://www.amazon.com/Double-Lives-Munzenberg-Seduction-Intellectuals/dp/1929631200

The first thing you must realize is that the existing District of Columbia UNITED STATES Corp. [Title 28 Section 3002] is a Crown - Vatican created Corporation, it has NO chain of title to the original founding Organic Acts that established the United States or The United State of America.

The UNITED STATES Corp. of DC was created in 1868 and brought to life in 1871 through the Act of 1871. It was created as a DC Mutual government for the 10 sq. miles of DC only now 68.34 Square miles. It HAS NO JURISDICTION on the fifty Free and Independent states or over the people on the states yet it has been occupying both (people and the states) through FIAT - aka FRAUD - Color of Law and Color of Office since.

Those behind the US Corporation expanded its stranglehold on the American people when it bankrupted the UNITED STATES Corp. in 1930 under the Secret Treaties of Geneva and enacted a Bankruptcy Emergency Banking Relief Act on March 9th 1933 and the Trading with the Enemy Act on the same day making all Americans an enemy of the state.

The De facto UNITED STATES, Corp. & the fifty STATE of STATE Corporation jurisdictions are the 68.34 Sq. miles of DC. It has jurisdiction over DC and Federal Employees (which includes STATE OF STATE employees). It has captured jurisdiction over the American people by deceit, fraud, sedition and treason! What we call tacit agreements and adhesion contracts which are an absolute fraud pursuant to English American common law. Under the common law the terms for a lawful contract includes a meeting of the minds, full disclosure, fair consideration.  We can conclude these considerations are never fulfilled in regard to any dealings with Corporate government.

Everyone else is a private American national - private state national that has been press-ganged when just a few days old on to a foreign commercial vessel docked in DC, i.e. lifted off the land on which they are sovereign with unalienable rights and press ganged, pirated (crime is: land piracy, personage) on to the Crown - Vatican UNITED STATES Corporate plantation in which we are treated 'as if' we are a THING.  One that willingly subjected himself to the foreign fictional planation on which  we can buy rights and privileges for a fee.

UNITED STATES Citizens therefore are Americans that have been converted in to second class PERSON, an Enemy of the State that is operating as a debt slaves.

The UNITED STATES relies  on the crimes of Personage, Peonage, debt slavery to extract the wealth of Americans under this Babylonian debt slavery system. The system is operated by actors under a false legal system that applies some 60M+ private rules and codes that do not in fact apply to private Americans nationals and private state nationals.

The system relies on bringing false controversies against you to entangle you in a legal action at which point foreign BAR attorneys are relied on to  bring you in to a court at which point you are attorned. Attorn means to turn away, in this context, to have ones rights and property turned away back to the UNITED STATES which is the Crown - Vatican un-holy Roman cult.

After decades of trying to get the administrators of the United States to do the right thing and correct the course of this nation back to its foundation  it is self evident that the de facto foreign US Corporate government no longer represents the will of the people or is fit for government of the American people.  Therefore - it has come time for the American people to part ways with it and to go back to the land from where we were press - ganged in to the foreign UNITED STATES vessel with out our authority, knowledge or consent.

No matter what your issues, where you live or how you found yourself watching this video; it doesn’t matter whether you have traffic, code enforcement, child protective services, health / vaccination, taxes, licenses or any other issue adversely affecting your life or livelihood, the same “white elephant” is sitting in the room for everyone. That white elephant is our ingrained (i.e. indoctrinated) false belief that there are people who are legitimately in charge of government functions / services and that those people constitute the lawful / de jure Government of the country where we live.

When I use the term Government here I mean a lawful Government of the People, by the People and for the People! That means a Government that is the servant of the People, not their master; a government that cannot charge us for its services, whose agents act in our best interests, etc. However, a de jure national Government just does not exist anywhere on Earth! All we have are de facto private, for-profit, foreign government services corporations, operating “as if” (i.e. pretending) they are lawful national, state, canton, provincial, regional, county, city Governments. The de facto private, for-profit, foreign entities that provide government services are operating in the stream of commerce because the de facto corporate Congress, Parliament, Diet, Assembly, etc. just happens to have authority to regulate interstate commerce of all persons engaged in any commercial activity within their respective jurisdictions.

As is mentioned in this video all so-called “governments” worldwide and the laws created thereby operate only on a certain type “person” and a certain type of “property” that are located within a certain venue. This is because they are not lawful / de jure Government! In other words the scope of the de facto private, for-profit, governments’ jurisdiction is extremely narrow and the only reason we experience the issues we do is because we have somehow consented (i.e. been tricked) into being “governed” by the live agents of these entities. We fill out forms that re-venue our persons and property into the so-called government’s scheme of providing services. Many of us rightly feel we are victims of an undeclared mixed war; that we could legally be identified as refugees, except we are in fear of the armed agents of the de facto corporate instrumentalities within our own national / state / provincial borders. We are therefore internally displaced people, people displaced because we have no lawful / de jure Government and are coerced into using costly government services, without our informed consent, by the administrators of these private, for-profit, foreign government services corporations, which are intended to appear to be operating as a de jure Government.

As internally displaced people we need to accept the limitations of these de facto private, for-profit government entities as they currently exist and start creating something new. We should see this as an exciting opportunity. With this in mind we need people who are willing to step up to the plate and find alternative solutions to the services currently offered by these de facto private, for-profit government entities. We will be creating a time bank so we can exchange services and help each other so we don’t have to step into this abusive foreign jurisdiction.

On the land of the California state, May 16th, 2017

The unanimous Declaration of the People united on Earth

    When in the Course of human events it becomes necessary for one people to dissolve the political bands which have connected them with another and to assume among the powers of the earth, the separate and equal station to which the Laws of Nature and of Nature's God entitle them, a decent respect to the opinions of mankind requires that they should declare the causes which impel them to the separation.

    We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness. — That to secure these rights, Governments are instituted among Wo/Men, deriving their just powers from the consent of the governed, — That whenever any Form of Government becomes destructive of these ends, it is the Right of the People to alter or to abolish it, and to institute new Government, laying its foundation on such principles and organizing its powers in such form, as to them shall seem most likely to effect their Safety and Happiness. Prudence, indeed, will dictate that Governments long established should not be changed for light and transient causes; and accordingly all experience hath shown that wo/mankind are more disposed to suffer, while evils are sufferable than to right themselves by abolishing the forms to which they are accustomed. But when a long train of abuses and usurpations, pursuing invariably the same Object evidences a design to reduce them under absolute Despotism, it is their right, it is their duty, to throw off such Government, and to provide new Guards for their future security. — Such has been the patient sufferance of these lands; and such is now the necessity which constrains them to alter their former Systems of Government. The history of these administrations is a history of repeated injuries and usurpations, all having in direct object the establishment of an absolute Tyranny over these lands. To prove this, let Facts be submitted to a candid world.

    It has refused us our Natural and Common Law and it has refused to abide by its own statutes.

    It has incorporated all 50 states and created federal corporations in which the People have no standing.

    He has forbidden his Governors to pass Laws of immediate and pressing importance, unless suspended in their operation till his Assent should be obtained; and when so suspended, he has utterly neglected to attend to them.

    Its Laws are not established for the people, but for the Government and for Persons in commerce, which are of their own creation.

    He has refused to pass other Laws for the accommodation of large districts of people, unless those people would relinquish the right of Representation in the Legislature, a right inestimable to them and formidable to tyrants only.

    It has called together legislative bodies to the district, as if they were representing the states.

    He has called together legislative bodies at places unusual, uncomfortable, and distant from the depository of their Public Records, for the sole purpose of fatiguing them into compliance with his measures.

    He has dissolved Representative Houses repeatedly, for opposing with manly firmness his invasions on the rights of the people.

    It has created a second constitution as an overlay that operates as if it was the original organic Constitution omitting the XIII Amendment to the Constitution for the United States of America specifically allowing the invasion of Crown Bar Attorneys through an army of Bar Associations, et al.

    He has refused for a long time, after such dissolutions, to cause others to be elected, whereby the Legislative Powers, incapable of Annihilation, have returned to the People at large for their exercise; the State remaining in the mean time exposed to all the dangers of invasion from without, and convulsions within.

    It has allowed the population of free inhabitants to be diluted with foreigners that have no concept of the foundational principals of the United States of America.

    He has endeavoured to prevent the population of these States; for that purpose obstructing the Laws for Naturalization of Foreigners; refusing to pass others to encourage their migrations hither, and raising the conditions of new Appropriations of Lands.

    It has destroyed the separation of powers by eliminating the judicial branch and placing it under the executive branch under the Reconstruction Act.

    He has obstructed the Administration of Justice by refusing his Assent to Laws for establishing Judiciary Powers.

    It has made Judges dependent on its Will alone for the tenure of their offices, and the amount and payment of their salaries.

    It has erected a multitude of New Offices, and sent hither swarms of Officers to harass our people and eat out their substance.

    It has kept among us, in times of peace, Standing Armies without the Consent of the people.

    It has affected to render created a the Military Industrial Complex independent of and superior to the Civil Power.

    He It has combined with others to subject us to a jurisdiction foreign to our constitution, and unacknowledged by our laws; giving his its Assent to their Acts of pretended Legislation:

    For quartering large bodies of armed troops among us:

    For protecting them, by a mock Trial from punishment for any Murders which they should commit on the Inhabitants of these States:

    For cutting off our private unregulated Trade with all parts of the world:

    For imposing Taxes on us without our Consent:

    For depriving us in many all cases, of the benefit of Trial by Jury:

    For transporting us beyond Seas jurisdictions to be tried for pretended offences:

    For abolishing the free System of English Laws in a neighbouring Province, all 50 states, establishing therein an Arbitrary de facto government, and enlarging it’s the District Boundaries so as to render it at once an example and fit instrument for introducing the same absolute rule into these Colonies lands

    For taking away our Charters, abolishing our most valuable Laws and altering fundamentally the Forms of our Governments:

    For suspending our own Legislatures, and declaring themselves invested with power to legislate for us in all cases whatsoever.

    He it has abdicated Government here, abandoned its people, by declaring us out of his their Protection and waging Mixed War against us, including but not limited to Genocide by silent war methods [cf. http://www.thecommonsenseshow.com/2016/08/19/deagel-documents-reveal-cia-depopulation-plans-for-the-us/ ].

    He it has plundered our seas and our estates, ravaged our coasts, burnt our towns, and licensed our trades, and destroyed the lives of our people.

    It is transporting large armies of foreign migrants that are know not to assimilate into our society Mercenaries to complete the works of death, desolation, and tyranny, already begun with circumstances of Cruelty & Perfidy scarcely paralleled in the most barbarous ages, and totally unworthy the Head of a civilized nation.

    He is at this time transporting large Armies of foreign Mercenaries to compleat the works of death, desolation, and tyranny, already begun with circumstances of Cruelty & Perfidy scarcely paralleled in the most barbarous ages, and totally unworthy the Head of a civilized nation.

    It has created a standing Army that has constrained and captured our people, held them in warehouses in bondage, under force of Arms, to become the executioners of their friends and Brethren, or to fall themselves by their own Hands and unlawful deeds.

    He has constrained our fellow Citizens taken Captive on the high Seas to bear Arms against their Country, to become the executioners of their friends and Brethren, or to fall themselves by their Hands.

    It has excited domestic insurrections amongst us through false media, and has endeavored to bring on the inhabitants, the merciless standing Army whose known rule of warfare, is an undistinguished destruction of all ages, sexes and conditions.

    He has excited domestic insurrections amongst us, and has endeavoured to bring on the inhabitants of our frontiers, the merciless Indian Savages whose known rule of warfare, is an undistinguished destruction of all ages, sexes and conditions.

    In every stage of these Oppressions We have Petitioned for Redress in the most humble terms: Our repeated Petitions have been answered only by repeated injury. A Prince Government, whose character is thus marked by every act which may define a Tyrant, is unfit to be the ruler of a free people.

    Nor have We been wanting in attentions to our British United States Citizens brethren. We have warned them from time to time of attempts by their legislature to extend an unwarrantable jurisdiction over us. We have reminded them of the circumstances of our emigration and settlement here. We have appealed to their native justice and magnanimity, and we have conjured them by the ties of our common kindred to disavow these usurpations, which would inevitably interrupt our connections and correspondence. They too have been deaf to the voice of justice and of consanguinity. We must, therefore, acquiesce in the necessity, which denounces our Separation, and hold them, as we hold the rest of mankind, Enemies in War, in Peace Friends.

    We, therefore, the people who have ascribed their name below Representatives of the united States of America, in General Congress, Assembled, appealing to the Supreme Judge of the world for the rectitude of our intentions, do, in the Name, and by Authority of the good People of these Colonies, solemnly publish and declare, That these united Colonies are, and of Right ought to be Free and Independent States, that they are Absolved from all Allegiance to the British Crown, and that all political connection between them and the State of Great Britain, is and ought to be totally dissolved; and that as Free and Independent States, they have full Power to levy War, conclude Peace, contract Alliances, establish Commerce, and to do all other Acts and Things which Independent States may of right do. — And for the support of this Declaration, with a firm reliance on the protection of Divine Providence, we mutually pledge to each other our Lives, our Fortunes, and our sacred Honor.

The following videos will provide you with an introduction to what and who is governing The United states of America:

Note. If you are new to the issues being dealt with at this site and to the global awakening then much of what is presented here will be difficult for you to grasp without first engaging in unlearning and re-education. The reason for this is that if you have relied on so called government information and mainstream media information sources all of your life then everything that have framed as your real world view is about to be eviscerated for everything you have been told by government sources your entire life is a lie. We do mean everything! The mainstream media, particular the system existing in America is a psychological warfare tool of the CROWN - CIA / Industrial Military Complex. What some call 'Mockingbird Media' (named after CIA Operation Mockingbird) was created to misinform you about the real world and staged and manipulated real world events of the Deep State (i.e. 911, USS Liberty, Sandy Hoax, Bay of Tonkin and other false flag events aka manufactured fear events [cf. FBI - The Terror factory]. What has been called the Matrix is the false reality created to keep the masses operating in a world in which they would continue to being manipulated by what is for all intense and purposes a global One World Order commercial government operating under the Crown  - Vatican un-holy Roman cult and under a handful of parasitic  owner operators of that system. The unlearn - re-education tab in the menu above was created to help walk people arriving at this site though the topics that will help you familiarize yourself with the real state of affairs of our world. It will help you fully understand the nature of our enslavement and the parasitic debt slavery system that we have  unwittingly relied on our entire lives orchestrated by a criminal enterprise that masses call "Government".

                     

        “When any real progress is made, we unlearn and learn anew what we thought we thought we knew before.                            --   Henry David Thoreau

Reply | Threaded
Open this post in threaded view
|

Re: Researchers site with compelling information

Gavilan
http://www.internallydisplacedpeople.org/joomla30/index.php/articles/14-declaration-of-separate-and-equal-station-consent-of-the-governed-is-terminated


Declaration of Separate and Equal Station, consent of the governed ?
Lets start with a question?

What would happen if a global corporation had taken control of virtually every Nation on Earth including America and runs all economies, trade, major corporations, military and all corporate government 'as if' they were a lawful Organic Sovereign Government of the Captive Nation and or states i.e. UNITED STATES Corp. operating as if it were the Organic America Union government or STATE OF CALIFORNIA running the California state 'AS IF' it were a lawful de jure physical state government for California created under the 1849 Organic constitution, i.e. 'AS IF' it had chain of title back to the FOUR founding acts that created The United States of America and the United States?

Would you be happy living under a Corporation as property of that Corporation rather than in a Nation governed by We the people where all share equally in its destiny, wealth and values as defined in the Declaration of Independence?  If we were in fact living under a Corporation lets us consider what it may look like:
 
 
Americans lawful birthright status post War of Independence and per the original founding Organic laws of the nation and of the Original states was as a freeman. A sovereign with the rights of that of the King George III that America had just defeated.
 
SOVEREIGNTY OF THE PEOPLE (Cites with thanks from 1215.org)The concept of sovereignty stands on its own. The sources shown below may help you to see that it is a respected and valid concept.

"...at the Revolution, the sovereignty devolved on the people; and they are truly the sovereigns of the country, but they are sovereigns without subjects...with none to govern but themselves; the citizens of America are equal as fellow citizens, and as joint tenants in the sovereignty." CHISHOLM v. GEORGIA (US) 2 Dall 419, 454, 1 L Ed 440, 455 @DALL 1793 pp471-472

The people of this State, as the successors of its former sovereign, are entitled to all the rights which formerly belonged to the King by his prerogative. Through the medium of their Legislature they may exercise all the powers which previous to the Revolution could have been exercised either by the King alone, or by him in conjunction with his Parliament; subject only to those restrictions which have been imposed by the Constitution of this State or of the U.S.
Lansing v. Smith, 21 D. 89., 4 Wendel 9 (1829) (New York)
"D." = Decennial Digest
Lansing v. Smith, 4 Wend. 9 (N.Y.) (1829), 21 Am.Dec. 89
10C Const. Law Sec. 298; 18 C Em.Dom. Sec. 3, 228;
37 C Nav.Wat. Sec. 219; Nuls Sec. 1`67; 48 C Wharves Sec. 3, 7.
NOTE: Am.Dec.=American Decision, Wend. = Wendell (N.Y.)
California Government Code Sections 11120 and 54950 contain strong statements about the sovereignty of the people.

CALIFORNIA GOVERNMENT CODE
SECTION 11120 et seq.

11120. It is the public policy of this state that public agencies exist to aid in the conduct of the people's business and the proceedings of public agencies be conducted openly so that the public may remain informed.

In enacting this article the Legislature finds and declares that it is the intent of the law that actions of state agencies be taken openly and that their deliberation be conducted openly.

The people of this state do not yield their sovereignty to the agencies which serve them. The people, in delegating authority, do not give their public servants the right to decide what is good for the people to know and what is not good for them to know. The people insist on remaining informed so that they may retain control over the instruments they have created.

This article shall be known and may be cited as the Bagley-Keene Open Meeting Act.

CALIFORNIA GOVERNMENT CODE
SECTION 54950 et seq.


54950. In enacting this chapter, the Legislature finds and declares that the public commissions, boards and councils and the other public agencies in this State exist to aid in the conduct of the people's business. It is the intent of the law that their actions be taken openly and that their deliberations be conducted openly.

The people of this State do not yield their sovereignty to the agencies which serve them. The people, in delegating authority, do not give their public servants the right to decide what is good for the people to know and what is not good for them to know. The people insist on remaining informed so that they may retain control over the instruments they have created.

54950.5. This chapter shall be known as the Ralph M. Brown Act.

SOVEREIGNTY
Black's Law Dictionary, Fourth Edition


The power to do everything in a state without accountability,--to make laws, to execute and to apply them, to impose and collect taxes and levy contributions, to make war or peace, to form treaties of alliance or of commerce with foreign nations, and the like. Story, Const. Sec 207

Sovereignty in government is that public authority which directs or orders what is to be done by each member associated in relation to the end of the association. It is the supreme power by which any citizen is governed and is the person or body of persons in teh state to whom there is politically no superior. The necessary existence of the state and that right and power which necessarily follow is "sovereignty." By "sovereignty in its largest sense is meant supreme, absolute, uncontrollable power, the absolute right to govern. The word which by itself comes nearest to being the definition of "sovereignty" is will or volition as applied to political affairs. City of Bisbee v. Cochise County, 52 Ariz. 1, 78 P.2d 982, 986.

STATE
Black's Law Dictionary, Fourth Edition


A People permanently occupying a fixed territory bound together by common-law habits and custom into one body politic exercising, through the medium of an organized government, independent sovereignty and control over all persons and things within its boundaries, capable of making war and peace and of entering into international relations with other communities of the globe. United States v. Kusche, D.C.Cal., 56 F.Supp. 201, 207, 208. The organization of social life which exercises sovereign power in behalf of the people. Delany v. Moraitis, C.C.A.Md., 136 F.2d 129, 130.
California Government Code
Deering's

241. Citizens
The citizens of the State are:
(a) All persons born in the State and residing within it, except the children of transient aliens and of alien public ministers and consuls.
(b) All persons born out of the State who are citizens of the United States and residing within the State.

CONSTITUTIONAL PREAMBLES

Constitution for the United States of America:

        We the People of the United States, in Order to form a more perfect Union, establish Justice, insure domestic Tranquility, provide for the common defence, promote the general Welfare, and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity, do ordain and establish this Constitution for the United States of America.

1849 California Constitution:

        WE the people of California, grateful to Almighty God for our freedom: in order to secure its blessings, do establish this Constitution--


1879 State of California Constitution:

        We, the People of the State of California, grateful to Almighty God for our freedom, in order to secure and perpetuate its blessings, do establish this Constitution.

 In all three constitutions (and the constitution of any real republic) the operative word is "establish." The People existed in their own individual sovereignty before the constitution was enabled. When the People "establish" a constitution, there is nothing in the word "establish" that signifies that they have yielded any of their sovereignty to the agency they have created. To interpret otherwise would convert the republic into a democracy (see Republic vs. Democracy; also see conditions of admission of California to the union). Also, see the legislated notice from the People to the government written in the California Government Codes 11120 and 54950 quoted above.

To deprive the People of their sovereignty it is first necessary to get the People to agree to submit to the authority of the entity they have created. That is done by getting them to claim they are citizens of that entity (see Const. for the U.S.A., XIV Amendment, for the definition of a citizen of the United States.)

14 C.J.S. 426, 430

The particular meaning of the word "citizen" is frequently dependent on the context in which it is found[25], and the word must always be taken in the sense which best harmonizes with the subject matter in which it is used[26].

One may be considered a citizen for some purposes and not a citizen for other purposes, as, for instance, for commercial purposes, and not for political purposes[27]. So, a person may be a citizen in the sense that as such he is entitled to the protection of his life, liberty, and property, even though he is not vested with the suffrage or other political rights[28].

[25] Cal.--Prowd v. Gore, 2 Dist. 207 P. 490. 57 C.A. 458.
[26] Cal.--Prowd v. Gore. 2 Dist. 207 P. 490. 57 C.A. 458.
        La.--Lepenser v Griffin, 83 So. 839, 146 La. 584
        N.Y.--Union Hotel Co. v. Hersee, 79 N.Y. 454
[27] U.S.--The Friendschaft, N.C., 16 U.S. 14, 3 Wheat. 14, 4 L.Ed. 322
              --Murray v. The Charming Betsy, 6 U.S. 64, 2 Cranch 64, 2 L.Ed. 208
        Md.--Risewick v. Davis, 19 Md. 82
        Mass.--Judd v. Lawrence, 1 Cush 531
        R.I.--Greeough v. Tiverton Police Com'rs, 74 A 785, 30 R.I. 212
[28] Mass.--Dillaway v. Burton, 153 N.E. 13, 256 Mass. 568

MISCELLANEOUS



"The very meaning of 'sovereignty' is that the decree of the sovereign makes law." American Banana Co. v. United Fruit Co., 29 S.Ct. 511, 513, 213 U.S. 347, 53 L.Ed. 826, 19 Ann.Cas. 1047.

"'Sovereignty' means that the decree of sovereign makes law, and foreign courts cannot condemn influences persuading sovereign to make the decree." Moscow Fire Ins. Co. of Moscow, Russia v. Bank of New York & Trust Co., 294 N.Y.S. 648, 662, 161 Misc. 903.

RESERVATION OF SOVEREIGNTY: "Even if the Tribe's power to tax were derived solely from its power to exclude non-Indians from the reservation, the Tribe has the authority to impose the severance tax. Non-Indians who lawfully enter tribal lands remain subject to a tribe's power to exclude them, which power includes the lesser power to tax or place other conditions on the non-Indian's conduct or continued presence on the reservation. The Tribe's role as commercial partner with petitioners should not be confused with its role as sovereign. It is one thing to find that the Tribe has agreed to sell the right to use the land and take valuable minerals from it, and quite another to find that the Tribe has abandoned its sovereign powers simply because it has not expressly reserved them through a contract. To presume that a sovereign forever waives the right to exercise one of its powers unless it expressly reserves the right to exercise that power in a commercial agreement turns the concept of sovereignty on its head. Merrion v. Jicarilla Apache Tribe; Amoco Production Company v. Jicarilla Apache Indian Tribe, 455 U.S. 130, 131, 102 S.Ct. 894, 71 L.Ed.2d 21 (1981)

State Sovereignty vs. Popular Sovereignty A general discussion of two types of sovereignty, and the relative positions of each.

United States and State of California are two separate sovereignties, each dominant within its own sphere. Redding v Los Angeles (1947) 81 CA2d 888, 185 P2d 430, app dismd 334 US 825, 92 L Ed 1754, 68 S Ct 1338

As independent sovereignty, it is State's province and duty to forbid interference by another state or foreign power with status of its own citizens. Roberts v Roberts (1947) 81 CA2d 871, 185 P2d 381. Black's Law Dictionary, 4th Ed., p 1300

A county is a person in a legal sense, Lancaster Co. v. Trimble, 34 Neb. 752, 52 N.W. 711; but a sovereign is not; In re Fox, 52 N.Y. 535, 11 Am.Rep. 751; U.S. v. Fox 94 U.S. 315, 24 L.Ed. 192 .... Black's Law Dictionary, 4th Ed., p 1300

A person is such, not because he is human, but because rights and duties are ascribed to him. The person is the legal subject or substance of which the rights and duties are attributes. An individual human being considered as having such attributes is what lawyers call a "natural person." Pollock, First Book of Jurispr. 110. Gray, Nature and Sources of Law, ch. II. Black's Law Dictionary, 4th Edition, p 1300

The terms "citizen" and "citizenship" are distinguishable from "resident" or "inhabitant." Jeffcott v. Donovan, C.C.A.Ariz., 135 F.2d 213, 214; and from "domicile," Wheeler v. Burgess, 263 Ky. 693, 93 S.W.2d 351, 354; First Carolinas Joint Stock Land Bank of Columbia v. New York Title & Mortgage Co., D.C.S.C., 59 F.2d 35j0, 351. The words "citizen" and citizenship," however, usually include the idea of domicile, Delaware, L.&W.R.Co. v. Petrowsky, C.C.A.N.Y., 250 F. 554, 557; citizen inhabitant and resident often synonymous, Jonesboro Trust Co. v. Nutt, 118 Ark. 368, 176 S.W. 322, 324; Edgewater Realty Co. v. Tennessee Coal, Iron & Railroad Co., D.C.Md., 49 F.Supp. 807, 809; and citizenship and domicile are often synonymous. Messick v. Southern Pa. Bus Co., D.C.Pa., 59 F.Supp. 799, 800. Black's Law Dictionary, 4th Ed., p 310

Domicile and citizen are synonymous in federal courts, Earley v. Hershey Transit Co., D.C. Pa., 55 F.Supp. 981, 982; inhabitant, resident and citizen are synonymous, Standard Stoker Co. v. Lower, D.C.Md., 46 F.2d 678, 683. Black's Law Dictionary, 4th Ed., p 311

The Constitution emanated from the people and was not the act of sovereign and independent States.*1 The preamble contemplates the body of electors composing the states, the terms "people" and "citizens" being synonymous. Negroes, whether free or slaves, were not included in the term "people of the United States at that time.*2 *1 McCulloch v. Maryland, 4 Wheat. 316 [1819]. See also Chisholm v. Georgia, 2 Dall. 419, 470 [1793]; Penhallow v. Doane, 3 Dall. 54, 93 [1795]; Martin v. Hunter, 1 Wheat. 304, 324 [1816]; Barron v. Baltimore, 7 Pet. 247 [1833]. *2 Scott v. Sandford, 19 How 393, 404 [1857].

The words "sovereign state" are cabalistic words, not understood by the disciple of liberty, who has been instructed in our constitutional schools. It is our appropriate phrase when aplied to an absolute despotism. The idea of sovereign power in the government of a republic is incompatible with the existence and foundation of civil liberty and the rights of property. Gaines v. Buford, 31 Ky. (1 Dana) 481, 501.

Government: Republican Government. One in which the powers of sovereignty are vested in the people and are exercised by the people, either directly, or through representatives chosen by the people, to whom those powers are specially delegated. In re Duncan, 139 U.S. 449, 11 S.Ct. 573, 35 L.Ed. 219; Minor v. Happersett, 88 U.S. (21 Wall.) 162, 22 L.Ed. 627. Black's Law Dictionary, Fifth Edition, p. 626

Democracy. That form of government in which the sovereign power resides in and is exercised by the whole body of free citizens directly or indirectly through a system of representation, as distinguished from a monarchy, aristocracy, or oligarchy. Black's Law Dictionary, Fifth Edition, p. 388

Bond v. U.S. SCOTUS recognizes personal sovereignty, June 16, 2011

 

Now let us see what American legal history has to say about the term "UNITED STATES Citizen":

 
ONE OF THE PEOPLE OR ONE OF THE CITIZENS?


The first issue to be resolved in any court proceeding is that of jurisdiction. Does the one entity have jurisdiction over the other entity? One should never go into court without a clear understanding as to whether he is there as a citizen, or there as one of the people.

If you claim you are a citizen of the United States, then it is strongly implied (though not necessarily true) that you are subject to the laws of the United States. On the other hand, if you are one of the People, then it is legally implied that you are a legal king, with a sovereignty superior to that of the United States, and subject only to the common law of the other kings (your peers). In short: the People are superior to the government, the government is superior to the citizens. That is the hierarchy.
PEOPLE ---> GOVERNMENT ---> CITIZENS

As a king you "are entitled to all the rights which formerly belonged to the King by his prerogative." You can do what you want to do when you want to do it. You have your own property and your own courts. There is no limit as to what you may do other than the natural limits of the universe, and the sovereignty of a fellow sovereign. You should treat the other sovereign in accordance with the Golden Rule, and at the very least must never harm him. Your sovereignty stops where the other sovereignty begins. You are one of the owners of the American government, and it is their promise that they will support your sovereignty (i.e. they have promised to support the Constitution and protect it from all enemies). You have no allegiance to anyone. The government, your only [public] servant, has an allegiance to you.

As a citizen, you are only entitled to whatever your sovereign grants to you. You have no rights. If you wish to do something that would be otherwise illegal, you must apply for a license giving you special permission. If there is no license available, and if there is no specific permission granted in the statutes, then you must apply for special permission or a waiver in order to do it. Your only allegiance is to your sovereign (the government), and that allegiance is mandated by your sovereign's law (the government, though not absolutely sovereign, is sovereign relative to you if you claim to be a citizen of the sovereign).

Here is a typical example:

As one of the People you have a right to travel, unrestricted, upon the public highways. You have right to carry guests with you in your automobile. You have a right to own a gun and that right shall not be impaired by your servant, the government. You have a right to a grand jury indictment and a trial by jury, that is a trial directly by the people, not the government.

As one of the citizens, you may not travel by automobile unless you are either a licensed motor vehicle driver, or you are a passenger with permission to be on board. Gun ownership is a privilege subject to definition and regulation. You do not have a right to a jury trial in all cases, and no right to grand jury indictment--a trial is a trial by the government, not the people.

More here: https://www.1215.org/lawnotes/lawnotes/pvc.htm 
People's rights vs citizen's rights

The paper authored by LB Bork on the Term CITIZEN OF THE UNITED STATES does a great job in exposing the clear intent of the UNITED STATES Corporate government to Federalize all physical state so called citizens under it as if they owed their allegiance to the Vatican created DC Corporation created in 1871 that has no chain of title to the founding organic acts that created the nation or the fifty Sovereign states upon it! This is why they created the "Dual System of Law" and Citizenship and then abandoned the Organic law form of the Nation - English American common law and Exclusive English American Equity and forced everyone in to US Courts and US Citizens so that they could be acted on and carpet bagged by Crown Attorneys that derive their existence as a parasitic entity by doing what parasites do - extracting life and energy from the host entity - that would be the original states and the people upon them!

A read of the document in the context of where we find ourselves today clearly spells out the CROWN infiltrators operating in this nation always intended that they find a way for their counterfeit UNITED STATES, the US Corporation to usurpt the sovereignty of both the states and the American people. It has done both relying on the term the UNITED STATES and a CITIZEN OF THE UNITED STATES. Please read the article here: https://www.1215.org/lawnotes/work-in-progress/uscitizen.pdf 

If you have read the above article then the question you now must ask yourself is are you one of the people of the United States - a private state national, as contemplated by the Organic U.S. Constitution Preamble is hopefully becoming clear to you? Or, are you one of the citizens of the United States, as defined in the Counterfeit 2nd U.S. Constitution persuant to the Vatican - Crown UNITED STATES Constitution that includes the 14th Amendment believed to have never have been lawfully ratified even under the de facto private rules and codes of the UNITED STATES Corporation.

Your answer affects the rights you have.

If you are one of the People of the United States, then unenumerated rights and all original thirteen amendments are available to you.

Logic tells us we are born with God given unalienable rights. These are widely recognized as natural rights.

Under the doctrines that flow from the founding documents of this nation it is agreed that Americans have birthright natural rights. However, if you agree to being a citizen of the DC United States Corporation (A Crown - Vatican created corporation created to rule DC in 1871 without we the people authority to rule The United States of America), then you will treated by 'Government' as if you have civil rights [properly called civil privileges aka benfits] if you agree that you are a Corporate creation of the Vatican - Crown created District of Columbia United States Corporation.

 

REPUBLIC vs. DEMOCRACY


    I pledge allegiance to the flag of the United States of America,
    and to the Republic for which it stands,
    one Nation under God, indivisible, with liberty and justice for all."

    SUMMARY
    In the Pledge of Allegiance we all pledge allegiance to our Republic, not to a democracy. "Republic" is the proper description of our government, not "democracy." I invite you to join me in raising public awareness regarding that distinction.

    A republic and a democracy are identical in every aspect except one. In a republic the sovereignty is in each individual person. In a democracy the sovereignty is in the group.

    Republic. That form of government in which the powers of sovereignty are vested in the people and are exercised by the people, either directly, or through representatives chosen by the people, to whome those powers are specially delegated. [NOTE: The word "people" may be either plural or singular. In a republic the group only has advisory powers; the sovereign individual is free to reject the majority group-think. USA/exception: if 100% of a jury convicts, then the individual loses sovereignty and is subject to group-think as in a democracy.]

    Democracy. That form of government in which the sovereign power resides in and is exercised by the whole body of free citizens directly or indirectly through a system of representation, as distinguished from a monarchy, aristocracy, or oligarchy. [NOTE: In a pure democracy, 51% beats 49%. In other words, the minority has no rights. The minority only has those privileges granted by the dictatorship of the majority.]


    The distinction between our Republic and a democracy is not an idle one. It has great legal significance.

    The Constitution guarantees to every state a Republican form of government (Art. 4, Sec. 4). No state may join the United States unless it is a Republic. Our Republic is one dedicated to "liberty and justice for all." Minority individual rights are the priority. The people have natural rights instead of civil rights. The people are protected by the Bill of Rights from the majority. One vote in a jury can stop all of the majority from depriving any one of the people of his rights; this would not be so if the United States were a democracy. (see People's rights vs Citizens' rights)

    In a pure democracy 51 beats 49[%]. In a democracy there is no such thing as a significant minority: there are no minority rights except civil rights (privileges) granted by a condescending majority. Only five of the U.S. Constitution's first ten amendments apply to Citizens of the United States. Simply stated, a democracy is a dictatorship of the majority. Socrates was executed by a democracy: though he harmed no one, the majority found him intolerable.

     
    SOME DICTIONARY DEFINITIONS

    Government. ....the government is but an agency of the state, distinguished as it must be in accurate thought from its scheme and machinery of government. ....In a colloquial sense, the United States or its representatives, considered as the prosecutor in a criminal action; as in the phrase, "the government objects to the witness." [Black's Law Dictionary, Fifth Edition, p. 625]

    Government; Republican government. One in which the powers of sovereignty are vested in the people and are exercised by the people, either directly, or through representatives chosen by the people, to whome those powers are specially delegated. In re Duncan, 139 U.S. 449, 11 S.Ct. 573, 35 L.Ed. 219; Minor v. Happersett, 88 U.S. (21 Wall.) 162, 22 L.Ed. 627. [Black's Law Dictionary, Fifth Edition, p. 626]

    Democracy. That form of government in which the sovereign power resides in and is exercised by the whole body of free citizens directly or indirectly through a system of representation, as distinguished from a monarchy, aristocracy, or oligarchy. Black's Law Dictionary, Fifth Edition, pp. 388-389.

    Note: Black's Law Dictionary, Fifth Edition, can be found in any law library and most law offices.

     
    EXAMPLE

    Democratic Form of Government: An environmental organization proposes a bill for the ballot that every individual should reduce his water household usage by 25%. To assure that this goal is met, the government, or private sector, will monitor every individual's household water consumption rate. If an individual does not meet the goal, his first offense is $500 fine. Second offense is $750 fine and 30 days community service. Third offense is $1,500 fine and 30 days imprisonment. Fourth offense is $1,750 fine and 90 days imprisonment. Fifth offense is a felony (1-year imprisonment) and $2,000 fine.

    The people argue this environmental issue back and forth. They argue the pros and cons of the issue. This great debate is held at town hall meetings. Strong opinions are on both sides of the matter. One side preaches, "It is for the common good!" The other side rebuttals, "This is control and not freedom, and lost of choice!" Election day occurs. The people go to the ballot box to settle the problem. The majority won by a vote of 51% whereas the minority lost with a vote of 49%. The minority is ignored. The majority celebrates while the minority jeers in disappointment. Since the majority won, the bill goes in effect. As a result of the majority winning, every individual must reduce his household water usage by 25%. For the reason that the majority has mandatory powers in a democracy. Those who wish to go against the collective (whole body politic) will be punished accordingly. The minority has neither voice nor rights to refuse to accept the dictatorial majority. Everything is mandatory in a democracy. This brings dictatorship and lividity to the realm.

    Republican Form of Government: An environmental organization proposes a bill for the ballot that every individual should reduce his water household usage by 25%. To assure that this goal is met, the government, or private sector, will monitor every individual's household water consumption rate. If an individual does not meet the goal, his first offense is $500 fine. Second offense is $750 fine and 30 days community service. Third offense is $1,500 fine and 30 days imprisonment. Fourth offense is $1,750 fine and 90 days imprisonment. Fifth offense is a felony (1-year imprisonment) and $2,000 fine.

    The people argue this environmental issue back and forth. They argue the pros and cons of the issue. This great debate is held at town hall meetings. Strong opinions are on both sides of the matter. One side preaches, "It is for the common good!" The other side rebuttals, "This is control and not freedom, and lost of choice!" Election day occurs. The people go to the ballot box to settle the problem. The majority won by a vote of 51% whereas the minority lost with a vote of 49%. The minority may have lost, but not all is gone. The majority celebrates while the minority jeers in disappointment. Since the majority won, the bill goes in effect. As a result of the majority winning, it is advisory that every individual reduce his household water usage by 25%. For the reason that the majority has advisory powers in a republic. Bearing in mind that each individual is equally sovereign in a republic, he is free to reject the majority. He may choose to follow the majority and subject himself to the rule, or he may choose not to follow the majority and not subject himself to the rule. The minority has a voice and rights to refuse to accept the majority. Everything is advisory in a republic. This brings liberty and peace to the realm.

    COMMENTS

    Notice that in a Democracy, the sovereignty is in the whole body of the free citizens. The sovereignty is not divided to smaller units such as individual citizens. To solve a problem, only the whole body politic is authorized to act. Also, being citizens, individuals have duties and obligations to the government. The government's only obligations to the citizens are those legislatively pre-defined for it by the whole body politic.

    In a Republic, the sovereignty resides in the people themselves, whether one or many. In a Republic, one may act on his own or through his representatives as he chooses to solve a problem. Further, the people have no obligation to the government; instead, the government being hired by the people, is obliged to its owner, the people.

    The people own the government agencies. The government agencies own the citizens. In the United States we have a three-tiered cast system consisting of people ---> government agencies ---> and citizens.

    The people did "ordain and establish this Constitution," not for themselves, but "for the United States of America." In delegating powers to the government agencies the people gave up none of their own. (See Preamble of U.S. Constitution). This adoption of this concept is why the U.S. has been called the "Great Experiment in self government." The People govern themselves, while their agents (government agencies) perform tasks listed in the Preamble for the benefit of the People. The experiment is to answer the question, "Can self-governing people coexist and prevail over government agencies that have no authority over the People?"

    The citizens of the United States are totally subject to the laws of the United States (See 14th Amendment of U.S. Constitution). NOTE: U.S. citizenship did not exist until July 28, 1868.

    Actually, the United States is a mixture of the two systems of government (Republican under Common Law, and democratic under statutory law). The People enjoy their God-given natural rights in the Republic. In a democracy, the Citizens enjoy only government granted privileges (also known as civil rights).

    There was a great political division between two major philosophers, Hobbes and Locke. Hobbes was on the side of government. He believed that sovereignty was vested in the state. Locke was on the side of the People. He believed that the fountain of sovereignty was the People of the state. Statists prefer Hobbes. Populists choose Locke. In California, the Government Code sides with Locke. Sections 11120 and 54950 both say, "The people of this State do not yield their sovereignty to the agencies which serve them." The preambles of the U.S. and California Constitutions also affirm the choice of Locke by the People.

    It is my hope that the U.S. will always remain a Republic, because I value individual freedom.

    Thomas Jefferson said that liberty and ignorance cannot coexist.* Will you help to preserve minority rights by fulfilling the promise in the Pledge of Allegiance to support the Republic? Will you help by raising public awareness of the difference between the Republic and a democracy?

     
    * "If a nation expects to be ignorant and free, in a state of civilization,
    it expects what never was and never will be."
    Thomas Jefferson, 1816.
    MORE LAWNOTES      

 

American birthright status is commonly known as a private American National - private state National. Up until the 1860's there was no such thing as a US Citizen. The UNITED STATES Citizen was a contrivance of those openly engaged in the coup of this nation in between 1861 - 1871. Those behind the coup wanted to turn all Americans in to a sub class status and by creating the US Citizen they achieved their goal. This fraud enabled Americans to be be fooistet under DC laws that otherwise did not apply to Americans!

It is important to recognize that not only have Americans true status been hidden from the American people by those operating the so called National government that created the current foreign UNITED STATES buty the same government will not recognize private American / state National status.  This has in effect made the American people an Internally Displaced People on our own land. In effect abandoned by a lawful government that does not any longer exist.

For these reasons Americans seek to remedy this situation and declare and correct our true legal status, while organizing for our own welfare and safety. To do this we have decided to band together with all similarly situated Americans (and other people around the world) as an Internally Displaced People operating under the protections of International law while we we re-organize ourselves back in to our original organic birth right states.

We the American people listed under the Rolls on this site do not any longer consent to being ruled by a parasite class under the Crown - Vatican de facto corporate global system. We instead to choose to live as Free Sovereign men and women who are fully aligned with other liked mind men and women around the world that embrace the principals established under the Declaration of Independence of 1776 and updated in the IDPWC declaration listed herein. The people representing the IDPWC have no interest giving our energy to despots running a slavery system and deliberately imparting misery on others. We no longer wish to feed fund those that fail to see themselves as an equal to the rest of humanity or that believe that they should not be treated in the same way that they treat everyone else. A Talmudic - Satanist cult that have repeatedly been banished from Nation after Nation through history for doing exactly what they have done to the world today. The people that have brought the world to its knees are Rothschild Zionists, operating under the Talmud

To understand this comment please examine how Israelis treat Palestinians on their own land or how US Judges treated Bankers, attorneys in their kangaroo Courts over those who are having their homes, property, children stollen by the same parasites in utter and absolute violation to the organic laws of America and the Physical states! If you have not seen these acts for yourself then you owe it to yourselg to spend some time in the public gallery in US Courts. While you are there remember that every so called law being applied to thieve peoples property, rights, children et al ONLY APPLIES IN THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA and only in matters pertaining to Legal fictions!

Americans and people of most nations have, without their knowledge have been legally converted in to a Deceased status with the name of a DEAD legal entity commonly referred to as a Franchise, Ens Legis, PERSON et al. This monumental fraud is enacted on us by an army of non thinking drones unknowingly working for a private corporation operating under the control of the Crown - Vatican Organization created in 1871 under the Act of 1871 called the UNITED STATES. This particular UNITED STATES has no lawful chain of title back to the Organic The Unites States of America or the United States.

This fraud to classify each of us legally dead is instigated on each of us shortly after birth through execution of a birth certificate and cures by the time we are seven years old due to something called the Cestui Quest Vie Act of 1666. This short video explains the so called legal name fraud: Meet Your Strawman. This video further explains how this fits in to the context of legal fraud played on all of us: Strawman and the legal system.

It is worth noting that an equivalent scheme has been enacted on people of all nations since 1933 less those that have resisted the unholy Roman cult thus far which we believe includes Syria, Iran, North Korea, Cuba and Yemen. All of which have paid an enormous price for rejecting the NWO death cult.

The majority of Americans have been led to believe that they are UNITED STATES Citizens yet a UNITED STATES Citizen is in fact a District of Columbia Citizen. Americans for the most part to not understand the real difference between the term American and an United States Citizen! Please read the article US v USA to better understand this deliberate legal deception.

US and STATE OF ___________ Court Administrators pretending to be lawfully appointed and seated de jure state judges operate on Americans as if UNITED STATES Citizens knowingly volunteered themselves as an Enemy of the State and Debt Slave to pay for the debts of the foreign UNITED STATES Corporation receivers!  This is of course is an act of monumental deceit by private foreign administrators of the UNITED STATES Corporation. Naturally this fraud is NOT explained to the children attending the Crown - Vatican plantation indoctrination centers called "Schools"!

The DC UNITED STATES Corporation is in fact a wholly foreign owned bankrupt Corporation created by a parasite class that has since 1871 been engaged in asset striping America and its people for the benefit of what is a parasite class engaged in the creation of a One World Government for hundreds of years.  The criminals behind this fraud stand behind the Vatican and the Crown and have been running the UNITED STATES Corporation through selected puppets. It remains unclear whether President Donald Trump is his own man and foisted the NWO to gain a seat as President and CEO of the foreign UNITED STATES Corporation.

US Courts are operated by Crown - Vatican agents to engage in acts of Fraud, RICO so that they may aid BAR Union co-conspirators in to stealing property from the states and the American people in utter violation of the foundational organic laws of America and the fifty Free and Independent states.  

The parasite class that enacted this scheme of fraud on you would tell you that the RICO, Sedition and treason enacted by their predecessors was enacted out of an act of necessity to save America but a brief study of what happened through the acts of the Paris Treaty in 1863, Treaty of Paris 1783, Treaty of Ghent 1814 after the War of 1812 enacted to bury any evidence of the 1810 Titles of Nobility Act passed by 1819 that banned BAR attorneys from entering a government office or becoming an American!

The now very well documented history demonstrates what has transpired in America was planned overthrow by Crown and Vatican enemies foreign and domestic. The Vatican un-holy Roman Cult's plan to overthrow humanity can clearly be traced back to 1302 as enacted by the Vatican under the Papal Bull Unum Sanctum where a child was sacrificed to enable skin to be removed from his/her bank which was treated to create a parchment on which the Papal Bull Claiming all the known World as property of the Vatican. They later repeated the excercise claiming all Souls and all people!

There was no "neccesity". The plan to overthrow American and enslave all Americans in to perpetual debt is self evident!  What was executed was a deliberate Rothschilds strategy to take control of America,   undermine state sovereignty and to subsequently do the same to all nations. However the problem with fraud is their is no statute of limitations and it is easily corrected!

If your parents understood this plot - and if you understand it - will you pledge your children to the same deamons! Millions of people in America would have instead chosen to have operated as Private State Nationals of our physical birth states - Private American Nationals.

However, you, your parents, great Grand parents were NOT told the truth about your choices because this would have meant that the International Banksters of the Crown & Vatican system would not have been able to to prey on you, enslave you for you would have retained birthright Unalienable rights!

It is now up to us to correct the wrong and make sure that our future and that of our children is not left in the hands of a parasite class thinking that they literally are superior genetic beings and superior to the rest of humanity!

 

- IT IS HEREBY DEEMED NECESSARY TO SEPARATE OURSELVES FROM THAT WHICH HAS ENSLAVED NOT ONLY AMERICANS BUT ALL OF HUMANITY -

 

Unbeknown to most of the people of the world that have existed these past 250 years or more, humanity has been enslaved by a small parasite class now engaged in genocide of 90% humanity through silent weapons technologies, orchestrated terrorism and deliberate wars.

This so called New World Order plot has been an ongoing work by a parasite Talmudic Zionist class aided by criminal sycophants that began in earnest in 1302 when those that orchestrated the Vatican unholy Roman Cult claimed all of the planet as its property. They did this by writing out what is called a Papal Bull on to a skin carved out of the back of a sacrificed child. This act of insanity was supported by additional acts of madness detailed in articles on this page [c.f. Tri Crown].

As humanity entered an age of understanding, those responsible for these acts of insanity, rather than terminate them and apologize for them, simply upped their insane game to enslave everyone, claim all property, all land, all people, all souls such that those behind this plot decide who lives and dies, who eats - who starves, who get to own the product of their labor et al. This parasite class fronted by the European BAR across the planet are engaged in thieving all private property from everyone and a final end run to reduce the population of the planet by 90% under Quiet Weapons technologies further exposed on this web site.

The principal arch criminal behind this Genocide are Black Nobility standing behind the the Vatican System which in turn is part owner of the CROWN aka Corporation of London.  

At this point in time these Psychopaths, sociopaths, parasites have caused virtually every war and calamity that has plagued all nations for at least a 1000 years.

Humanity no longer has any reason to continually blindly supporting this parasite class or its agencies.  We have both a legal and lawful rights to stop suporting our own genocide and enslavement. The

 

JURE CORONEA (A right of the Crown*) - TESTE MEIPSO (I, myself bear witness)

*After the American war of Independence, rights of the Crown King, being defeated became the rights of the American people.

The 4th Crown belongs to the American people as a sovereign people. Acts of fraud by a foreign Crown - Vatican parasite class can operating in American in violation of the standing Organic laws of the Nation states do not extinquish this right.

“The greater the power, the more dangerous the abuse.” – Edmond Burke

“Man will ultimately be governed by God or by tyrants.” – Benjamin Franklin

“Society in every state is a blessing, but Government in its best state, is but a necessary evil; in its worst state an intolerable one.” – Thomas Paine

“The strongest reason for the people to retain the right to keep and bear arms is, as a last resort, to protect themselves against the tyranny in government.”---Thomas Jefferson

The follow document was typed by A. Gora - "completed Sat. morn. 3/15/2003...for the sake of our INNOCENTS, our babies, everyone's babies, "we are one in the spirit with our Lord....."

SOURCE:  http://home.absolute.net/xode/nwofraud/Bankruptcy_Fraud/Bankfraud1.htm

Documents posted on this site and tens of thousands of others together with the following document serves well to illustrate the abomination enacted against the American people since 1783. Thousands of researches have been exposing teh frauds perpetuated on the American people for years and demand for redress continually has fallen on deaf ears.

It is a fact that one can not the one that defrauded Millions of American, many that served what they thought was America with their lives, to ever fix what they destroyed, violated, abused et al. The House of Representatives and the UNITED STATES Congress are the ones that knew of this abortion and they chose to get fat riding high on the hog while

 

below is an exact copy of the original document that Mr. John Nelson wrote on February 21, 1992 with the following exceptions:

    (1) many statements have been made bold or italicized to call out their importance. The original document had neither bold nor italic text.

    (2) spelling errors have been corrected.

    (3) a paragraph has been added to the original document and identifies itself as being such.

    (4) some of the references by this document to other documents are now hyperlinks to those other documents so you can review those other

    documents also if you want to.

JOHN B. NELSON

 

TO: The American National People,

The People Of The State Of Colorado,

U.S.A.

 

February 21, 1992

 

DECLARATION OF CAUSE AND NECESSITY TO ABOLISH

AND

DECLARATION OF SEPARATE AND EQUAL STATION

 

I have enclosed Senate Report No. 93-549, 93rd Congress, 1st Session (1973), "Summary Of Emergency Power Statutes", consisting of 607 pages, which I believe you will find most interesting.

 The United States went "Bankrupt" in 1933 and was declared so by President Roosevelt by Executive Orders 6073, 6102, 6111 and by Executive Order 6260 on March 9, 1933 (See: Senate Report 93-549, pgs. 187 & 594), under the "Trading with The Enemy Act" (Sixty-Fifth Congress, Sess. I, Chs. 105, 106, October 5, 1917), and as codified at 12 U.S.C.A. 95a.

 On May 23, 1933, Congressman, Louis T. McFadden, brought formal charges against the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve Bank System, the Comptroller of the Currency and the Secretary of the United States Treasury for criminal acts. The petition for Articles of Impeachment was thereafter referred to the Judiciary Committee, and has yet to be acted upon (See: Congressional Record, pp. 4055-4058). Congress confirmed the Bankruptcy on June 5, 1933, and impaired the obligations and considerations of contracts through the "Joint Resolution To Suspend The Gold Standard And Abrogate The Gold Clause, June 5, 1933", (See: House Joint Resolution 192, 73rd Congress, 1st Session).

 The several States of the Union pledged the faith and credit thereof to the aid of the National Government, and formed numerous socialist committees, such as the "Council Of State Governments", "Social Security Administration" etc., to purportedly deal with the economic "Emergency." These Organizations operated under the "Declaration of INTERdependence" of January 22, 1937, and published some of their activities in "The Book of the States." The 1937 edition of the Book of the States openly declared that the people engaged in such activities as the Farming/Husbandry Industry had been reduced to mere feudal "Tenants" on their Land. Book Of The States, 1937, pg. 155. This of course was compounded by such activities as price fixing wheat and grains 7 U.S.C.A. 1332, quota regulations 7 U.S.C.A. 1371, and livestock products 7 U.S.C.A. 1903, which have been consistently below the costs of production, interest on loans and inflation of the paper "Bills of Credit", leaving the food producers and others in a state of peonage and involuntary servitude, constituting the taking of private property, for the benefit and use of others, without just compensation.

NOTE: The Council Of State governments has now been absorbed into such things as the "National Conference Of Commissioners On Uniform State Laws", whose Headquarters Office is located at 676 North St. Clair Street, Suite 1700, Chicago, Illinois 60611, and "all" being "members of the Bar", and operating under a different "Constitution and By Laws", far distant from the depositories of the public Records, has promulgated, lobbied for, passed, adjudicated and ordered the implementation and execution of their purported "Uniform" and "Model" Acts and pretended statutory provisions, to "help implement international treaties of the United States or where world uniformity would be desirable." (See: 1990/91 Reference Book, National Council Of Commissioners On Uniform State Laws, pg. 2). This is apparentlywhat Robert Bork meant when he wrote "we are governed not by law or elected representatives but by an unelected, unrepresentative, unaccountable committee of lawyers applying no will but their own." (See: The Tempting Of America, Robert H. Bork, pg. 130). This association has been engaged in activities such as turning "Marriage" (licensed) into "International Private Law", through its International Liaisons, which meet at such places as the Hague Conferences (See: Handbook Of Commissioners On Uniform State Laws, 1966 Ed., pg. 156-157).

On April 25, 1938, the Supreme Court overturned the standing precedents of the prior 150 years concerning "common law," in the Federal Government.

"THERE IS NO FEDERAL COMMON LAW, AND CONGRESS HAS NO POWER TO DECLARE SUBSTANTIVE RULES OF COMMON LAW APPLICABLE IN A STATE, WHETHER THEY BE LOCAL OR GENERAL IN THEIR NATURE, BE THEY COMMERCIAL LAW OR A PART OF THE LAW OF TORTS" (See: Erie Railroad Co. Vs. Tompkins, 304 U.S. 64, 82 L.Ed. 1188).

The Common Law is the fountain source of Substantive and Remedial Rights, if not our very Liberties (See: Stephen, A Treaties On The Principles Of Pleading, Introduction, Pg. 23; Hemmingway, History Of Common Law Pleading As Evidence Of The Growth Of Individual Liberty And Power Of The Courts, 5 Alabama Law Journal 1; Swift vs. Tyson, 16 Peters 1, 10 L.Ed. 865; Constitution, Article III, Section 2, Amendments VII, IX and X.)

The members and association of the Bar thereafter formed committees, granted themselves special privileges, immunities and franchises, and held meetings concerning the Judicial procedures, and further, to amend laws "to conform to a trend of judicial decisions or to accomplish similar objectives", including hodgepodging the jurisdictions of Law and Equity together, which is known today as "One Form Of Action." (See: Constitution And By Laws, Article 3, Section 3.3(c), 1990-91 Reference Book, supra, see also, Colorado Methods of Practice, West Pub., Vol. 4, pgs. 2-3, Authors Comments.)

NOTE: The enumerated, specified and distinct Jurisdictions established by the ordained Constitution (1789), Article III, Section 2, and under the Bill of Rights (1791), Amendment VII, were further hodgpodged and fundamentally changed in 1982 to include Admiralty Jurisdiction, which was once again brought inland.

"This is the FUNDAMENTAL CHANGE necessary to effect unification of CIVIL and ADMIRALTY PROCEDURE. Just as the 1938 Rules ABOLISHED THE DISTINCTION between ACTIONS AT LAW and SUITS IN EQUITY, this change would ABOLISH THE DISTINCTION between CIVIL ACTIONS and SUITS IN ADMIRALTY." (Federal Rules Of Civil Procedure, 1982 Ed., pg. 17, also see, Federalist Papers No. 83; Declaration Of Resolves Of The First Continental Congress; Oct. 14, 1774, Declaration Of Cause And Necessity Of Taking Up Arms; July 6, 1775, Declaration of Independence; July 4, 1776, Bennet vs. Butterworth, 52 U.S. 669.)

The United States thereafter entered the Second World War during which time the "League of Nations" was reinstituted under pretense of the "United Nations" (See: 22 U.S.C.A. 287 et. seq.), and the "Bank For International Settlements" reinstituted under pretense of the "Bretton Woods Agreement" (See: 60 Stat. 1401, 22 U.S.C.A. 286 et. seq.) as the "International Monetary Fund" (The Fund) and the International Bank For Reconstruction And Development" (The Bank).

The United States as a corporate body politic (artificial) came out of World War II in worse economic shape than when it entered, and in 1950 declared Bankruptcy and "Reorganization." The Reorganization is located in Title 5 of United States Codes Annotated. The "Explanation" at the beginning of 5 U.S.C.A. is most informative reading. The "Secretary of Treasury" was appointed as the "Receiver" in Bankruptcy. (See: Reorganization Plan No. 26, 5 U.S.C.A. 903, Public Law 94-564, Legislative History, pg. 5967). The United States went down the road and periodically filed for further Reorganization. Things and situations worsened, having done what they were Commanded NOT to do, (See: Madison's Notes , Constitutional Convention, August 16, 1787, Federalist Papers No. 44) and in 1965 passed the "Coinage Act of 1965" completely debasing the Constitutional Coin (gold & silver i.e. Dollar). (See: 18 U.S.C.A. 331 & 332, U.S. vs. Marigold, 50 U.S. 560, 13 L.Ed. 257). At the signing of the Coinage Act on July 23, 1965, then President Lyndon B. Johnson stated in his Press Release that:

"When I have signed this bill before me, we will have made the first fundamental change in our coinage in 173 years. The Coinage Act of 1965 supersedes the Act of 1792. And that Act had the title: An Act Establishing a Mint and Regulating the Coinage of the United States...."

"Now I will sign this bill to make the first change in our coinage system since the 18th Century. To those members of Congress, who are here on this historic occasion, I want to assure you that in making this change from the 18th Century we have no idea of returning to it."

 It is important to take cognizance of the fact that NO Constitutional Amendment was ever obtained to FUNDAMENTALLY CHANGE, amend, abridge or abolish the Constitutional mandates, provisions or prohibitions, but due to internal and external diversions surrounding the Viet Nam War etc., the usurpation and breach went basically unchallenged and unnoticed by the general public at large, who became "a wealthy man's cannon fodder or cheap source of SLAVE LABOR." (See: Silent Weapons For Quiet Wars, TM-SW7905.1, pgs. 6, 7, 8, 9, 12, 13 & 56). Congress was clearly delegated the Power and Authority to regulate and maintain the true and inherent "value" of the Coin within the scope and purview of Article I, Section 8, Clauses 5 & 6 and Article I, Section 10, Clause 1, of the ordained Constitution (1787), and further, under a corresponding duty and obligation to maintain said gold and silver Coin and Foreign Coin at and within the necessary and proper "equal weights and measures" clause (See also: Bible, Deuteronomy, Chapter 25, verses 13 thru 16, Proverbs, Chapter 16, verse 11, Public Law 97-289, 96 Stat. 1211).

Those exercising the Offices of the several States, in equal measure, knew such "De Facto Transitions" were unlawful and unauthorized, but sanctioned, implemented and enforced the complete debauchment and the resulting "governmental, social, industrial economic change" in the "De Jure" States and in United State of America (See: Public Law 94-564, Legislative History, pg. 5936, 5945, 31 U.S.C.A. 314, 31 U.S.C.A 321, 31 U.S.C.A. 5112, C.R.S. 11-61-101 C.R.S. 39-22-103.5 and C.R.S. 18-11-203 ), and were and are now under the delusion that they can do both directly and indirectly what they were absolutely prohibited from doing (See: also, Federalist Papers No. 44, Craig vs. Missouri , 4 Peters 903).

In 1966, Congress being severely compromised, passed the "Federal Tax Lien Act of 1966", by which the entire taxing and monetary system i.e. "Essential Engine" (See: Federalist Papers No. 31) was placed under the Uniform Commercial Code. (See: Public Law 89-719 , Legislative History, pg. 3722, also see; C.R.S. 5-1-106 ). The Uniform Commercial Code was of course promulgated by the National Conference of Commissioners On Uniform State Laws in collusion with American Law Institute for the "banking and business interests." (See: Handbook Of The National Conference Of Commissioners On Uniform State Laws. (1966) Ed. pgs. 152 &153). The United States being engaged in numerous United Nation conflicts, including the Korean and the Viet Nam Conflicts, which were under direction of the United Nations (See: 22 U.S.C.A. 287d), and agreeing to foot the bill (See: 22 U.S.C.A. 287j), and not being able to honor their obligations and rehypothecated debt credit, openly and publicly dishonored and disavowed their "Notes" and "Obligations" (12 U.S.C.A. 411 ) i.e. "Federal Reserve Notes" Through Public Law 90-269, Section 2, 82 Stat. 50 (1968) to wit:

"Sec. 2. The first sentence of section 15 of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 391) is amended by striking 'and the funds provided in this Act for the redemption of Federal Reserve Notes'."

Things steadily grew worse and on March 28, 1970, then President Nixon issued Proclamation No. 3972, declaring an "emergency" because the Postal Employees struck against the de facto government(?) for higher pay, due to inflation of the paper "Bills of Credit." (See: Senate Report No. 93-549, pg. 596). Nixon placed the U.S. Postal Department under the control of the "Department of Defense." (See: Department Of the Army Field Manual, FM 41-10 (1969 ed.)).

"The System had been faltering for a decade, but the bench mark date of the collapse is put at August 15, 1971. On this day, then President Nixon reversed U.S. International Monetary Policy by officially declaring the non-convertibility of the "U.S. dollar" (the Federal Reserve Note (FRN)) into gold." (See: Public Law 94-564, Legislative History, pg. 5937 & Senate Report No. 93-549, Foreword, pg. III, Proclamation No. 4074, pg. 597, 31 U.S.C.A. 314 & 31 U.S.C.A. 5112). On September 21, 1973, Congress passed Public Law 93-110, amending the Bretton Woods Par Value Modification Act, 82 Stat. 116, 31 U.S.C.A. 449, and reiterated the "Emergency", 12 U.S.C.A 95a, and Section 8 of the Bretton Woods Agreements Act of 1945 (22 U.S.C.A 286f ), and which included "reports on foreign currency transactions." (Also See: Executive Order No. 10033). This act further declared in Section 2 (b) that:

"No provision of any law in effect on the date of enactment of this Act, and no rule, regulation, or order under authority of any such law, may be construed to prohibit any person from purchasing, holding, selling, or otherwise dealing with gold."

On January 19, 1976, Marjorie S. Holt noted for the record, a second "Declaration Of INTERdependence" and clearly identified the U.N. as a "Communist" organization, and that they were seeking both production and monetary control over the Union and People through International Organization promoting the "One World Order." (See: Congressional Record, January 19, 1976, Extension of remarks; also see, 8 U.S.C.A. 1101 (40) , 50 U.S.C.A. 781 & 783).

The socio/economic situation worsened as noted in the Complaint/Petition, filed in the U.S. Court of Claims, Docket No. 41-76, on February 11, 1976, by 44 Federal Judges, Atkins et al. vs. U.S.. Atkins et al. complained that "As a result of inflation, the compensation of federal judges has beensubstantially diminished each year since 1969, causing direct and continuing monetary harm to plaintiffs...the real value of the "dollar" (FRN's) decreased by approximately 34.5 percent from March 15, 1969 to October 1, 1975....As a result, plaintiffs have suffered an unconstitutional deprivation of earnings", and in the prayer for relief claimed "damages for the constitutional violations enumerated above, measured as the diminution of his earnings for the entire period since March 9, 1969." It is quite apparent that the persons holding and enjoying Offices of Public Trust, Honor and/or Profit knew of the emergency emergent problem and sought protection for themselves, to the damage and injury of the People and Children, who were classified as "a club that has many other members" who "have no remedy." And knowing that "heinous" acts had been committed, stated that they [judges/lawyers] would not apply the Law, nor would any substantive remedy be applied ("checked more or less, but never stopped") "until all of us [judges] are dead." Such persons Fraudulently swore an Oath to uphold, defend and preserve the sovereignty of the Nation and severalRepublican States of the Union, and breached the Duty to protect the People/Citizens and their Posterity from fraud, imposition, avarice and stealthy encroachment. (See: Atkins et al. vs. U.S., 556 F.2d 1028, pg. 1072, 1074, The Tempting of America, supra, pgs. 155-159 also see, 5 U.S.C.A. 5305 & 5335, Senate Report No. 93-549, pgs. 69-71, C.R.S. 24-75-101). This is verified in Public Law 94-564, Legislative History, pg. 5944, which states:

"Moving to a floating exchange rate for international commerce means private enterprise and not central governments bear the risk of currency fluctuations."

Numerous serious debates were held in Congress, including but not limited to, Tuesday, July 27, 1976 (See: Congressional Record - House, July 27, 1976), concerning the International Financial Institutions and its operations. Representative, Ron Paul, Chairman of the House BankingCommittee, made numerous references to the true practices of the "International" financial institutions, including but not limited to, the conversion of 27,000,000 (27 million) in gold, contributed by the United States as part of its "quota obligations", which the International Monetary Fund (Governor-Secretary of Treasury) sold (See: Public Law 94-564, Legislative History, pg. 5945 & 5946), under some very questionable terms and concessions. (Also see: The Ron Paul Money Book, (1991), by Ron Paul, Plantation Publishing, 837 W. Plantation, Clute, Texas 77531).

On October 28, 1977 the passage of Public Law 95-147, 91 Stat. 1227 declared most banking institutions, including State banks, to be under direction and control of the corporate "Governor" of the International Monetary Fund (See: Public Law 94-564, Legislative History, pg. 5942, United States Government Manual 1990/91, pgs. 480-481). The Act further declared that:

 "(2) Section 10(a) of the Gold Reserve Act of 1934 (31 U.S.C. 822a(b)) is amended by striking out the phrase 'stabilizing the exchange value of the dollar'..."

"(c) The joint resolution entitled 'Joint resolution to assure uniform value to the coins and currencies of the United States', approved June 5, 1933 (31 U.S.C. 463) shall not apply to obligations issued on or after the date of enactment of this section."

The International Organizations, Corporations and Associations, had refused to pay their debts and could not pay their debts, and determined that they could pass the loss of their non-redeemable, non-current notes, bonds and evidences of debt off on others, and thereby crown their fraud with success. (See: Letter, October 26, 1989 from Department of Treasury, Russell L. Munk, Assistant General Counsel (International Affairs), as recorded in the Office of Clerk and Recorder, Baca County, Colorado, at Book, 540 Page 364). The de facto United States as Corporator, (22 U.S.C.A. 286e, et seq.) and "state" (C.R.S. 24-36-104, C.R.S. 24-60-1301, Article IV(h) ) had declared "Insolvency." (See: 26 I.R.C. 165 (g)(1), U.C.C 1-201 (23), C.R.S. 39-22-103.5, Westfall vs. Braley. 10 Ohio 188, 75 Am. Dec. 509, Adams vs. Richardson, 337 S.W.2d 911 Ward vs. Smith, 7 Wall 447).

In 1980 Congress passed, among other things, Public Law 96-221, providing for the furtherance and expansion of the profligate rehypothecated debt pyramid scheme, and reduced the reserve requirements on "transaction accounts" to a minimum of 3% per centum to a maximum of 14 per centum (See: Depository Institutions Deregulation And Monetary Control Act of 1980, Section 103(b) (E)(2)).

"In the United States neither paper currency nor deposits have value as commodities. Intrinsically, a dollar bill is just a piece of paper. Deposits are merely book entries. Coins do have some intrinsic value as metal, but generally far less than their face amount...."

Compare this with the United States Constitution, which says:

 "No State shall make anything but gold and silver coin a tender in payment of debt..."

and which also says:

"Congress shall have the power to coin money and regulate the value thereof..." (Italics added for emphasis; this paragraph added to the original John B. Nelson document of February 21, 1992 on July 18, 1999 to reiterate what was stated previously in this document and todemonstrate, first hand, yet another way the Constitution is being usurped, in fact and in intent).

"In the absence of legal reserve requirements, banks can build up deposits by increasing loans and investments so long as they keep enough currency on hand to redeem whatever amounts the holders of deposits want to convert into currency. This unique attribute of the banking business was discovered several centuries ago. At one time, bankers were merely middlemen. They made profit by accepting gold and coins brought to them for safekeeping and lending them to borrowers. But they soon found that the receipts they issued to depositors were being used as money since whoever held them could go to the banker and exchange them for metallic money.

 Then bankers discovered that they could make loans merely by giving borrowers their promises to pay (bank notes). In this way, banks began to create money. More notes could be issued than the gold and coin on hand because only a portion of the notes outstanding would be presented for payment at any one time. Enough metallic money had to be kept on hand, of course, to redeem whatever volume of notes was presented for payment.

 Transaction deposits are the modern counter-part of bank notes. It was a small step from printing notes to making book entries to the credit of borrowers which the borrowers, in turn, could "spend" by writing checks, thereby "printing their own money." (See: Modern Money Mechanics , a workbook on deposits currency and bank reserves., 1982 Rev. Ed., Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago, P.O. Box 834, Chicago, Illinois 60690, pgs. 3 & 4).

 Fifty nine (59) years is NOT "temporary." It's a permanent state of "Emergency", and was clearly instituted, formed and erected within the Union through gross usurpations, abridgments, malfeasance and breach of legal duties, and the continual contrivance, misrepresentation, conversion,fluctuations, fraud and avarice of the International Financial Institutions, Organizations, Corporations and Associations, including the Federal Reserve, their "fiscal and depository agent" 22 U.S.C.A. 286d. This profligate practice has led to such "Emergency" legislation as the "Public Debt Limit-Balance Budget And Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985", Public Law 99-177, etc.

 The government by becoming a corporator, (See: 22 U.S.C.A 286e ) lays down its sovereignty and takes on that of a private citizen. It can exercise no power which is not derived from the corporate charter (See: The Bank of the United States vs. Planters Bank of Georgia, 6 L. Ed. (9 Wheat) 244, U.S. vs. Burr, 309 U.S. 242). The real party in interest is not the dejure "United States of America" or "State", but "The Bank" and "The Fund." (22 U.S.C.A 286, et seq., C.R.S. 11-60-103). The acts committed under fraud , force and seizures are many times done under "Letters of Marque and Reprisal" i.e. "recapture." (See: 31 U.S.C.A. 5323 ). Such principles as "Fraud and Justice NEVER dwell together" Wingate's Maxims 680, and "A right of action cannot arise out of fraud." Broom's Maxims 297, 729; Cowper's Reports 343; 5 Scott's New Reports 558; 10 Mass. 276; 38 Fed. 800, are too high of a thought concept, as is "Due Process", "Just Compensation" and Justice itself. Honor is earned by honesty and integrity, not under false and fraudulent pretenses, nor will the color of the cloth one wears cover-up the usurpations, lies, trickery and deceits. When Black is fraudulently declared to be White, not all will live in darkness. As astutely observed by Will Rogers, "there are men running governments who shouldn't be allowed to play with matches", and is as applicable today as Jesus' statements about Lawyers.

 The contrived "emergency" has created numerous abuses and usurpations, and abridgments of delegated Powers and Authority. As stated in Senate Report 93-549:

 "Since March 9, 1933, the United States has been in a state of declared national emergency. In fact, there are now in effect four presidentially proclaimed states of national emergency: In addition to the national emergency declared by President Roosevelt in 1933, there are also the national emergency proclaimed by President Truman on December 16, 1950, during the Korean conflict, and the states of national emergency declared by President Nixon on March 23, 1970, and August 15, 1971.

These proclamations give force to 470 provisions of Federal Law. These hundreds of statutes delegate to the President extraordinary powers, ordinarily exercised by the Congress, which affect the lives of American citizens in a host of all-encompassing manners. This vast range of powers, taken together, confer enough authority to rule the country without reference to normal constitutional process.

 Under the powers delegated by these statutes, the President may: seize property; organize and control the means of production; seize commodities; assign military forces abroad; institute martial law; seize and control all transportation and communication; regulate the operation of private enterprise; restrict travel; and in a plethora of particular ways, control the lives of all American citizens." (See: Foreword, pg. III).

 The "Introduction", on page 1, begins with a phenomenal declaration, to wit:

 "A majority of the people of the United States have lived all of their lives under emergency rule. For 40 years, freedoms and governmental procedures guaranteed by the Constitution have in varying degrees been abridged by laws brought into force by states of national emergency..."

 According to the research done in 16 American Jurisprudence, 2nd Edition, Sections 71 and 82, no "emergency" justifies a violation of any

Constitutional provision. Arguendo, "Supremacy Clause" and "Separation of Powers", it is clearly admitted in Senate Report No. 93-549 that abridgment has occurred. The statements heard in the federal and state Tribunals, on numerous occasions, that Constitutional arguments are "immaterial","frivolous" etc., is based upon the concealment, furtherance and compounding of the Frauds and "Emergency" created and sustained by the "Expatriated", ALIENS of the United Nations and its Organizations, Corporations and Associations. (See: Letter , Insight Magazine, February 18, 1991, pg. 7, Lowell L. Flanders, President, U.N. Staff Union, New York) 8 U.S.C.A. 1481 is one of the controlling statutes on expatriation, as is 22 U.S.C.A. 611, 612 & 613 and 50 U.S.C.A. 781.

 The Internal Revenue Service entered into a "service agreement" with the U.S. Treasury Department (See: Public Law 94-564, Legislative History, pg. 5967, Reorganization Plan No. 26) and the Agency for International Development, pursuant to Treasury Delegation Order No. 91. The Agency For International Development is an International paramilitary operation (See: Department Of The Army Field Manual, (1969) FM 41-10, pgs. 1-4, Sec. 1-7(b) & 1-6, Section 1-10(7) (c)(1), 22 U.S.C.A. 284), and includes such activities as "Assumption of full or partial executive, legislative, andjudicial authority over a country or area." (See: FM 41-10, pg. 1-7, Section 110(7)(c)(4)) also see, Agreement Between The United Nations And The United States Of America Regarding The Headquarters Of the United Nations, Section 7(d) & (8), 22 U.S.C.A 287 (1979 Ed.) at pg. 241). It is to be further observed that the "Agreement" regarding the Headquarters District of the United Nations was NOT agreed to (See: Congressional Record - Senate, December 13, 1967, Mr. Thurmond), and is illegally in the Country in the first instant.

The International Organizational intents, purposes and activities include complete control of "Public Finance" i.e. "control, supervision, and audit of indigenous fiscal resources; budget practices, taxation, expenditures of public funds, currency issues, and banking agencies and affiliates." (See:FM 41-10, pgs.2-30 thru 2-31, Section 251. Public Finance). This of course complies with "Silent Weapons for Quiet Wars" Research Technical Manual TM-SW7905.1, which discloses a declaration of war upon the American people (See: pg. 3 & 7), monetary control by the Internationalist, through information etc. solicited and collected by the Internal Revenue Service ( See: TM-SW7905.1 , pg. 48, also see, 22 U.S.C.A 286f & Executive order No. 10033, 26 U.S.C.A 6103 (k)(4)) and who is operating and enforcing the seditious International program. (See: TM-SW7905.1, pg. 52). The 1985 Edition of the Department Of Army Field Manual, FM 41-10 further describes the International "Civil Affairs" operations. At page 3-6 it is admitted that the A.I.D. is autonomous and under direction of the International Development Cooperation Agency, and at page 3-8 that the operation is "paramilitary." The International Organization(s) intents and purposes was to promote, implement,, and enforce a "DICTATORSHIP OVER FINANCE IN THE UNITED STATES." (See: Senate Report No. 93-549, pg. 186).

It appears from the documentary evidence that the Internal Revenue Service Agents. etc., are "Agents of a Foreign Principal" within the meaning and intent of the "Foreign Agents Registration Act of 1938." They are directed and controlled by the corporate "Governor" of "The Fund" a/k/a "Secretary of Treasury" (See: Public Law 94-564, supra, pg. 5942, U.S. Government Manual 1990/91, pgs. 480 & 481, 26 U.S.C.A 7701 (a)(11), Treasury Delegation Order No. 150-10), and the corporate "Governor" of "The Bank" 22 U.S.C.A 286 & 286a, acting as "information-service employees" 22 U.S.C.A. 611 (c)(ii), and have been and do now "solicit, collect, disburse or dispense" contribution [Tax-pecuniary contribution, Blacks Law Dic. 5th ed.], loans, money or other things of value for or in interest of such foreign principal 22 U.S.C.A 611(c)(iii), and they entered into agreements with a Foreign Principal pursuant to Treasury Delegation Order No. 91 i.e. the "Agency For International Development." (See: 22 U.S.C.A. 611 (c)(2) ). The Internal Revenue Service is also an agency of the International Criminal Police Organization, and solicits and collects information for 150 Foreign Powers. (See: 22 U.S.C.A. 263a, The United States Government Manual, 1990/91, pg. 385, see also, The Ron Paul Money Book, pg. 250 - 251). It should be further noted that Congress has appropriated, transferred, and converted vast sums to Foreign Powers (See:22 U.S.C.A. 262c(b)), and has entered into numerous foreign Taxing Treaties (conventions) (See: 22 U.S.C.A. 285g, 22 U.S.C.A. 287j) and other Agreements, which are solicited and collected pursuant to 26 I.R.C. 6103(k)(4). Along with the other documentary evidence submitted herewith, this should absolve any further doubt as to the true character of the party. Such restrictions as "For the general welfare and common defense of the United States" (See: Constitution (1787), Article I, Section 8, Clause 1) apparently aren't applicable, and the fraudulent rehypothecated debt credit will be merely added to the insolvent nature of the continual "emergency", and the reciprocal socio/economic repercussions laid upon present and future generations.

Among other reasons for lack of authority to act, such as a Foreign Agents Registration Statement, 22 U.S.C.A. 612 and 18 U.S.C.A. 219 & 951, military authority cannot be imposed into civil affairs. (See: Department Of The Army Pamphlet 27100-70, Military Law Review, Vol. 70). The United Nations Charter, Article 2, Section 7, further prohibits the U.N. from "intervening in matters which are essentially within the domestic jurisdiction of any state..." Korea, Viet Nam, Ethiopia, Angola, Kuwait, etc., etc., are evidence enough of the "BAD FAITH" of the United Nations and its Organizations, Corporations and Associations, not to mention the seizing of two day care centers in the State of Minnesota by their agents, and holding the children as collateral/hostages for payment/ransom of their fraudulent, dishonored, rehypothecated debt credit, worthless securities. Such is the "Rule Of Law" "as envisioned by the Founders" of the United Nations. Such is Communist terrorism, despotism and tyranny. ALL WERE AND ARE OUTLAWED HERE.

I hope this communication finds you well and mentally strong for the occasion. It is quite apparent that the "Treasonous" and "Seditious" are brewing up a storm of untold magnitude. Bush's public address of September 11, 1991 (See: Weekly Compilation Of Presidential Documents), should further qualify what is being said here. He admitted "Interdependence" (See also: Public Law 94-564, Legislative History, pg. 5950), "One World Order" (See: also: Extension Of Remarks, January 19, 1976, Marjorie S. Holt, 8 U.S.C.A. 1101(40)), affiliation and collusion with the Soviet Union Oligarchy (50 U.S.C.A. 781), direction by the U.N., 22 U.S.C.A. 611, etc. You might also find it interesting that Treasury Delegation Order No. 92 (enclosed) states that the I.R.S. is trained under direction of the Division of "Human Resources" (U.N.) and the Commissioner (INTERNATIONAL), by the "Office Of Personnel Management." In the 1979 Edition of 22 U.S.C.A. 287, The United Nations, at pg. 248, you will find Executive Order No. 10422. The Office of Personnel Management is under direction of the Secretary General of the United Nations. And as stated previously, the I.R.S. is also a member in a one hundred fifty (150) nation pact called the "International Criminal Police Organization", found at 22 U.S.C.A. 263a. The "Memorandum & Agreement" between the Secretary of Treasury/Corporate Governor of "The Fund" and "The Bank" and the Office of the U.S. Attorney General would indicate that the Attorney General and his associates are soliciting and collecting information for Foreign Principals. (See: also, The United States Government Manual 1990/91, pg. 385, also see, The Ron Paul Money Book, supra, pg. 250, 251, 26 I.R.C. 7401).

 It is worthy of note that an Attorney/Representative is required to file a "Foreign Agents Registration Statement" pursuant to 22 U.S.C.A. 611(c)(1)(iv) & 612, if representing the interests of a Foreign Principal or Power. (See: 22 U.S.C.A. 613, Rabinowitz vs. Kennedy, 376 U.S. 605, 11 L. Ed. 2d 940, 18 U.S.C.A. 219 & 951).

On January 17, 1980, the President and Senate confirmed another "Constitution", namely, the "Constitution of the United Nations Industrial Development Organization", found at Senate, Treaty Document No. 97-19, 97th Congress, 1st Session. A perusal of this Foreign Constitution should morethan qualify the internationalist intents. The "Preamble", Article 1, "Objectives" and Article 2, "Functions", clearly evidences their intent to direct, control, finance and subsidize all "natural and human resources" and "agro-related as well as basic industries", through "dynamic social andeconomic changes" "with a view to assisting in the establishment of a new international economic order." The high flown rhetoric is obviously of "Communist" origin and intents. An unelected, unrepresentative, unaccountable oligarchy of expatriates and aliens, who fraudulently claim inthe Preamble that they intend to establish "rational and equitable international economic relations", yet openly declared that they no longer "stabilize the value of the dollar" nor "assure the value of the coin and currency of the United States" is purely misrepresentation, deceit and fraud. (See: Public Law 95-147, 91 Stat. 1227, at pg. 1229). This was augmented by Public Law 101-167, 103 Stat. 1195, which discloses massive appropriations of rehypothecated debt credit for the general welfare and common defense of other Foreign Powers, including "Communist " countries ofsatellites, International control of natural and human resources, etc., etc. A "Resource" is a claim of "property" and when related to people constitutes "slavery."

It is now necessary to ask which Constitution they are operating under. The "Constitution For The Newstates Of The United States", which was located at Liberty Lobby, 300 Independence Ave., SE, Washington, D.C. 20003, was the subject matter of the book entitled "The Emerging Constitution" by Rexford G. Tugwell, which was accomplished under the auspices of the Rockefeller tax-exempt foundation called the "Center For The Study of Democratic Institutions." The People and Citizens of this Nation were forewarned against formation of "Democracies." "Democracies have ever been the spectacles of turbulence and contention; have ever been found incompatible with personal security or the rights of property; and have in general been as short in their lives as they have been violent in their deaths." (See: Federalist Papers No. 10, also see, The Law, Fredrick Bastiat, Code Of Professional Responsibility, Preamble). This Alien Constitution, however, has nothing to do with democracy in reality. It is the basis of and for a despotic, tyrannical oligarchy.

Article I, "Rights and Responsibilities", Sections 1 and 15 evidence their knowledge of the "emergency." The Rights of expression, communication, movement, assembly, petition and Habeas Corpus are all excepted from being exercised under and in a "declared emergency." The Constitution for the Newstates of America, openly declares, among other seditious things and delusions that "Until each indicated change in the government shall have been completed the provisions of the existing Constitution and the organs of government shall be in effect" (See: Article XII, Section 3), "Alloperations of the national government shall cease as they are replaced by those authorized under this Constitution." (See: Article XII, Section 4). This is apparently what Burger was promoting in 1976, after he resigned as Supreme Court Justice and took up the promotion of a "ConstitutionalConvention." No trial by jury is mentioned, "JUST" compensation has been removed, along with being informed of the "Nature & Cause of the Accusation". etc., etc., and every one will of course participate in the "democracy." This Constitution is but a reiteration of the CommunistDoctrines, intents and purposes, and clearly establishes a "Police Power" State, under direction and control of a self appointed oligarchy.

 Apparently the present operation of the "de facto" government is under Foreign/Alien Constitutions, Laws, Rules and Regulations. The overthrow of the "essential engine" declared in and by the ordained and established Constitution for the United States of America (1787), and by and under the "Bill of Rights" (1791) is obvious. The covert procedure used to implement and enforce these Foreign Constitutions, Laws, Procedures, Rules, Regulations, etc., has not, to my knowledge, been collected and assimilated nor presented as evidence to establish seditious collusion and conspiracy.

Fortunately and Unfortunately in my Land it is necessary to seek, obtain and present EVIDENCE to sustain a conviction and/or judgment. Our patience and tolerance for those who pervert the very necessary and basic foundations of society has been pushed to insufferable levels. They have "fundamentally" changed the form and substance of the de jure Republican form of Government, exhibited a willful and wanton disregard for the Rights, Safety and Property of others, evinced a despotic design to reduce my people to slavery, peonage and involuntary servitude, under a fraudulent, tyrannical, seditious foreign oligarchy, with intent and purpose to institute, erect and form a "Dictatorship" over the Citizens and our Posterity. They have completely debauched the de jure monetary system, destroyed the Livelihood and Lives of thousands, aided and abetted our enemies, declared War upon us and our Posterity, destroyed untold families and made homeless over 750,000 children in the middle of winter, afflicted widows and orphans, turned Sodomites loose amongst our young, implemented foreign laws, rules, regulations and procedures within the body of the country, incited insurrection, rebellion, sedition and anarchy within the de jure society, illegally entered our Land, taken false Oaths, entered into Seditious Foreign Constitutions, Agreements, Pactions, Confederations, and Alliances, and under pretense of "emergency",which they themselves created, promoted and furthered, formed a multitude of offices and retained those of alien allegiance to perpetuate their frauds and to eat out the substance of the good and productive people of our Land, and have arbitrarily dismissed and held mock trials for those who trespassed upon our Lives, Liberties, Properties and Families and endangered our Peace, Safety, Welfare and Dignity. The damage, injury and costs have been higher than mere money can repay. They have done what they were COMMANDED NOT TO DO. The time for just correction is NOW!

Sincere consideration of "Presentment" to a Grand Jury under the ordained and established Constitution for the United States of America (1787), Amendment V is in order. Numerous High Crimes and Misdemeanors have been committed under the Constitution for the United States of America, and Laws made in pursuance thereof, and under the Constitution for the State of Colorado, and the Laws made in Pursuance thereof, and against the Peace and Dignity of the People, including but not limited to, C.R.S. 18-11-203 which defines and prescribes punishment for "Seditious Associations" which is applicable to the other constitutions, and the intents and professed purposes of their Organizations, Corporations and Associations. If the Presentment should be obstructed by the members of the Bar, ARREST THEM.

I could go on but the story is long! I hope this information and research is of assistance to you. Much remains to be uncovered and disclosed, as it is necessary and imperative to secure the Lives, Liberties, Property, Peace and Dignity of the people and our Posterity. Good Hunting and the Good Lord be with you in all your endeavors.

God Bless!

______________________________

<<YOUR NAME>>, Jure Soli,

Jure Sanguinis, Jure Coronea

<<ADDRESS>>

<<CITY>>, <<STATE>>, U.S.A.

Teste Meipso

 

P.S. In addition, I am yet expecting a copy of the "Service Agreement", (T.D.O. 91). It was located in the Department of Treasury, office of the Assistant General Counsel, (International Affairs), Russell L. Munk, 1500 Pennsylvania Ave. N.W., Washington, D.C. 20220. Efforts are being made toobtain a copy, but so far have been obstructed by the Bar. If anyone knows where and how a copy can be obtained please do so immediately, the documents are necessary and imperative. It ought to be most informative! By the way it's against the law for an insolvent to make a loan or to try tofraudulently collect thereon, (See: Neal et al. vs. Clark, 251 P.2d 903). It should be further noted that an "Alien" or "Denizen" cannot sit on a Jury (See: 3 Am. Jur. 2d ¶ 40), nor hold a Public Office. (Also see: 50 U.S.C.A. 781 (9) & 842), and any who have "Expatriated" (See: 8 U.S.C.A, 1481) are required to make application for "naturalization".

The "out of court", "ex parte", summary determinations upon matters in issue is purely "Administrative" procedure. (See: 1 Am. Jur. 2d ¶ 78). The jury, if any, is reduced to an "advisory jury" position, and is more than likely arrayed as a "homage" jury.

5 U.S.C.A 701-703 should be of interest concerning "Judicial Review" of Agency actions. It can be found in most States under such headings and Acts as the "Administrative Procedures Act" or the "Administrative Reorganization Act." (See: C.R.S. 24-4-106).

The de facto Federal/International chartered "Institutions", their Officers, Employees, Servants, Agents and Representatives are subject to and should be turned over to a Court of Law for prosecution, trial, and judgment according to Law. (See: Pope Mfg. Co. vs. Gormully, 144 U.S. 414, at pg. 419, also see, 22 U.S.C.A. 286g).

"FRAUD vitiates the most solemn Contracts, documents and even judgments."
[U.S. vs. Throckmorton, 98 US 61, at pg. 65 ]

I believe that the statement made in Cohen vs. Virginia, 6 Wheat 264, 5 L.Ed. 257 (1821) is more than worthy of note:

 "We [Courts] have no more right to decline the exercise of jurisdiction which is given, that to usurp that which is not given. THE ONE OR THE OTHER WOULD BE TREASON TO THE CONSTITUTION." (Also see: U.S. vs Will, 449 US 200, 66 L.Ed.2d 392, at pg. 406).

 

DECLARATION OF SEPARATE AND EQUAL STATION  

WHEN IN THE COURSE OF HUMAN EVENTS...WHENEVER ANY FORM OF GOVERNMENT BECOMES DESTRUCTIVE...WHEN A LONG TRAIN OF ABUSES AND USURPATIONS, PURSUING INVARIABLY THE SAME OBJECT, EVINCES A DESIGN TO REDUCE THEM UNDER ABSOLUTE DESPOTISM, IT IS THEIR RIGHT, IT IS THEIR DUTY..." Declaration of Independence, Enabling Act, Section 4.

"No political truth is of greater intrinsic value...The accumulation of all powers, legislative, executive, and judiciary, in the same hands, whether hereditary, self-appointed, or elective, may be justly pronounced the very definition of tyranny."
[Federalist Papers No. 47]

 "If a nation expects to be ignorant and free, in a state of civilization, it expects what never was and never will be. The functionaries of every government have propensities to command at will the liberties and property of their constituents. There is no safe deposit for these but with the people themselves; nor can they be safe with them without information."
[The Writings Of Thomas Jefferson, Albert E. Bergh Ed., vol. 14 pg. 384]

 One cannot make agreements with Sodomites, Babylonians and/or satanics. Their words, oaths or signatures are of no meaning or value; their intent and purpose is to deceive, cheat, steal, lie, defraud and destroy. The seditious covert conspiracy and collusion of certain Organizations,Corporations and Associations to damage, injure, oppress, threaten, intimidate and enforce their fraudulent, foreign, socialist, Communist, "Democracy" and foist their delusions upon the Citizens and children of this Land, and to corrupt the de jure Public Offices established to accomplish the purposes set forth in the "Preamble" to the ordained and established Constitution is cause and necessity enough.

 Once again finding our safety, happiness and liberties to be in imminent danger, it has become necessary and imperative to our Rights, Duties, Privileges, Immunities, Lives, Liberties and Property and that of our posterity, to declare our separate and equal station, and exercise our Right and Duty to throw off and abolish the form and operation of the de facto, fraudulent, seditious "state." (See: Constitution For The State Of Colorado, Article II, Section 2, Declaration of Independence (1776), Constitution For The United States Of America, Amendments IX and X, C.R.S. 24-60-1301,Article IV(h)).

 Section 2. People may alter or abolish form of government - proviso. The people of this state have the sole and exclusive right of governing themselves, as a free, sovereign and independent state; and to alter or abolish their constitution and form of government whenever they deem it necessary to their safety and happiness, provided, such change be not repugnant to the constitution of the United States.

 
12